عرض: 25 50 75 100 النتائج

نتائج البحث: 100 من أصل 34,822

نمذجة ابذار الغيوم الدافئة بواسطة قطيرات محلول كلوريد الصوديوم == Modeling of Warm Cloud Seeding Using NaCl Solution Droplets

اسم المؤلف: اصداف عبد الامیررعید
اسم المشرف: رشید حمود النعیمي | قیس جمیل الجمیلي
الموضوع العام: علوم الجو
السنة: 2015
الموضوع الدقيق: علوم الجو
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: الانكليزية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Clouds has a crucial role in the dynamic and thermodynamics of the atmosphere. Precipitation from clouds is of vital importance for human life and activity. Cloud seeding, a form of weather modification, is the attempt to change the amount or type of precipitation that falls from clouds, by dispersing substances into the air that serve as cloud condensation or ice nuclei, which alter the microphysical processes within the cloud. The usual intent is to increase precipitation (rain or snow), but hail and fog suppression are also widely practiced in airports. The aim of this study is to develop and implement a numerical warm cloud models to simulate microphysical processes within clouds and investigate the effects of seeding process on the formation of raindrops. Results of the modeling the effects of solute on the formation of cloud droplets suggested that the super saturation is decreased by solutes and critical super saturation value depends on the activity of the solute. The results also indicated that Urea is the best solute for decreasing super saturation, as compared with other materials. Bulk modeling of warm clouds showed that updraft, fall speed, radius of cloud element, and surface temperature are the most important factors affecting the microphysical processes within the cloud parcel. An increase in these parameters can lead to an increase in the fallout from cloud. Simple model of warm cloud droplet suggested that updraft, initial drop radius, and liquid water content play an important role in the growth of cloud drop and rain formation. Numerical simulation of warm cloud seeding by salt solution showed that growth of most drops depends on seeding density value, the rate of growth of the cloud drop increase with increasing seeding density in a nonlinear way. The results illustrated that the radius of the large drop plays an important role in growth process while very small radius of small droplets has almost negligible effects on the growth process. It was found that rainfall is increased when seeding density is increased from 0 (the case of no seeding). The results also showed there is an optimum value for seeding density that gives the relatively largest amount of rainfall. Beside seeding density, the updraft radius of the cloud plays an important role in the formation of rain. Therefore the proper seeding density to be used depends on the updraft radius of the cloud

التحليل الجغرافي لظاهرة الفقر في مدينة الزبير لعام 2015 : دراسة في الجغرافية الاجتماعية == The Geographical analysis of the phenomenon of poverty in the city of Zubair for 2015 A Socio - Gographical Study

اسم المؤلف: ميلاد عبد الله جادر المطوري
اسم المشرف: عدنان عناد غياض العكيلي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية الاجتماعية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The trends of modern geography in the study of topics that address the problems of society and its various requirements in the spatial space, and focus on the social studies that fall in the areas of social development, which pay attention to the existence of an optimal life for the individual and his access to everything that is right for the individual for the decent life. Therefore I have done the present study to investigate poverty as a phenomenon that it is increasing day by day, and that poverty is one of the goals that development seeks to address. The results of the analysis showed increasing of rates of poverty and the extent of the impact of the spread of this phenomenon on the lives of the population in the city of Zubair, as the results showed a decline in the level of education and health levels and high unemployment rates among individuals from poor households and these results included studying the following : The study consists of 4 chapters. The first chapter deals with the theoretical concepts of the phenomenon of poverty and its methods of measurement in Zubair city. The second chapter deals with the study of the demographic, economic and social characteristics of the poor. The chapter is divided into three sections, each of which has one of these characteristics. The second included the economic characteristics while the third took the social characteristics, while the third chapter came after the study of the spatial distribution of the phenomenon of poverty in the city of Zubair in terms of places of concentration and lack of them in the city to find out the reasons that worked On the distribution of the poor, while the fourth chapter and the last to be a study of the causes of poverty in the city And its impact on society in the city and ways to address them, as well as the results and proposals as well as sources and supplements and the summary in English The study reached a number of results, the most important of which are : 1. The study reached the fact that the high rates of poverty and the proportion of poverty in the city of Zubair 22% of the total population of the city of Zubair and this indicates the extent of the aggravation of the crisis in the city.2. The poor in the city recorded 0.386% of the indicators in the development index, which is less than the lowest rate of development of 0.500%, which indicates the greatness and severity of poverty, which caused them deprivation of all components of life.3. The drop in the percentage of those enrolled in school and clearly between the primary and higher grades "for the other stages of study, as evidenced by the study the high illiteracy rate among the poor, with 11.2% of the total number of poor in the study

التمثيل الخرائطي والتحليل الجيومورفولوجي لاشكال سطح الارض شرق نهر دجلة بين نهري الجباب والسويب باستخدام تقنيتي الاستشعار عن بعد ونظم المعلومات الجغرافية الجزء ا لاول == MAPPING REPRESENTATION AND GEOMORPHOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF THE LAND FORMS EAST TIGRIS BETWEEN ALCHABAB AND AL - SWEEB RIVERS BY USING REMOTE SENSING AND GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM (PART I)

اسم المؤلف: محمد عباس جابر خضير الحميري
اسم المشرف: حسين جوبان عريبي المعارضي | طارق جمعة علي المولى
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية البيئية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Remote Sensing (RS) and Geographical Information System (GIS) have been used in studying the mapping and geomorphological analysis of the forms of the ground surface of east Tigris between Al - Chabab and Al - Sweeb rivers. The area lies at south east Iraq (30° 55' 55" N, 32° 55' 55" N; 67° 10' 59" E, 47° 51' 54" E).It is a border strip paralleling to Iran and extending along Maysan, Wasit and Basrah governorates. Its area is 11132.96 km2.The data of (OLI) sensor of the U.S satellite (Landsat) has been used. It has included three satellite images covering the area in 2016. The data of Quick Bird2 Satellite has also been used. Moreover, Digital Elevation Model (DEM) for mapping and geomorphological analysis, Arc GIS V 10.4.1 and Erdas V 8.5 for mapping, encoding, analyzing, enhancing and classifying the spectral features of images have been used in this study. It has been hypothesized that the forms, factors and processes contributing to the formation of the above - mentioned area can be mapped and analyzed geomorphologically by using RS and GIS. The study has been divided into two parts. Part I consists of five chapters plus introduction, conclusions and recommendations. Part II consists of 158 - map atlas. Chapter One includes the geomorphological map and the techniques used in the study. Chapter Two includes the mapping and geomorphological analysis of the natural factors prevailing in the area. It has been revealed that the area lies tectonically in unstable shelf within lower anticlines and sedimentary plain. Geologically the area covers the sediments of Triassic Period and Quaternary. Topographically the area surface slopes gradually from east north to west south. Old climate has significantly contributed to the geomorphological formation of the area. However, present climate and vegetarian cover have less geomorphological effect. Vegetarian cover is small and seasonal. Chapter Three includes the mapping and geomorphological analysis of the processes prevailing in the area. Each process has been studied separately. In addition, the role of each process in the formation of geomorphological phenomena and the characteristics of river networking has been stated. Moreover, quantitative measurement of water and wind erosion has been recorded. Chapter Four includes the mapping and geomorpholical analysis of the morphometric characteristics of the valley basins of the area. The study has studied the characteristics of area, form, length, relief and river networking of twenty basins. These are the basins of - BAbu Kreesha, Al - Amiah, Al - Zafran, Al - Tleel, Al - Jaftah, Al - Hawi, Srat Khatoon, Qarah Tiba, Abu Ghareeb, Chlat, Yarwa, Abu Jarab Al - Charji, Khweesah, Al - Manzliah, Al - Teeb, Abu Ghreebat, Al - Shakak, Al - Dweereej, Al - Salmanah and Shat Al - Emah. They occupy 11721.93 km2. The head of these basins lies in Iran and the mouth lies in east Iraq. Most area of these basins lies in Iran and their flow is seasonal. Chapter Five includes the mapping and geomorphological analysis of the forms of the ground according to their emergence in the area. The geomorphological forms have been classified, according to the factors and processes which had contributed to their formation and emergence, into geomorphological systems and then into secondary units or interrelated ground elements. These systems are structural - denudational, fluvial - denudational and aeolian - denudational.In addition, there are the morphdynamic system and human - action made system.The study has proved that the use of RS and GIS techniques in mapping and geomorphological analysis is of vital importance. The RS and GIS techniques provide many resources not provided by conventional methods. In addition, the use of RS and GIS is economic in terms of time, effort and money. Moreover, such use achieves high performance.

التقييم الهيدروجيومورفولوجي لحوض وادي قرين السماد واثاره البيئية == HYDRO - GEOMORPHOLOGIC ASSESSMENT OF QAREEN AS - SAMAAD BASIN : ITS ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS

اسم المؤلف: محمد حسن علي حمميد الجبوري
اسم المشرف: عبد الله صبار عبود العجيلي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يرمي البحث الى دراسة التقييم الهيدروجيومورفولوجي لحوض وادي (قرين السماد) الذي يقع في القسم الجنوبي الغربي متداخلا بين محافظة النجف والسماوة والقادسية ضمن المنطقة الصحراوية ، اذ يحتل الحوض مساحة بلغت (552,98كم2).تم دراسة خصائص الجغرافية الطبيعية في الحوض المتمثلة بالتكوينات الجيولوجية والتضاريس والمناخ والتربة والنبات الطبيعي ، وسير العمليات الجيومورفولوجية في المنطقة ، وخصائص الشبكة النهرية والاشكال الارضية الناتجة عنها، وتصنيف وتقيم الاراضي في منطقة الدراسة .وقد تباين تاثير هذه العوامل في جيومورفولوجية وخصائص الحوض ، اذ تنكشف في منطقة الدراسة تكوينات الزمن الثلاثي وترسبات الزمن الرباعي ، تمثلت تكوينات الزمن الثلاثي بتكوين (الدمام والغار والفرات) وهي تكوينات جيرية ، اما ترسبات الزمن الرباعي فاشتملت على ترسبات (المنخفضات المملوءة) ، وقد تاثرت هذه الترسبات بالحركات الارضية التي تركزت بصماتها بشكل فوالق وطيات اتخذ اغلبها اتجاه شمال شرق - جنوب غرب. ، كما تناول البحث دراسة الحالة المناخية واثرها في سير العمليات الجيومورفولوجية ، فضلا عن دراسة التربة والنبات الطبيعي واثرهما في تشكيل مظاهر سطح الارض .كما تم دراسة سير العمليات الجيومورفولوجية في منطقة الدراسة واثرها في تشكيل الاشكال الارضية فمنها العمليات التركيبية التي تؤثر في اتجاهات شبكة الصرف المائي ولاسيما تحكم الطبيعة الصخرية في تكوين بعض الاشكال الارضية ، ويتناول البحث دراسة العمليات المورفوتكتونية والمورفومناخية (تجوية ، وتعرية ، وترسيب) ، كما تم التعرف على خصائص الشبكة النهرية والمتمثلة بالخصائص المساحية والشكلية والخصائص التضاريسية والخصائص المورفومترية لشبكة حوض الصرف المائي ، والتعرف على اشكال الصرف النهري. وهيدرولوجيا ظهر عن طريق الموازنة المائية ان المنطقة تعاني عجزا مائيا في تسعة اشهر من السنة من شهر (اذار الى تشرين الثاني) ، اما في اشهر (كانون الاول ، كانون الثاني وشباط) فيحدث فيها فائضا مائيا اذ بلغ مجموع الفائض المائي (7,149) ، (10,786) ، (3,921) في محطة النجف و(13,811) ، (10,716) ، (7,814) في محطة السماوة. وتم استعمال معادلة (SCS - CN) لتقدير حجم الجريان الذي يعتمد على نوعية التربة للحوض ونفاذيتها ، وقد صنفت انواع الغطاءات الارضية للحوض لحساب قيم CN والتي تشير الى ان معدل قيمة CN للحوض الكلي بلغت (82,830) وهي قيمة عالية تدل على قلة نفاذية الحوض ، اذ ترتفع في مناطق الرواسب الخشنة المفككة والتربة الجرداء وتقل في غطاءات المناطق الزراعية ومناطق الاعشاب ذات الحالة الضعيفة ، بينما سجلت قيمة عمق الجريان السطحي للحوض الكلي (4,222ملم/ثا) ، هيدروجيولوجيا هناك مكمنين رئيسين للمياه الجوفية الاول في تكوين الدمام وينقسم هذا المكمن على قسمين رئيسين يفصل بينهما طبقة صماء (Impermeable bed) مكونة من المارل (Marl) ، وصخور كلسية ضعيفة النفاذية تقع على عمق يتراوح بين (20 - 30م) اذ تفصل بينهما طبقة صماء احدهما للمياه العالقة والاخر المكمن الجوفي ، اما المكمن الثاني فهو في تكوين الفرات ويعد الاول اهم مصدر للمياه الجوفية في المنطقة . وتعد عملية تصنيف الارضي خطوة اساسية لتقييم وتخطيط استعمالات الارض والمقارنة بين البدائل في اختيار الاستعمال الامثل والمستدام للارض بهدف تحقيق التنمية والتنمية المستدامة وذلك لما لها من اهمية في وضع السياسات والقوانين التي تنظم استعمال الارض وتحد من سوء استعمالهما كما تعد اداة معلوماتية مهمة في معظم اعمال التخطيط وادارة الموارد الطبيعية ، ويقصد بها ايضا تصنيف علمي لسطح الارض الى عدة وحدات ارضية التي تستند الى التشابه او الاختلاف مثل (البناء الصخري والتحليل التضاريسي والجيومورفولوجي وسمات المنحدرات والمناخ ونظام الصرف النهري وانواع نسجة التربة ونبات الطبيعي) . وتم دراسة الخصائص النوعية لعينات محددة من مياه الحوض لمعرفة مدى صلاحيتها للاستعمالات الامنة ، كما تم تحديد العمليات الجيومورفولوجية والاشكال الناتجة عنها منها العمليات المورفوتكتونية والمورفومناخية وعمليات التعرية والتجوية والاذابة والعمليات التي تعود الى فعل الكائنات الحية ، ونتيجة التفاعل بين تلك العوامل والعمليات والاشكال الارضية الناتجة عنها تم الكشف عن امكانية استغلال الموارد الطبيعية لحوض وادي قرين السماد والتي تمثلت بالموارد المعدنية والانشائية ومياه الابار والعيون ومدى صلاحية المياه للصناعة والانتاج الزراعي ، ومن ثم اختتمت الدراسة بجملة من الاستنتاجات والتوصيات ، ثم ثبت المراجع العربية والانكليزية ومستخلص باللغة الانكليزية. | The dissertation studies the hydro - geomorphologic assessment of (Qareen As - Samaad) basin which lays in south - east of Iraq within the desert among the governorates of Najaf, Muthanna and Qadissiyah. It is about 552.98 Km2.In the paper, features of the natural geography in the basin, which is represented by geographical formations, topographic relief, climate and natural plants, were studied.The effect of these factors on the basin's geomorphology and characteristics varied. The study area shows trilateral time formations and quadruple time sediments. Trilateral time formations were represented by the formation of (Ad - Dammam, Al - Ghar, and Euphrates), which are calcareous, whereas quadruple time sediments were those of the (Filled nether lands). The SCS Curve Number method was used to determine the approximate amount of runoff which depends on the basin's soil type and infiltration. The basin's land cover types were classified according to the curve number method which showed that the total average of the basin was (82.830), which is high. It reflects the fact that the basin's infiltration was low. The basin's total depth of surface runoff was (4.222 Mm/s).Land classification process is a main step to assess and plan the uses of land and comparison among alternatives for the choice of the perfect and perennial use in order to achieve development and sustainable development. Qualitative characteristics of specific samples from the basin's water were studied to find their validity of safe use. Geomorphologic processes and their types, such as Morphotectonic , Morphoclimatic , corrosion, weathering, dissolution, besides other processes made by animates, were studied. The study sums up with some conclusions and suggestions, followed by resources both in Arabic and English, as well as an Abstract in English

دراسة تحليلية للتراتب الحجمي للمراكز الحضرية وظاهرة المدينة المهيمنة في محافظة البصرة == An Analytical Study of the Volumetric Ordinances of Urban Centers and the Domination Phenomenon of the City

اسم المؤلف: ماجدة عبد الله طاهر العيداني
اسم المشرف: صلاح هاشم زغير الاسدي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The present study aims at discovering the amount of change in the volumes of the urban centers in Basrah province where they vary in volumes. The urban centers were ordered descendingly and distributed into volumetric groups which indicated that there wasn't a hierarchical ordinance in these centers according to population. This lead to the appearance of what is called the domination of the city which is Basrah city center where high density of population is centered because all economic, service, and administrative activities are centered there. For these reasons, Basrah has become work opportunity getter at the expense of other urban centers. The results of the study have shown that average distance between the urban centers has increased. The distance between them varies where the distance between the urban centers varies depending on their areas. We noticed that the distance increases between the urban centers in the districts whenever their area increases. As for the volumetric groups, every volumetric stratum has a specific distance barrier which increases with the increase of the level of the stratum where the volume and distance are in a proportional relation.The characteristic features of the spatial distribution of the urban centers in Basrah province have been investigated and analyzed geographically by using statistical methods and means of spatial analysis and Geographic Information Systems programs. A couple of quantitive statistical methods were used to figure out how urban centers were distributed; these methods are Gini Coefficient and Lorenz Curve whose results have shown that there was variation and imbalanced distribution of population between the urban centers. The results of neighborhood relation analysis have shown that the spatial aspects of the urban centers distribution were distant and not systematic in all study periods. The results of the correlative coefficient have shown that there was a kind of linear relationship but there was no agreement between the hierarchical natures of the urban centers according to the volumetric base of the urban centers.BThe results have identified the main city, the medium and the middle center of the distribution of the urban centers according to the population in each urban center. The middle center lies at the center of Basrah city and the middle center just near the first. The standard distance was calculated according to the population of each center.The direction of the distribution of these centers has taken an oval shape moving towards the North West and south east of the city. A number of the markers of the urban domination were applied to the urban centers in the city. There is a strong marker denoting that the Basrah city center has an overwhelming dominance over the other urban centers. This was negatively reflected on the first dominant city, where too much crowd and pressure on the infrastructures. Accordingly, a future plan is needed to provide a solution for this problem. Such plan should distribute population and investment in a balanced way to guarantee the distribution of the economic, service and administrative activities evenly. This could be achieved by depending on some planning methods that help diagnosing the problem and help finding the principles of treating it. Among these are Zipf's theory of hierarchical structure of urban centers and the planning method of Riley's model to achieve a volumetric ordinance and employment balance between the urban centers through the redistribution of investments and consequently redistribution of manpower and population in a balanced way in the urban centers.

تسويق الانتاج الحيواني في محافظة ذي قار : دراسة في جغرافية الزراعة == Marketing of animal production in the province of Thi Qar

اسم المؤلف: ماجد عبد الله جابر التريجاوي
اسم المشرف: محمد رمضان محمد
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية الزراعية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يكتسب التسويق الزراعي اهمية كبيرة في الانتاج الزراعي، فلا قيمة للسلعة المنتجة اذا لم تجد طريقها الى المستهلك، وتمثل هذه العملية جزء متمما للعملية الانتاجية، اذ لا تبدا من مغادرة السلعة المنتج، فاكتشاف رغبات المستهلكين والتنبؤ بالاسعار تسبق الانتاج. ونظرا لتلك الاهمية اولى العديد من الباحثين خاصة الاقتصاديين اهتماما في هذا المجال. وعلي الرغم من تلك الاهمية لم تنل هذه العملية اهتمام الجغرافيون وجاءت معظم دراساتهم لها بشكل مختصر دون ان يعطوا لها ما تستحقه في الدراسة. وتمثل هذه الدراسة الثانية في حقل جغرافية الزراعة التي تناولت التسويق الزراعي على مستوى العراق. تناول الفصل الاول العوامل الجغرافية المؤثرة في عملية تسويق المنتجات الحيوانية وجاء في مبحثين، الاول منهما خصص للعوامل الطبيعية والثاني للعوامل البشرية والاقتصادية، اضافة للفصل الثاني الذي استعرض التركيب النوعي والتوزيع الجغرافي للانتاج الحيواني في محافظة ذي قار حيث قسم التركيب النوعي الى ثلاثة مباحث، الاول منها اختص بحيوانات الماشية بينما كرس الثاني للدواجن والاخير للاسماك المرباة، اما الفصل الثالث فقد كرس لدراسة المنتجات الحيوانية المسوقة في محافظة ذي قار لعام 2015 من خلال ثلاث مباحث خصص المبحث الاول منها لمنتجات حيوانات الماشية المسوقة، في حين اقتصر المبحث الثاني على منتجات الدواجن المسوقة ومثل هذا ما يخص المبحث الثالث الذي تناول كميات الاسماك المسوقة. اما الفصل الرابع فتناول مؤسسات تسويق الانتاج الحيواني في محافظة ذي قار وقد قسم الى ثلاث مباحث خصص الاول منها لدراسة مؤسسات تسويق حيوانات الماشية ومنتجاتها بينما تناول الثاني مؤسسات تسويق الدواجن ومنتجاتها، في حين خصص الثالث لدراسة مؤسسات تسويق الثروة السمكية. اما الفصل الخامس فتناول طرائق تسويق الانتاج الحيواني في محافظة ذي قار واشتمل على ثلاثة مباحث خصص الاول منها لطرائق تسويق حيوانات الماشية ومنتجاتها ومثل هذا ما يخص المبحث الثاني الذي تناول طرائق تسويق الدواجن اما الاخير عني بدراسة طرائق تسويق الاسماك المرباة. كشفت الدراسة ان للعوامل البشرية والاقتصادية لها الدور الاكبر في انجاح وتصحيح المسارات التسويقية والتحكم في قيمة العرض والطلب في الاسواق، بينما كان تاثير العوامل الطبيعية محدودا وذلك لمحدودية التباين في تلك العوامل والناتج عن صغر مساحة المحافظة. كما تبين ايضا من هذه الدراسة ان محافظة ذي قار تمتلك ثروة حيوانية قدر عدد حيوانات الماشية منها (731141) راسا توزع على خمسة انواع (الاغنام، الابقار، الماعز، الجاموس، الابل) اي ما يعادل (5%) من مجموع اعداد حيوانات الماشية في العراق والبالغ (14439933) راسا، اما اعداد حقول الدواجن المجازة في المحافظة فقد بلغت (114) حقلا مشكلة نسبة قدرها (2%) من مجموعها الكلي في العراق والبالغ (5577) حقلا، في حين استحوذت على (89) مشروعا لتربية الاسماك اي ما يمثل (3,6%) من مجموع مشاريع تربية الاسماك في العراق والبالغة (2452) مشروعا. اظهرت الدراسة ان محافظة ذي قار سوقت كميات متنوعة من الانتاج الحيواني في عام 2015 شكلت اللحوم الحمراء منها كمية بلغت (6828,1) طن اي ما يعادل (4,3%) من مجموع اللحوم الحمراء المسوقة في العراق والبالغة (157670) طن ، في حين سوقت من الحليب ومشتقاته ما يبلغ (206100,7) طن مشكلة نسبة قدرها (7%) من مجموع ما سوق من هذا المنتج في العراق والبالغ (2926700) طن، اما من حيث الجلود فالمحافظة سوقت كمية قدرها (87683) قطعة اي ما يمثل (3,18%) من مجموع ما سوق في العراق من الجلود والبالغ (2755000) قطعة، بينما سوقت من الصوف والوبر ما يبلغ (590,47) طن اي ما يعادل (7,2%) من مجموع ما تم تسويقه في العراق من هذا المنتج الحيواني والبالغ (8189) طن، في حين سوقت المحافظة (4530,7) طن من دجاج اللحم اي ما يعادل (8,6%) من مجموع ما تم تسويقه في العراق والبالغ (52812) طن، اما من حيث الاسماك المرباة فالمحافظة سوقت كميات منها بلغت (781,9) طن مشكلة نسبة قدرها (7,6%) من مجموع الكمية المسوقة منها في العراق والبالغة (10293) طن. كما اظهرت الدراسة امتلاك المحافظة العديد من المؤسسات التسويقية المختصة بالانتاج الحيواني، حيث لوحظ ان معظم المؤسسات التسويقية تختص بتسويق نوع معين من الانتاج الحيواني مما اعطاها كفاءة عالية بادارة نشاطها التسويقي. اتضح من الدراسة وجود طريقتين رئيستين لتسويق المنتجات الحيوانية في المحافظة (طريقة البيع المباشرة للمستهلكين، طريقة البيع بواسطة الوسطاء) استحوذت الاخيرة منهما على المسالك التسويقية الاكثر، وبذلك فان المنتجات الحيوانية اكثر مرورا للمستهلك النهائي بها من الاولي مما يؤدي الى تراكم الارباح وزيادة الهامش التسويقي. وفي الختام فان هذه الدراسة ليس الا جهدا متواضعا اضعه بيد المختصين متمنيا ان يساهم في تحسين الواقع التسويقي في المحافظة | Agricultural marketing is of great importance in agricultural production. It has no value for the produced product if it does not find its way to the consumer. This process is an integral part of the production process. It does not start when the product just reaches the consumer, but discovering consumers' desires and predicting prices should be ahead of production. According to the importance of this process, many researchers and first of many economists are interested in this field.Despite this importance, this process did not get the attention of geographers and most of their studies came to them in a brief way without giving this study what it really deserve. This is the second study in agriculture represent a geographical field that dealt with agricultural marketing.Any study of any marketing process must start with the production base represented in this study by the qualitative structure and geographical distribution of animal production in Thi Qar province, which is specialized in the first chapter where the qualitative structure is divided into three sections, the first one is specialized in livestock animals while the second is devoted to poultry and the last to fish. In addition to the second chapter, which dealt with animal products marketed in the province of Thi Qar for the year 2015 through three sections; the first is devoted to section of the marketed products of livestock, while the second section is limited to the marketed poultry products and as such the third section which focuses on the amount of the marketed fish. The third chapter is devoted to the study of the marketing institutions of animal production in Thi Qar Governorate. It is divided into three fields, the first of which is devoted to the study of the marketing institutions for livestock and their products, while the second dealt with marketing institutions for poultry and its products. While the third is devoted to the study of fisheries marketing institutions. The fourth chapter deals with the methods of marketing animal production in Thi Qar province. It includs three sections, the first one which is devoted to the methods of marketing livestock and livestock products. This is the second part, which deals with the methods of marketing poultry, while the latter concerned with studying the marketing methods of breached fish. The fifth chapter deals with the factors affecting the marketing of livestock production in Thi Qar governorate.This study shows that Thi Qar Governorate has an animal wealth. The number of livestock is 7311.41 divided into five types (sheep, cows, goats, buffalo, camels), equivalent to 5% of the total number of livestock in Iraq which are about (14439933), the total number of approved poultry farms in the province reached (114) fields with a problem of (2%) of its total in Iraq (5577), while it acquired (89) fish breeding projects, ie (3.6) 6% of the total number of fish breeding projects in Iraq, which are about (2452) projects.The study showed that the province of Thi Qar marketed a variety of animal production in the year 2015, which accounted for red meat quantity of (6828.1) tons, equivalent to (4.3%) of the total red meat marketed in Iraq, amounting to (157670) tons, while (206,100) tons of milk and its derivatives amounted to (206100.7) tons of the problem of (7%) of the total marketed in this product in Iraq, which is (2926700) tons, either in terms of leather, the governorate marketed an amount of 87683 pieces (3,18) (275,000) pieces, while the wool and lint was exported to (590.47) tons of equivalent (7.2%) of the total marketed in Iraq of this product (8,889) tons, while the governorate marketed (4530.7) tons of live meat chicken equivalent to (8.6%) of the total marketed in Iraq (52812) tons, either in terms of breached fish, (781.9) tons, a problem of (7.6%) of the total quantity marketed from Iraq in the amount of (10293) tons.The study also revealed that the governorate owns many marketing foundation specialized in animal production. It is noted that most marketing establishments are specialized in marketing a particular type of animal production which gave them high efficiency in managing their marketing activities.The study finds that there are two main ways of marketing animal products in the governorate (the method of direct selling to consumers, the method of selling by intermediaries), the latter acquired the most marketing channels, and thus the animal products more than the final consumer from the initial, which leads to the accumulation of profits and increase the margin of marketing.The study also revealed that human factors played a major role in the success and correction of marketing paths and control of supply and demand in the markets, while the effect of natural factors was limited due to the limited variation in these factors resulting from the small area of the governorate.In conclusion, this study is only a modest effort put to the specialists, wishing to contribute to improve the marketing reality in the province

التغيرات الهيدرولوجية لنهر دجلة في العراق == Hydrological changes of the Tigris River in Iraq

اسم المؤلف: طالب طارش طاهر ال مسافر
اسم المشرف: حمدان باجي نوماس
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية الطبيعية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Iraq greatly depends on the surface water resources, most of those resources come from Tigris and Euphrates and their branches. Three countries benefit from these two rivers, (Turkey, Syria, and Iraq), each of which has their own investment plans for the rivers, which have put Iraq in front of different challenges that concerns its aquatic security. Therefore, this study targeted the hydrologic changes of the Tigris basin. It was observed that a combination of natural and human factors have affected the hydrologic changes of the basin, and this change have become more vivid in the branches that feed the river to the river estuary.These factors can be summarized as follows : 1 - Climate Change and Global Warming which have led to the aridity, leading to a great decrease in rain and snow ratios, and a vivid decrease in the aquatic income of the Tigris. The decreased amount of rain and snow have affected the length of both flood and dryness periods according to the excessive nourishment or its scarcity. The contrast is most obvious in the dry years or in the wet ones or those close to the average, the flood period is longer in the wet years, whereas the dry periods are longer in the dry years, and their aquatic income increases or decreases according to the dry period which is shorter in the wet years and longer in the dry ones.2 - The vivid change of the hydrological characteristics of quality for the Tigris waters. When comparing the lab results of the year of study (2017) with those of the years (1970 - 2011), we find that the water quality has changed. The PH level increased, the Ec level also increased, and however the water is rich with the Ca levels, it is still consumable. The Magnesium levels were (66.05) and this is within the allowed limits. The Cl level is also increasing, but the SO4 was (35.5) mlg/ltr, which also within the internationally allowed limits. The Na reached (251.4) mlg/ltr, which is increasing when compared with the readings of the previous years. The (T.D.S) was 700.5 mlg/ltr, which also indicates and increase. However, it was then clear that the salt concentration has changed as you go down the river to the south. This is due to the lack of drainage, as well as what the site indicators reflect such as the reverting streams. It was noted that most of the salty concentrations incline in the dryness period and increased from the north of Saleh’s Castle to Al - Gerneh.3 - The lower - than - normal aquatic income of the Tigris compared to the previous years, which is expected to reach (9,16) billion cubic meter once Al - Kab project is complete. This is considered a huge deficit as the amount of needs is over 60 billion cubic meters, apart from those needs that are required to maintain the Marshes according to the needed rates which also an additional 16 billion cubic meters.4 - The operational plans of Turkey and Iran that control the amount of water reaching Iraq. There are a number of dams established on the Tigris. Therefore, Iraq, geographically speaking, is in a rather negatively affected position being the country of the estuary. Iraq can be negatively affected by the procedures of the neighboring countries that are on the Tigris, and is also negatively affected by the quality of the aquatic income feeding the river.5 - The nature of water planning administration inside Iraq. Most of the projects need further maintenance and development, as well as the aquatic weed, the pollution factors, acts of misuse in the agricultural, domestic, and industrial needs.The perfect usage of the conventional and unconventional water resources does not exist. Therefore, the study have come to a number of recommendations : 1 - The urgent move towards the neighboring countries (Iraq, Syria, and Turkey) that aims at finding the mutual mechanism for redistributing the water shares in the way that serves the interests of all parties according to the international law.2 - Improving the old irrigation systems into the modern ones, such as the spraying and drip irrigation, as well as the developed surface irrigation.3 - Maintaining the water resources from the pollution resulting from the human, agricultural, and industrial activities that are drained into the drainage without being processed, through issuing the laws, legislations as well as the severe consequences against violators.4 - Maintaining the waters by keeping them from being spoiled due to the old irrigation methods that result from the increase vaporization and leakage from the outer irrigation pipes, and using the underground pipes instead.5 - Maintaining the dams and the water reservoirs, putting them back into work according to a centrally controlled plan in order to secure the water needs, especially the irrigative needs, as well as generating electrical power.6 - Developing water administration through the integrated administration of aquatic resources in order to solve the problems that face the water resources such as the low feeding resources, wasted water, as well as pollution, and the lower usage of the conventional and unconventional water resources

التواءات مجرى شط العرب : دراسة جغرافية == Meanders of River Shatt Al - Arab A Study Geography

اسم المؤلف: سالم جاسم سلمان الجميلي
اسم المشرف: رحيم حميد عبد ثامر العبدان
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية البيئية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Rivers meandering is a common feature of rivers , Which take place above the surface of the earth, and vary the intensity of those aliases from one river to another and from place to place depending on the severity of the impact of factors and processes affected by, And the development of these meandering, from the simple bend to twisting and then to a bend The study showed that the torsions of the Shatt al - Arab stream are one of the geomorphological problem formed by many factors , Tectonic, topographic, climatic and hydrological factors are one of the many aspects of the study area , The work of the river consists of three processes (sculpture, erosion and sedimentation) The morphological, morphological, and hydrothermal erosion processes in the study area contributed to this Which resulted in the fluctuation of the amount of annual revenue and monthly discharge and the variation of the speed and direction of the water current and the hydraulic pressure on the banks in the formation (Eleven meanders) Starting from Qurna north to end in FAO and at the mouth of the river in the northern part of the Arabian Gulf, a distance of (190 km), which runs between two showrooms (29,45000 - 310000) The objective of the study is to identify the factors affecting the development and development of the Shatt al - Arab stream and the determination of the geomorphological processes contributing to the formation of the river'smeandering And analysis of morphometric characteristics and to identify the natural and human potential and to determine the risks and use of the study, laboratories of the Faculty of Marine Sciences and Agriculture , As well as the laboratory of the company (B.p) as well as the laboratory of water injection company of the Ministry of Oil Recent programs have been used to address the study, such as the use of geographic information technology (GIS) on maps and satellite imagery , The study also relied on the data of the topographic survey of the depths of the Shatt al - Arab stream and were converted into explanatory and analytical forms. The study shows that tectonic, topographic, soil and hydrological factors The two main processes are water, river, and morphotonic erosion The study showed that there is a variation of the morphometric characteristics of the torsions, and by the classification of the true and perfect lengths of the torsions, according to the length of the course, the zigzag ratios, their symmetry values, their ranges, the trends of their tops, their longitudinal and transverse sections, Rates for the depths of the Qurna up Aliasing or om Alrusas. The study found that the most complex sections of the terrain and the deepest points. It was possible to classify the meandering that passes through the stage of youth and others mature in the geomorphological cycle as the study showed . The most severe erosion of the Shatt al - Arab stream is in the area of Kut Akkab . The study showed that the mostimportant potential offered by rivers meandering is tourism potential. The most negative effect is river meandering , Is the geomorphological change of the river. The stream is still moving towards Iraqi territory and adding its entrances to large areas to the Islamic Republic of Iran . The human factors have a secondary role that is not fundamental to the training process. The study concludes with the conclusions, the list of sources and the summary in English.

تبايـن كثافـة حركـة النقـل البـري بالسيارات على الطرق الرئيسة في محافظة البصرة : دراسة في جغرافية النقل == Variation of the Density of Land Transport by Cars on Main Roads in Basrah Province

اسم المؤلف: زينب مزبان هزاع الخفاجي
اسم المشرف: اسعد عباس هندي الاسدي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: جغرافية النقل
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تناولت الدراسة تباين كثافة حركة النقل البري بالسيارات على شبكة الطرق الرئيسة في محافظة البصرة بالوصف والتحليل والاستنتاج، وقد كان الهدف الاساسي من اعداد هذه الدراسة هو ابراز واقع شبكة الطرق البرية الرئيسة في محافظة البصرة وقياس مدى تباين كثافة الحركة عليها ومدى كفائتها في تلبية احتياجات مستخدميها الاجتماعية والاقتصادية والخدمية، نظرا للدور الكبير والمهم الذي يؤديه قطاع النقل في تسهيل حركة القطاعات الاقتصادية (الزراعية، الصناعية، التجارية)، كما تهدف هذه الدراسة الى تحديد خصائص شبكة الطرق ومميزاتها وانماطها خاصة الطرق الرئيسة ومحاولة تقييمها جغرافيا، بوصفها انعكاسا لمدى تطور المحافظة اقتصاديا واجتماعيا، فضلا عن التعرف على اهم المشاكل التي تواجه هذه الحركة.ولتحقيق هذه الاهداف قسمت الدراسة الى خمسة فصول تناولت اهمية النقل البري بالسيارات على الطرق الرئيسة في محافظة البصرة. فضلا عن دراسة منظومة النقل البري بالسيارات في محافظة البصرة والذي جاء بثلاثة مباحث. كما تم دراسة كثافة حركة سيارات نقل البضائع (الحمل) على الطرق الرئيسة في محافظة البصرة. كما تم دراسة كثافة حركة سيارات نقل الركاب على الطرق الرئيسة في محافظة البصرة من خلال اتباع نفس طريقة العمل.كما تم تناول اهم المشاكل التي تعاني منها الطرق الرئيسة في محافظة البصرة والذي تم الاعتماد فيه على الدراسة الميدانية.فضلا عن قائمة بالنتائج والمقترحات. | This study describes, analyzes and provides conclusions to the density of land transport by cars on main roads in Basrah province. The main concern of this study is to spotlight the reality of main land roads in Basrah and measure the variation of density of movement on these roads and how good they are in satisfying the social, economic and service needs of their users. The study also aims at defining and evaluating the characteristic features and aspects of the network of roads especially the main ones geographically, for they represent a reflection of the economic and social development of the city. To achieve these goals, the study is divided into five chapters. The first chapter deals with the importance of transport by cars on the main roads in Basrah, as it mutually affects the distribution of population and economic activities. Chapter two deals with the network of land transport by cars in Basrah. It falls into three sections that involve the components of this network represented by (driver, road and car). It sets the scene by surveying the historic development of this network from the past up to the present which is divided into two main phases; the first phase is represented by the period between the years (1914 - 1950) and the second phase is represented by the period between the years (1951 - 2015). Chapter three discusses the density of cargo cars movement on the main roads in Basrah in the light of the data obtained from field study. Chapter four discusses the density of passengers' cars movement in the light of the data obtained from the field study. Chapter five tackles the most important problems that the main roads in Basrah suffer from. These problems were identified by the field work and regular visits to the roads. This is also supported by photos that explain the problem for the readers. The study ends with a set of results and the necessary recommendations to treat the problems of land transport by cars in the city.

الاهمية الجغرافية السياسية لموقعي سوريا والعراق في الاستراتيجية الروسية بعد عام 2011 == The Political Geographic Importance of the Locations of Syria and Iraq in the Russian Strategy after 2011

اسم المؤلف: ثناء ابراهيم فاضل علاج الشمري
اسم المشرف: ظاهر عبد الزهرة خضير الربيعي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية السياسية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يعد الموقع عاملا ذا اهمية بالغة في دراسة دولة ما وكثيرا ما كان الموقع هو العنصر الاساس في البناء الجغرافي للدولة التي تدين له بوجودها ونجاحها. ومع ذلك فان قيمة الموقع تتغير تبعا لتغير الظروف. فالموقع يتسم بالثبات النسبي، غير ان قيمته السياسية او الاستراتيجية في تغير مستمر بتغير الزمن وتقدم التقنيات.ان دولتي سوريا والعراق تتمتعان بموقع جغرافي سياسي اكسبهما شخصيتهما المستقلة التي استطاعت ان تؤثر في الاحداث التاريخية قديما وهي تتجدد في الوقت الحاضر وفق المعطيات السياسية الجديدة في منطقة الشرق الاوسط خاصة والعالم عامة. لذا تم اجراء هذه الدراسة الموسومة (الاهمية الجغرافية السياسية لموقعي سوريا والعراق في الاستراتيجية الروسية بعد عام 2011)، التي اتبعت الباحثة فيها المنهج التحليلي (منهج تحليل القوة) والمنهج الاقليمي والمنهج التاريخي اذا ما احتاجت اليه، وصولا للتحقق من الفرضيات التي وضعت للتساؤلات التي بنيت عليها مشكلة البحث.واهم ما توصلت له هذه الدراسة، ان موقعي سوريا والعراق يحتلان اهمية جغرافية سياسية على خريطة العالم السياسية لوقوعهما في قلب العالم القديم وقلب منطقة الشرق الاوسط التي لا يمكن لاي نظام عالمي ان يتشكل بمعزل عنها. وتظافرت العوامل الجغرافية والاقتصادية والعسكرية والدولية في توجيه سياسة روسيا الخارجية نحوهما. وتوصلت الدراسة الى مجموعة من الاسباب وراء التوجه الروسي نحو الدولتين كان على راسها العامل الاقتصادي. وان الازمة السورية شكلت فرصة كبيرة لروسيا لتحاول من خلالها استعادة موقعها كدولة عظمى على الساحة الدولية. كما وتشكل سوريا الظهير الخلفي لروسيا والحفاظ على نفوذها فيها يحقق لها الامن الداخلي وامن الجوار الجغرافي، ويشكل موقع سوريا الجغرافي عقدة عبور انابيب خطوط امدادات الطاقة من الشرق الى الغرب، كما تحتل قاعدة طرطوس مكانة مهمة في استراتيجية روسيا الخارجية كونها موطئ قدم روسيا الوحيد في البحر المتوسط وخسارتها تعني خسارة روسيا لمنطقة الشرق الاوسط. اما السياسة الروسية تجاه العراق بعد عام 2003 انطلقت من اعتبارات المصلحة القومية الروسية المتمثلة في الحفاظ على مصالحها في المنطقة عموما وفي العراق على وجه الخصوص والحيلولة دون تعرض تلك المصلحة - الاقتصادية والتجارية والعسكرية - لاي تهديد مهما كان مصدره عبر تعزيز العلاقات مع النظام الجديد في العراق والحفاظ على ديمومة تلك المصالح والتعاون للشركات الروسية في العراق. كما تؤكد روسيا على ضرورة ضمان سيادة العراق وسلامته الاقليمية وضرورة الاستعادة العاجلة لحق الشعب العراقي في تقرير مستقبله السياسي وحقه في السيطرة على موارده الطبيعية | Location is considered a factor of great importance in studying a specific country; and in most times, location has been the main element in the geographical building of the state, for which its existence and success can be attributed. In spite of this, the value of location does change continuously in accordance to changes in circumstances. The location is characterized by a relative stability, but its political or strategic value is dynamic and changes with time and technological development. The two countries, Syria and Iraq, have the advantage of distinctive political geographic locations that have given them their independent identity, had an impact in the historical events. Currently, this impact is renewing according to the emerging political changes in the Middle East specifically and worldwide generally. Therefore, this study, titled "The Political Geographic Importance of the Locations of Syria and Iraq in the Russian Strategy after 2011" has confirmed, by following the analytical approach (Power Analysis Approach) via research and investigation, the truth of its hypothesis, on which the research problem is based on. The study concludes that the locations of Syria and Iraq do have a great political geographic importance in the world's political map for they lie in the heart of the old world and the Middle East Region where no world regime can be structured in isolation of it. Geographic, economic, military and international factors have led to the orientation of the Russian foreign policy.The study has found out that there are a number of reasons behind the Russian interference towards the two countries. The economic factor is on the top of these factors. The Syrian crisis has represented a great chance for Russia to regain its position in the international community as a great nation. Syria represents the Russian backyard, for this reason it's important to preserve it by securing it which will result in achieving security in the surrounding countries. The Syrian location represents the knothole through which the Iranian and Arab energy pipelines are passing. Whereas the Iraqi location represents the rich production area. Tartus base has a very important status for the Russian foreign policy as it is the last foothold for Russia in the Mediterranean sea, and that losing it may entail losing the Middle East Region. The Syrian and Iraqi locations enable Russia to reach warm waters to get rid of its weak geopolitical area. The Syrian and Iraqi political geographic locations helped making them an area of competition and conflict for big powerful nations

التحليل المكاني لكفاءة الخدمات المجتمعية في مدينة العمارة == Spatial Analysis of the Effectiveness of Social Services in Ammara City

اسم المؤلف: ابراهيم حاجم لازم الحلفي
اسم المشرف: رعد ياسين محمد الحسن
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تعد الخدمات المجتمعية ركيزة اساسية في حياة الشعوب لاسيما في اجزائها الحضرية كونها حاجة رئيسة تدخل في جميع مفاصل الحياة اليومية وهي انعكاس لحالة تطور تلك المدن كما وانها مراة تعكس قدرة البلد في الوصول الى التنمية الاجتماعية والاقتصادية ، لذلك نجد اهتمام واسع من قبل الباحثين الجغرافيين في دراساتهم للمراكزالحضرية لغرض تحديد نوعية الحياة اعتمادا على مدى كفايتها وكفاءتها في المدينة.تناولت الدراسة الحالية واقع حال الخدمات المجتمعية في مدينة العمارة (التعليمية والصحية والترفيهية) وتوزيعها المكاني لعام 2016 مع بيان الواقع الفعلي والتتبع الزمني وفق التغيرات التي طرات عليها من خلال المراحل التاريخية التي مرت بها المدينة وتحديد كفاءتها اعتمادا على عدد من المعايير الاحصائية المحلية المعتمدة من قبلوزارة التخطيط ومعياري المسافة وسهولة الوصول ودرجة رضا السكان عن الخدمات من خلال استمارة الاستبانة الموزعة على جميع احياء المدينة ، فضلا عن ذلك اعتمدت الدراسة على مجموعة من اسس التحليل المكاني ضمن بيئة نظم المعلومات الجغرافية (Arc GIS 10.2 ) لاسيما( الجار الاقرب ، معيار المسافة ، الارتكازية الخدمية والسكانية ) لتحديد درجة تناغم الخدمات من حيث تباعدها او تكتلها ضمن حيز مساحي واحد. واعتمدت الدراسة على المنهج التاريخي في تتبع المراحل التاريخية لتطور الخدمات المجتمعية في المدينة وكذلك استخدم المنهج الوصفي والكمي والتحليلي لاظهار البيانات وتحليلها. تضمنت الدراسة اربعة فصول، اذ تناول الفصل الاول دراسة التطور التاريخي للخدمات المجتمعية في مدينة العمارة وخصائصها السكانية ، في حين تناول الفصل الثاني دراسة التوزيع المكاني للخدمات المجتمعية ، وجاء الفصل الثالث ليسلط الضوء على تقييم كفاءة الخدمات المجتمعية ، اما الفصل الرابع تضمن تحديد احتياجات المدينة الحالية من الخدمات التعليمية والصحية والترفيهيةوكذلك تقديرالحاجة المستقبلية من تلك الخدمات للاعوام القادمةولغاية عام2030.اهم النتائج التي توصلت اليها الدراسة : 1 - كشفت الدراسة عن وجود قصور وخلل واضحين في التوزيع المكاني للخدمات التعليمية( رياض الاطفال والمدارس بكافة مراحلها الابتدائية والمتوسطة والثانوية) في المدينة وهذا مؤشر واضح على سوء التخطيط المكاني لمؤسسات هذه الخدمة وعدم مراعاة توزيعها بشكل متوازن مع اعداد السكان ومساحة الاحياء السكنية.2 - اظهرت الدراسة ان هناك تباين كبير في التوزيع الكمي للخدمات التي تقدمها المؤسسات الصحية في المدينة ، اذ تميز مستشفى الصدر التعليمي عن بقية المؤسسات في الخدمات المقدمة باتساع تاثيرها الاقليمي الخدمي حيث تقدم خدماتها الى سكان المدينة واقليمها الواسع والاقاليم المحلية ، بينما لا يتجاوز مراكز الرعاية الصحية الاولية في حدود تاثيرها الخدمي الحدود الادارية للمدينة ، اذ تقدم معظم خدماتها لسكان الاحياء التي تخدمها ، اما العيادات الخاصة امتازت بامتداد تاثيرها الى حدود واسعة اذ تمتد نطاق خدماتها الى اقضية ونواحي محافظة ميسان.3 - كشفت الدراسة افتقار مدينة العمارة الى مجموع الخدمات الترفيهية من الحدائق العامة والمتنزهات وبالمستوى الذي جعلها لا تتناسب مع الحاجة الفعلية للسكان ، اذ بلغت حصة الفرد الواحد من الحدائق العامة في المدينة (0,6) م2/ فرد ، في حين حدد المعيار المحلي ضرورة تخصيص (6,5) م2/ فرد ، وهذا يدل على وجود عجزا مساحيا قدرت مساحته(841380) م2. | Social service represent a basic pillar in the lives of people especially in its urban parts for it is a primary need that intervene in all aspects of daily life and it is a reflection of the developmental status of these cities and it is a mirror that reflects the country's ability to achieve social and economic development. For all these reasons, we find a great interest in these services on the part of geographic researchers while studying urban centers to determine the type of life depending on its quantity and quality in the city. The present study has studied the social services (educational, health, entertainment) in Ammara city and their spatial distribution during the year 2016. It has shown the actual reality and chronologically traced the changes during the different historic periods. The study also analyzed the effectiveness of these services depending on some local statistical standards that are adopted by the ministry of planning and the two scales of distance and ease to reach and people's satisfaction of the services. The study depended, also, on some principles of spatial analysis within the environment of geographic information systems (Arc GIS 10.2) especially (the nearest neighbor, standard distance, polarization of services and population) to determine the degree of services harmony in regard to distance or polarization within one space area. The study depended on the historic approach in tracing the historic stages of the development of the social services in the city.The descriptive, analytic, and qualitative approaches to show and analyze the results.The study falls into four chapters. Chapter one studied the historic development of social services in Ammara city. Chapter two dealt with the spatial distribution of the services. Chapter three presented an evaluation of effectiveness of the social services. Chapter four identified the educational, health and entertainment needs of the city and estimated the future need of these services as well for the coming years till 2030. The study reached at the following results : 1. The study discovered that there is an obvious deficiency in the spatial distribution of the educational services (kindergarten, and schools of all study stages; primary, intermediate and preparatory). This is a clear indicator of the deficiency of urban planning of the city. 2. The city showed that there is a great variation in the quantitative distribution of the services that the health institutions offer in the city. Alsadar teaching hospital is the most prominent of all institutions for it provides a wide range service that includes the city and the suburbs that surround it. Whereas local health centers provide service to the administrative borders of the city.3. The study discovered that there is a shortage of parks and public gardens that do not satisfy the actual needs of the people, the individual's share of the public parks in the city is (0.6)m2. The local standard has indicated the necessity of raising the individual's share to (6.5) m2. This indicated the deficiency in the individual's share in about (841380) m2

المياه الجوفية واستثماراتها في محافظة ذي قار : دراسة في جغرافية الموارد المائية == Groundwater and Its Investment In Thi Qar Province Study in Water Resources Geography

اسم المؤلف: مجيد علي شناوة الموسوي
اسم المشرف: حسين عذاب خليف الموسوي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: جغرافية الموارد المائية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study aims to study the groundwater as a scientific concept in general and focus on the study of ground water represented by wells in Thi Qar Province in particular. The study relied on the governmental data of spatial characteristics as well as the geographical distribution of the hydrological characteristics of the groundwater wells in Thi Qar governorate during the period 2010 - 2015, As well as the field study and the (40 samples of groundwater wells) represented by the dry seasons in July 2016 and wet in January 2017, for the purpose of identifying the manifestations of groundwater investment in the province of Thi Qar as well as to obtain field information on the phenomenon (groundwater) and identify the problems and access to the most important Solutions and proposals for the development and development in the province of Thi Qar.The area of the study is located in the southern part of Iraq within the sedimentary plain and extends between the widths (º32¯ - º30.33¯) north and between the longitude (°47.12¯ - °45.37¯) east, knowing that the area of the study area is (435244 km2) . In the study area, there are many geological or sedimentation deposits that date back to the triangular and quadrilateral time zones, as well as the study area within the unstable or twisted pavement that occupies a large area of the study area.The geographical distribution of groundwater wells in the study area. The study included (586 wells) for the period 2010 - 2015 in the study area, especially the administrative units (areas of Sayed Dakhil, Al Batha and Al Gharaf) as the most administrative units for wells numbers in the study area. The most abundant year for the groundwater wells in the study area, it may represent in 2012 and the (156 wells), and the government agencies (the General Authority of groundwater / Basra branch) are the most excavation wells in the study area, and the depths of wells (10 - 13m) and production wells (2.1 - 3 liters / sec) and groundwater level (3.3 - 4m) and the mobile groundwater level (7.1 - 8m) are the highest in the study area. Moreover, the type of pump (Kanzerai) was the most used and located away from the well (9.4 - 10.9.4m). The height of the wells above sea level was highest in the rise (5.1 - 6 m), which was recorded in the other rise in the study area.The discusses the spatial and temporal analysis of the Physical and chemical properties of groundwater in the study area. The Physical, chemical and other Physical ions characteristics of the groundwater in the study area varied between dry and wet Seasons on the one hand and water characteristics in the years in which some wells were drilled compared to the results of laboratory analyzes of seasons Dry and wet, on the other hand, as well as variation in the classification of groundwater in the study area according to Schuler method and Solen classification. This difference in the characteristics and classification of groundwater in the study area, to effect the natural goal of climatic conditions, and also the human factor represented by agricultural activity and the extent of the use of agricultural fertilizers and the amount of ground water withdrawn from wells in the study area.The study aspects of groundwater investment, its problems and future prospects in the study area. The most important aspect of groundwater investment in the study area is the agricultural investment in a larger proportion compared with other investments (for human consumption and for drinking animals and for construction purposes and industrial purposes) In the study area suffers from many problems, most notably the problem of salinity and the problem of pollution and the problem of Subsidence and the problem of lack of interest in wells and other problems, which leads to the development of solutions and proposals for the development and development of groundwater in the study area example rationalization in water consumption and increase groundwater recharge (water harvesting) and the use of modern technologies and improve water quality and solving the problem of salinity and the problem of pollution and maintenance of solving the problem of subsidence and interest wells, as well as proposals for solutions to another goal to develop groundwater investment in the study area.

تطور استعمالات الارض التجارية في مدينة الكوت : دراسة في جغرافية المدن == Development of commercial land uses In the city of Kut A study in the geography of cities

اسم المؤلف: علي فوزي سعيد الوائلي
اسم المشرف: جبر عطية جودة المياح
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: جغرافية المدن
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تعد استعمالات الارض التجارية من اهم استعمالات ارض المدينة , اذ لا توجد مدينة مهما كان حجمها الا وشغلت الوظيفة التجارية حيزا منها على اعتبار ان النشاطات التجارية من اهم الوظائف التي تقدمها المدينة ليس لسكانها فقط بل لسكان اقليمها . تتمثل اهمية الدراسة باظهار تطور استعمالات الارض التجارية في مدينة الكوت خلال المراحل المورفولوجية التي مرت بها المدينة , وما هي العوامل التي ساهمت بهذا التطور, فضلا عن تحديد التوزيع الجغرافي لاستعمالات الارض التجارية بالاعتماد على خريطة التصميم الاساس للمدينة , وتحديد مساحة كل استعمال تجاري في المدينة, كما وتم تحديد اقليم المدينة التجاري , والكفاءة الوظيفية لاستعمالات الارض التجارية . وقد تناولت الدراسة في فصلها الاول عرض مراحل تطور استعمالات الارض التجارية في المدينة من خلال المراحل المورفولوجية لتطور المدينة فقد كان للعامل التجاري دورا في نشوء مدينة الكوت, ونموها على اعتبار ان المدينة نشات كميناء نهري بين مدينتي بغداد والبصرة , اذ تم استعراض مراحل التطور من خلال التوصل الى عدد المحلات التجارية , ومساحة الاستعمال التجاري في كل مرحلة من مراحل نمو المدينة . تمتاز المحلات التجارية في المدينة والعاملين فيها بخصائص متباينة من حيث الموقع والمساحة, ونوع التجارة, ونوع الملكية, ومواد البناء, ومقدار الايجار, وعدد العاملين, وساعات العمل, واعمار العاملين, وغيرها , اذ تم التعرف على هذه الخصائص من خلال الدراسة الميدانية عن طريق توزيع (384) استمارة استبيان شكلت نسبة (6,7%) تم تحديدها على اساس عدد المحلات التجارية في المدينة والبالغة (5767) محلا تجاريا , اذ تم تحديد عدد استمارات الاستبيان لكل منطقة تجارية على اساس عدد محلاتها وما تشكله من مجموع المحلات الكلية . وتقوم المدينة بتقديم مجموعة من الوظائف والخدمات لسكانها وسكان اقليمها, ولعل من ابرزها الوظيفة التجارية , فالتجارة تعد من اهم المعايير المعتمدة لتحديد الاقليم الاقتصادي لاي مدينة , اذ تم تحديد اهم مجالات تاثير المدينة في الاقليم من خلال مجموعة من السلع والبضائع التي يعتمد الاقليم على سوق مدينة الكوت في الحصول عليها, ورسم حدود, وابعاد المناطق التي يتم تزويدها بهذه السلع والبضائع . وتقاس الكفاءة الوظيفية لاستعمالات الارض التجارية على اساس مدى توفرها لكل شخص وفق المعايير المعتمدة وبدون مشاكل , اذ تم قياس الكفاءة الوظيفية لاستعمالات الارض التجارية وفق ثلاث معايير هي معيار نسمة/محل , ونسمة/نوع , ومعيار المساحة م2/نسمة على مستوى الاحياء السكنية والقطاعات السكنية والمدينة ككل بالاعتماد على التحليل الاحصائي باستعمال المعدل في تحديد كفاءة استعمالات الارض التجارية في المدينة . كما تم اعطاء رؤية مستقبلية لتطور استعمالات الارض التجارية في مدينة الكوت وبالاعتماد على الزيادة في حجم سكان المدينة لغاية عام 2025 . لقد كانت اهم النتائج التي توصلت اليها الدراسة : 1ـــ تطورت استعمالات الارض التجارية في المدينة بشكل واضح خلال المرحلة المورفولوجية الاخيرة (1990 - 2016) لاسيما بعد عام 2003 مقارنة بالمراحل المورفولوجية السابقة من حيث المساحة وعدد المحلات التجارية وعدد العاملين بالتجارة , نتيجة لانفتاح السوق ودخول منتجات جديدة ومتنوعة فضلا عن ارتفاع المستوى المعاشي للسكان, وزيادة القدرة الشرائية, وزيادة حجم المدينة .2ـــ شكلت مدينة الكوت مركز التاثير التجاري في اقليمها الاداري من خلال اعتماد تجار المفرد والجملة في الاقليم على المدينة في الحصول على السلع والبضائع التجارية .3ـــ تباينت كفاءة استعمالات الارض التجارية بحسب المعايير التخطيطية المعتمدة على مستوى الاحياء والقطاعات السكنية , فبعض الاحياء والقطاعات السكنية تميزت بكفاءة استعمالات الارض التجارية فيها, واحياء وقطاعات سكنية اخرى امتازت بانخفاض كفاءة استعمالات الارض التجارية فيها . | The commercial land use is one of the most important uses of the city's land. There is no city of any size, except that the commercial function occupies a part of it, considering that the commercial activities are the most important functions provided by the city not only to its inhabitants but also to the inhabitants of its territory. The importance of the study is to show the development of the commercial land uses in the city of Kut during the morphological stages experienced by the city, and what factors contributed to this development, as well as to determine the geographical distribution of commercial land uses based on the map of the basic design of the city, The city's commercial territory was also identified, and the functional efficiency of commercial land uses. The study examined the stages of development of commercial land use in the city through the morphological stages of the development of the city. The commercial factor played a role in the emergence of the city of Kut and its growth as the city emerged as a river port between the cities of Baghdad and Basra. Reach the number of shops, commercial use space in each stage of the city's growth. The city's shops and employees have different characteristics in terms of location, area, type of trade, type of property, building materials, amount of rent, number of employees, hours of work, age of workers, etc.These characteristics were identified through the field study through the distribution of (384) questionnaires form (6.7%), which were determined on the basis of the number of shops in the city (5767), where the number of questionnaire forms for each region Based on the number of shops and the total number of shops. The city provides a range of jobs and services to its inhabitants and residents of its territory, the most prominent of which is the business, trade is one of the most important criteria for determining the economic territory of any city. The most important areas of the city's influence in the region were identified through a range of goods and goods Which depends on the territory of the city of Kut to obtain, and draw the boundaries, and dimensions of the areas that are supplied with these goods and goods. The functional efficiency of the commercial land uses is measured on the basis of the availability of each person according to approved criteria and without problems. The functional efficiency of commercial land uses is measured according to three criteria : NES / And the city as a whole based on statistical analysis using the average to determine the efficiency of commercial land use in the city. A future vision was also given to the development of the commercial land uses in Kut city and the increase in the size of the city population until 2025. The most important findings of the study were : (1990 - 2016), especially after 2003, compared to the previous morphological stages in terms of area, number of shops and number of workers in trade, due to the opening of the market and the introduction of new and diversified products, as well as the high level of living of the population, Increase purchasing power, increase the size of the city. 2 The city of Kut has been the center of commercial influence in its administrative territory through the adoption of the sole and wholesale traders in the region on the city in obtaining goods and commercial goods.3 The efficiency of commercial land uses varied according to the planning standards adopted at the level of rehabilitation and residential sectors. Some rehabilitation and residential sectors were characterized by efficient use of commercial land, and revival and other residential sectors characterized by low efficiency of commercial land uses

العاطلون عن العمل في محافظة واسط للسنوات (1987ـ 1997ـ 2016 : دراسة في جغرافية السكان == Unemployed in Wasit Governorate A study in population geography

اسم المؤلف: محسن منصور سريح
اسم المشرف: ناجي سهم رسن
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية السكانية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تهدف الدراسة تناول السكان العاطلين عن العمل بعمر (15 ـ 64) سنة في محافظة واسط وتوزيعهم الجغرافي وتباينه المكاني حسب الوحدات الادارية والبيئة واسباب ذلك التباين , فضلا عن كشف خصائص العاطلين عن العمل , كما اهتمت الدراسة بتناول ابرز اسباب التعطل عن العمل والاثار السلبية المترتبة عليه , وتوصلت الى رؤية مستقبلية للعاطلين عن العمل عام 2027 . جاءت الدراسة في اربعة فصول , فضلا عن الاستنتاجات والمقترحات معتمدة على بيانات التعداد السكاني لعامي 1987 و1997 ونتائج الدراسة الميدانية لعام 2016 ومصادر مكتبية , واعتمدت الدراسة على اساليب احصائية في تحليل البيانات منها الدرجات المعيارية , فضلا عن استخدام المتوالية العددية للوصول الى رؤية مستقبلية للعاطلين عن العمل , والجداول والخرائط والاشكال لتسهيل المقارنة وتحليل النتائج . توصلت الدراسة الى عدد من الاستنتاجات كان ابرزها ارتفاع عدد العاطلين عن العمل الى نسبة (19,1%) عام 2016 عما ان كانت في عامي 1987 و1997 (3,2% و16,6%) على التوالي , وقد تباينت نسب العاطلين عن العمل بحسب الوحدات الادارية لعام 2016 اذ بلغت اعلاها (25,8%) في ناحية تاج الدين ثم تليها ناحية جصان بنسبة (23,8%) وادناها في مركز قضاء بدرة بنسبة (15,5%) , كما برز بشكل واضح ارتفاع نسبة العاطلين عن العمل بين الشباب بعمر (15 ـ 29) سنة من مجموع العاطلين عن العمل , فضلا عن ارتفاع نسب الخريجين العاطلين عن العمل , وقد اثر في التعطل عن العمل متغيرات متعددة كان في مقدمتها اسباب اجتماعية واقتصادية , فضلا عن عدم الاستقرار السياسي والامني في العراق ومنه محافظة واسط الذي يعد من ابرز العوامل المؤثرة في ارتفاع نسب العاطلين عن العمل , كما اظهرت الدراسة مخاطر التعطل عن العمل على الفرد والاسرة والمجتمع وكان في مقدمتها الامية والجريمة وعمالة الاطفال , وقد توصلت الدراسة الى ان نسب العاطلين عن العمل سترتفع بشكل تدريجي لتصل الى (25,1%) عام 2027 في حال ثبات العوامل المؤثرة فيها | The study aim to address the Unemployed who are at the age (15 - 64) years, and how they geographically distributed between the administrative units and between urban - rural population. Also the study addressed the main demographic characteristics of the unemployed. The study looked for the main causes of unemployment and its effects and the prediction of its size in near future. It hncluded four chapters and conclusion. It based on the census data of 1987 and 1997 as well as the results of the field work in 2016 and readings from the book and government reports. It was based on statistical methods as the standad grades and numerical sequence, beside the descriptive and cartographic methods. High unemployment rate in the years 2016 . It reached to (%19.1) while the rate was (%3.2) and (%16.6) in 1987 and in 1997 . The rate of unemployment in 2016 is varied between the admistrative units .The highest rate (25.8%) in the Taj Al - Den and then followed by Jasan with (23.8%) and the lowest in Badrah (15.5%) , a clear rise between young people aged (15 to 29 years) , as well as the high rate of unemployed between the graduates . The causes of unemployment are social and economic, as well as political and security causes . Also showed the risk of downtime for the individual, family, and community was at the forefront of illiteracy and crime, child labor . The study expected that the proportions of unemployed people will rise gradually to reach (25.1%) in 2027 if these causes persist .

الخصائص الديموغرافية للسكان الحضر في مراكز اقضية محافظة واسط == Demographic Characteristics of Population of Urban Centers in Wasit Governorate

اسم المؤلف: قاسم محمد عبد
اسم المشرف: ناجي سهم رسن
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية السكانية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تهدف الدراسة الى ابراز الخصائص الديموغرافية لسكان المراكز الحضرية في محافظة واسط كونها من المناطق الواعدة بمقوماتها الطبيعية والبشرية لتحقيق مشاريع التنمية ، اذ لا يمكن القيام باي عمل تنموي الا عن طريق دراسة خصائص السكان ومقوماتهم في الماضي والحاضر وتوقع ما سيكونون عليه في المستقبل ، لذا فقد تم دراسة السكان ديموغرافيا للاعوام (1987، 1997 ،2014 و2015) واجراء الاسقاطات المستقبلية حتى عام 2027 . اعتمدت الدراسة الجداول الاحصائية والخرائط التوزيعية والاشكال البيانية فضلا عن العديد من العمليات الاحصائية والكمية من معاملات الارتباط والانحدار وغيرها من اجل دقة التحليل الجغرافي للظواهر السكانية وتفسيرها تفسيرا منطقيا للعلاقة بين المتغيرات التي تضمنتها الدراسة . توصلت الدراسة الى العديد من نتائج كان منها، ارتفاع نسبة سكان حضر مراكز اقضية محافظة واسط من عام لاخرى فبعد ان كانت نسبتهم (47,9%) عام 1987 من مجموع سكان المحافظة ارتفعت عام 2014 الى (48,6%) ، واستاثر حضر مركز قضاء الكوت باكثر من نصف نسبة سكان حضر مراكز اقضية محافظة واسط ، اثرت حركة النازحين والهجرة الريفية فضلا عن الزيادة الطبيعية في ارتفاع معدلات النمو التي وصلت الى (3,4%) . تميز حضر مراكز الاقضية باستقبالها هجرات متنوعة سواء كانت دولية (من سكان المحافظة الذين هاجروا الى الخارج) او اقليمية او محلية لاسيما بعد عام 2003 اثرت على الخصائص الديموغرافية لسكان حضر مراكز اقضية محافظة واسط . واظهرت الدراسة ان اكثر من ثلث سكانه في الاعوام (1987 ،1997 و2015) هم من فئة صغار السن (اقل من 15 سنة) ، كشفت الدراسة ايضا عن ان اكثر من ثلث سكان حضر مراكز اقضية محافظة واسط يعملون في انشطة الخدمات العامة والاجتماعية والشخصية ، كما تميزت الحالة الزواجية بارتفاع نسبة الذين لم يسبق لهم الزواج (العزاب) لتمثل اكثر من نصف السكان (51,8%) في عام 2015، وظهر ان نسبة غير المؤهلين بشهادة تعليمة تتجه نحو الانخفاض . وتوقعت الدراسة ان حجم سكان حضر مراكز اقضية محافظة واسط سيبلغ (839107) نسمة في عام 2027 بعد ان كان (633494) نسمة عام 2014. وتوقعت الدراسة ان عدد طلاب المدارس الابتدائية سيرتفع حتى يبلغ (122024) طالب عام 2027. اما طلاب المرحلة الثانوية فسيكون عددهم في سنة الهدف (112884) طالب . ومن المؤمل ايضا ان يرتفع عدد السكان النشطين اقتصاديا الى (695228) وستكون الحاجة الى (89834) وظيفة او فرصة عمل. وتبين من التحليل الكمي ان متغيري الاناث بسن الحمل والبطالة من اكثر المتغيرات تفسيرا للخصوبة السكانية ، كما ان هنالك علاقة ارتباط قوية بين الذين لم يسبق لهم الزواج (العزاب ) والبطالة | The study aims at highlighting the demographic characteristics of the population of the urban centers in Wasit governorate as one of the most promising areas in terms of its natural and human resources to achieve development projects, and as it is not possible to do any development work without depending on human development by studying the characteristics of the population and their vesources in the past and present and expect what they will be in the future . Thus, the population was demographically studied during the period (1987 - 2015) and making future projections until 2027. The study includes five chapters . The first chapter dealt with the size and growth of population . It is of two sections, The first section deals with The size and growth of population . and the second includes the elements of population growth. While the second chapter is for geographical distribution of population. It includes three sections . The first is about the numerical, relative and hierarchical distribution and relative change of population. While the second section deals with the scales of population distribution. the third section deals with patterns of the geographical distribution. The third chapter is under the title "the age and gender structure of of population". IT is divided into two sections. The first is for the the age and gender structure and the second included the indicators of the age structure. The fourth chapter is devoted for the economic structure . It contains three sections . the first section contains the characteristions of human forces . the second deals with the indicators of the economical activity, the third is a bout the wconomical structure of the labor . The fifth chapter includes the study of the social structure and the future projections. It is first deals with the study of the marital situation, the second with the study of the educational condition the third with the ethnic structure and the fourth section is devoted to studying population projections, and estimating educational services and estimating of work opportunities . The study adopted on statistical tables, distributive maps and graphs as well as many statistical and quantitative processes of correlative coefficience and regression and others for the accuracy of geographical analysis of population phenomena and their logical explanation of the relatio among the variables included in the study . The study reached many results, among them is rising of the proportion of population of urban of the districts centers Wasit governorate from on year. to another. As their percentage was (47.9%) in 1987 of the total population of the governorate reased in 2014 to (48.6%), Al - Kut district more than half of the proportion of population of urban of other districts centers in Wasit governorate. the movement of the displaced and the rural migration as well as the natural increase affected in the rising of growth rates which reached to (3.4%). The urban of the disdricds centres witnessed a drop in pure birth average which was(28,1)per thous and in 1987 to become (22.2) per thousand in 2015, and on the other hand a rise in pure death average which is (13.1) per thousand in 2015, while it was (7) Per thousand in 1987 due to security conditions . The urban of districts centres is characterized by receiving different immigration whether they were in ter national (of the population of the governorate who immigration abroad )regnioal or local especially after 2003 .they affected the demographic featues of population Of the population of the urban of district centers of Wasit Governorate. the population of the immigration population for the country reached to (17%) of the population of the urban of districts centres . The study showed that more than one - third of the population in the during (1987 - 2015) is the category of young (less than 15 years) the gender proportion of reached to (105) in 2014, the study also revealed that more than one - third of the population of the urban districts centers of Wasit governorate work in personal social and public service activities . the martial status is characterzid by rising the population of those who have never married before ( the single ) as it represents more than half of the population (51.8%) in 2015. and it showed that the percentage of non - qualified with educational certificate is declining. The study also showed that the draopping of illiteracy rates among the population and the low level of educational achievement led to the rising of the ratio of the unemployedment. the study predicted that the size of the population of urban of districts centres of wasit governorate will reach to (889,107) person in 2027while it was (633,494) person in 2014 . the study in also predicted that the number of primary school students will rise to reach (122,024) student in 2027 which means that there is a need for (80) primary schools while the number of the students of secondary stage will be in the target year (112884) students and they will need (120) schools to fill the shortfall of the number of schools at the time. it is hoped that th number of economically active population will increase to (695228) and there will be the need to (89834) jobs work opportunity . and appeared form the quantitative analysis that the two variables of females at the age of pregnaney and unemployment are the most explaining variables of population fertility ,and The size of the family (5 people and over) explains greatly the phenomenon of rural imigration to wards the urban of districts centers of the, and there is a strong correlation between those never married (the single) and unemployment.

الخصائص المناخية المكانية للمناطق الخضراء : دراسة تطبيقية لمتنزه الزوراء في مدينة بغداد

اسم المؤلف: فراس فاضل مهدي البياتي
اسم المشرف: مهدي حمد فرحان الدليمي
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2004
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: ان موضوع البحث الموسوم (( الخصائص المناخية المكانية لمناطق الخضراء)) . هو دراسة في الجغرافية المناخية ، تدور في مجال المناخ الموقعي (المحلي) والتفصيلي . كان الهدف منها الكشف عن تلك الخصائص واظهار الدور الذي تؤديه كل من العوامل الطبيعية ( خصائص المناخ العام ) وعوامل الموقع (مكونات المناطق الخضراء) في تجسيدها موقعيا على مستوى المنطقة المدروسة عموما بالموازنة مع المناطق المحيطة بها ، والدور الذي يؤديه تباين تاثير تلك العوامل واختلافه بين مكونات تلك المنطقة في تفسير التباين المكاني لبعض عناصر المناخ ذات التاثير المباشر في التوازن الحراري لجسم الانسان ، الذي ينعكس على شعوره بالراحة الفسيولوجية ، كالحرارة والرطوبة النسبية وسرعة الرياح ، والتي على اساسها اجملت نتائج البحث ووضعت توصياته التي يمكن الافادة منها في توجيه اساليب تخطيط المناطق الخضراء وتنظيمها على نحو يضمن رفع كفاءتها في اداء وظيفتها المناخية . ولقد استقى البحث معظم بياناته من الرصد الميداني ، واعتمد في التعامل معها على المنهج الكمي الى جانب المنهج الوصفي باستخدام بعض الاساليب الرياضية والاحصائية كالانحدار الخطي البسيط والمتعدد ومعاملات التحديد والاختلاف والارتباط البسيط من اجل الوصول الى نتائج رقمية تساعد على تفسير تلك الظاهرة وتحليل العلاقات المختلفة بين مكوناتها . وقد توصلت الدراسة الى جملة من النتائج ومن اهمها الاتي : - 1 - تزداد درجة الحرارة الصغرى في المتنزه عنها في المدينة ويكون تاثير المتنزه عليها في الشتاء اكثر منه في الصيف ، اذ بلغ معدل الفرق بينهما في الشتاء (1.9) مئوية وفي فصل الصيف (0.8) درجة مئوية . وهذا الانحراف الموجب يعني ان المتنزه سيشكل جزيرة حرارية ( Heat Island ) قياسا بالمناطق المحيطة به ، مما يعطي خاصية مناخية مكانية تتميز حراريا عن تلك المناطق . 2 - تتناقص درجة الحرارة العظمى في المتنزه عنه في المدينة ويكون تاثير المتنزه عليها في الصيف اكثر منه في الشتاء ، اذ بلغ معدل معدل الفرق بينهما صيفا ( - 2.5) درجة مئوية ، وفي الشتاء ( - 1) درجة مئوية وبهذا الانحراف السالب يشكل المتنزه جزيرة برودة (Cool Island ) قياسا بالمناطق المذكورة . 3 - تبدو الخاصية المناخية المكانية للمتنزه اقل وضوحا في الايام التي تغطي فيها السماء بالغيوم عنها في الايام ذات السماء الصافية ، ويتضاءل هذا الوضوح عندما تزداد سرعة الرياح ، حيث تناقص معدل الفرق في درجة الحرارة من (1 م ) عندما كانت السماء ملبدة بالغيوم والرياح الى (0.5 م) عندما اصبحت سرعة الرياح (4.0) م/ثا مع استمرار تلبد السماء بالغيوم .4 - تمي المتنزه بانحراف سالب في معدل سرع الرياح الموجودة داخله بلغ معدل ( - 1.2) م/ثا .5 - زيادة رطوبة الهواء النسبية في الصيف والشتاء في النهار والليل في المتنزه عنه في المناطق المحيطة به من المدينة . ويكون تاثيره في الرطوبة النسبية العظمى اشد من تاثيره في الصغرى حيث بلغ معدل الفرق في الاولى (5%) وفي الثانية (4%) . 6 - يميل الاتجاه العام لدرجة الحرارة الصغرى والرطوبة النسبية العظمى بالتزايد مع اتجاه هبوب الرياح وفي حين يميل الاتجاه العام لدرجة الحرارة العظمى والرطوبة النسبية الصغرى بالتناقص بالاتجاه نفسه ، فهذا يعني ان افضل الاماكن في قضاء وقت الترويح هي التي تقع في الجهة المعاكسة لاتجاه الرياح صيفا وشتاء . 7 - تتناسب درجة الحرارة الصغرى في المتنزه تناسبا طرديا مع زيادة نسبة مساحة الغطاء النباتي الشجري ومساحة المباني والمسطحات المائية وعكسيا زيادة نسبة المساحات المكسوة بالاسفلت والكونكريت والثيل وسرعة الرياح . 8 - تتناسب درجة الحرارة مع مساحة السطوح الاسفلتية والكونكريتية والمباني وسرعة الرياح تناسبا طرديا ، ومع الغطاء النباتي الشجري والمسطحات المائية والثيل تناسبا عكسيا .9 - تناقص درجة الحرارة العظمى وتزداد الصغرى كلما ابتعدنا عن حافة المتنزه المواجهة لهبوب الرياح .

الثروة الحيوانية في محافظة القادسية : دراسة في جغرافية الزراعة

اسم المؤلف: سلام سالم عبد هادي
اسم المشرف: محمود بدر علي السميع
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2015
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: النجف
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يعد الانتاج الزراعي الركيزة الاساسية لبناء الاقتصاد الوطني وركنا مهما من اركان الدخل القومي , ولا يمكن نجاح اي من عمليات التنمية ما لم تعتمد تنمية هذا القطاع في المقام الاول , لذا بات من الضرورة الاهتمام به والتخطيط لتحقيق معدلات تنمية تواكب , ان لم تفق معدلات النمو السكاني المتزايدة من خلال توفير الغذاء والكساء لافراد المجتمع , وتوفير المواد الخام اللازمة للقطاعات الاقتصادية الاخرى ناهيك عن تحقيق الكثير من فرص العمل , لذا فقد حظيت دراسة واقع الثروة الحيوانية وامكانية تنميتها كشق رئيسي من الانتاج الزراعي باهمية خاصة لاسيما عند الجغرافيين , وذلك استكمالا للاهمية التي يطلع بها الانتاج النباتي في تعزيز وحماية الامن الغذائي , وللمحافظة على الثروة الحيوانية على مستوى الانواع واعدادها من جانب , ونوعية الانتاج وكميته من جانب اخر , لاسيما وان منتجات القطاع الحيواني المختلفة شكلت في فترات ماضية حوالي(45)% من مجموع ما يساهم به الناتج الزراعي كقيمة صافية بين موارد الدخل القومي , اي انه في المرتبة الثالثة بعد النفط والمنتجات النباتية . اما الان فقد بات القطاع الحيواني في احسن الاحوال لا يشكل الا(10)%كقيمة صافية من مجموع الناتج الزراعي واقل من(2)%من الدخل القومي , بحسب بيانات وزارة التخطيط لعام(2013). لقد اتخذت الدراسة من الثروة الحيوانية في محافظة القادسية واقعها وامكانيات تنميتها مشكلة علمية تحاول الكشف , عنها من خلال دراسة التفاعل بين منظومة العوامل الطبيعية والبشرية والحياتية وتاثيرها على صورة وواقع الثروة الحيوانية في المحافظة على مستوى النوع والتوزيع , والتباين المكاني للمشاكل التي تعتريها على مستوى نوع الحيوان واصغر الوحدات الادارية(الناحية)فاعتمدت الدراسة في محاولة لاثبات صحة فرضيتها في ذلك على المنهج النظامي ابتداء , من خلال دراسة العوامل الجغرافية المؤثرة على الثروة الحيوانية في محافظة القادسية , ثم استكملت بالمنهج الاقليمي الذي يتيح رؤية اقليمية لكثير من المتغيرات فيعطي بذلك الدراسة سمة الموضوعية والشمولية الاقليمية في فهم تبايناتها المكانية المختلفة , توج من خلال استعمال(الدرجة المعيارية) التي توزعت معها الظاهرة موضوع الدراسة(الثروة الحيوانية)جغرافيا وبحسب اعدادها , ولفهم المزيد من التباينات وتحديد تاثير العوامل الجغرافية والحياتية على انواع الحيوانات وبالتالي انظمة تربيتها وعلاقة درجات التاثير المتبادلة مع بعضها البعض , فقد عمدت الدراسة الى اعتبار ان(نوع الحيوان)(كمتغير تابع)حدد معه(12) متغيرا(كمتغيرات مستقلة)وباعتماد التحليل الكمي للبيانات باستعمال(معامل الانحدار المتعدد)فقد كشفت الدراسة ان المتغيرات المستقلة قد فسرت تباين توزيع الحيوانات بنسب مختلفة وبحسب قوة العلاقة بينهما , فاستنتجت الدراسة بذلك انموذجا لطبيعة العلاقة الامثل مع كل نوع من انواع الثروة الحيوانية , من خلال تقدير مساهمة كل متغير على حده وامكانية تطويره , وبذلك يعد عملا جغرافيا قد يساعد في تخطيط تنمية الثروة الحيوانية في محافظة القادسية . وقد توصلت الدراسة الى جملة من الاستنتاجات , اهمها ان هناك مجموعة من العوامل الطبيعية والبشرية والحياتية تؤثر على الثروة الحيوانية في محافظة القادسية من خلال تباين التوزيع الجغرافي لانواعها , تركزت معها حيوانات الابقار وبشكل عام في الاجزاء الوسطى من الجهات الشمالية والغربية والجهات الشمالية الغربية كاما حيوانات الجاموس فتركزت بشكل رئيس قرب مجاري الانهار في محافظة القادسية لاسيما على نهر الديوانيـــــــة , ونهري الدغارة والشامية وبدرجة اقل , ليقل بذلك تركز حيوانات الابقار والجاموس تدريجيا كلـــــــما اتجهنا شرقا لتربية انواع مختلفة من الثروة الحيوانية , الا ان التوزيع الغالب لحيوانات(الابقار والجاموس)يمكن ان يشير لوجود علاقة عكسية بينها وبين حيوانات(الاغنام والماعز والابل) . وقد تصدرت اعداد حيوانات الاغنام المرتبة الاولى بـ(318097)راسا مثلت(67,4)%من مجموع الثروة الحيوانية في محافظة القادسية والبالغة(471679)راسا عام(2013)تلتها حيوانات الابقار ثانيا بـ(77997)راسا , وشكلت (16,5)%من مجموع الثروة الحيوانية , ثم حيوانات الماعز ثالثا بـ(61652)راسا وتساوي(13,1)%من مجموع الثروة الحيوانية في منطقة الدراسة , فيما جاءت حيوانات الجاموس رابعا بـ(9291)راسا بـ(2,0)%, وترتبت حيوانات الابل خامسا بـ(4642)راسا بـما يعادل(1,0)%من المجموع الكلي الثروة الحيوانية في المحافظة .اما عن اهم المشاكل التي تواجه تربية وانتاج الثروة الحيوانية في محافظة القادسية , فقد تبين ان مشاكل التغذية جاءت في مقدمتها وشكلت(47,1)%من اجمالي المشاكل , وتراوحت بين قلة نباتات المراعي الطبيعية بــ(27,4)%وقلة مساحات الاعلاف التي شكلت(19,7)%من مشاكل التغذية في محافظة القادسية , تلتها ثانيا مشاكل الطقس والمناخ , التي تمثلت بمشكلة ارتفاع درجات الحرارة فوق المعدلات المثالية للانتاج الحيواني (14,4)% , ثم الانخفاض في درجات الحرارة بـ(10,1)%من مجموع مشاكل الطقس والمناخ في محافظة القادسية , ثم حلت مشاكل السياسة الزراعية ثالثا بـ(17,9)%من مجموع المشاكل التي تعاني منها الثروة الحيوانية في منطقة الدراسة , توزعت من مشاكل التسليف الزراعي(الحيواني)وشكلت(5,7)%ومشكلة قلة طرق النقل المعبدة بـ(4,9)%وضعف دور الجمعيات الفلاحية , او انعدامها في مجال الثروة الحيوانية والتي شكلت (3,7)%ومشاكل قلة الارشاد الزراعي(الحيواني) بـ(3,6)%من بين مجموع مشاكل السياسة الزراعية في المحافظةاما عن مشاكل خدمات الرعاية الطبية البيطرية فقد حلت رابعا بـ(7,3)%من بين مجموع المشاكل التي تعاني منها الثروة الحيوانية في محافظة القادسية , وتباينت هذه المشكلة بين قلة خدمات الرعاية البيطرية التي شكلت (2,7)%وتكرار اصابة الحيوانات بالامراض بـ(2,4)% , ثم مشكلة قلة المجازر الصحية بواقع(2,2)%ومشاكل الرعاية البيطرية في محافظة القادسية , في ما حلت مشاكل السلالات الحيوانية خامسا بين مجموع المشاكل التي تعاني منها الثروة الحيوانية في المحافظة , وقد تباينت بين مشاكل تخلف السلالات بـ(1,6)%ومشاكل تاسيس القطيع او تجديده بـ(1,6)%من مجموع مشاكل السلالات الحيوانية , تاركة بذلك مشاكل المياه السطحية متمثلة بعدم كفاية الحصة المائية , او الهدر فيها بالمرتبة السادسة , فيما حلت مشاكل قلة الانتاج الحيواني من(الحليب واللحوم)بالمرتبة السابعة والاخيرة بين مشاكل الانتاج الحيواني في محافظة القادسية باعتبارها المحصلة النهائية وكنتيجة طبيعية لجملة المشاكل التي تعاني منها تربية الثروة الحيوانية وتقف عائقا امام انتاجها . | Agricultural production is the elementary base of the national economy and an important element of the national income, so it became necessary to pay attention to this sect and plan to achieve high developmental rates to keep pace with the increased population growth by providing food for the society individuals and the raw materials for the other economic sectors as well as providing the work opportunities. As a result studying livestock status and its development possibilities, as a main part of the agricultural production, obtained a great deal of the attention of the geographers to fulfill the importance of the agricultural production in protecting the narration security, and to maintain the livestock on the levels of types and numbers, on one hand, and the production quantity and quality on the other hand, especially that the animal sector's different productions formed, in the past period, about(45)%of the total agricultural production, presently, the animal sector in its best status, forms only(15)%of the animal sector to be less than(3)%of the national income . The study adopts livestock Al - Qhadisiyah governorate status and its development Possibilities, as a scientific problem which is supposed to be revealed by studying the Interaction among the natural, human and living elements of and their effects on the livestock status in the governorate on the levels of types and distribution, and the spatial variety of its problems on the levels of the animal types and the smallest administration units(communes). To prove its hypotheses the study depends on the regular method starting with studying the geographic elements that affect the livestock in Al - Qhadisiyah governorate, then the regional method to understand its different spatial variation. By using the standard degree to study the level of the animal type, the study considers(the animal type)as a(subordinate variable)with(12)variables as (independent variables).The quantitative analyzes(the simple and multiple correlative coefficient)reveals that the independent variables had explained the animals variety with different rates and according to the relation strength. The study concludes an example for the nature of the optimum relation with each type of the livestock by the estimating the participation of each variable and the possibility of its development. So this study is a geographic attempt that could help in planning the livestock development in Al - Qhadisiyah. The study concludes a number of results; the most important could be summarized as following : - the human, natural and living elements affect the livestock in Al - Qhadisiyah government by the geographic distribution of its type; the greatest number of cows is concentrated in the middle parts of the northern, western and the north western area s of Al - Qhadisiyah, buffalo's great number concentrated near the water streams especially on Al - Diwaniyah river, Al - Daghara and Al - Shamiyah rivers, respectively. Cows and buffalos numbers decrease on the east and south direction where sheep, goat and camel's number increase, hence it could be said that there is indirect relation between the numbers of cow and buffalo, on one hand, and the number of sheep, goat and camel on the other hand .Sheep occupied the first class with(318097)to represent(67)%of the livestock total number in Al - Qhadisiyah(471679) in 2013, followed by Cow with(77997)to represent (16,5)%of the livestock total number , the goat occupied the third class with(61652)to represent(13,1)%of the livestock total number , while the buffalo forms(2,0)%of the livestock total number with(9291)while the camel represent(1,0)%of the livestock total number in Al - Qhadisiyah with(46420) . For the most important problems that face animal breeding, feeding occupied the first class(47)%of the feeding problems in Al - Qhadisiyah, followed by the problems of climate and weather where the highest temperature occupied the first class(14,4)% followed by lowest temperature(10,1).The agricultural policy problems, which are varied, occupied the third class among the problems that face animal breeding. The most important problems that face breeding livestock in Al - Qadisiyah province are, firstly, feeding problems with(47,1)%as lack of natural pastures by(27,4)%and(19,7)% for the lack of the fodder areas. Secondly the problems related to climate as the rise of temperature above its natural averages for animal production represents(14,4)%, and (10,1)% for the decrease in temperature. Third, the problems of agricultural policy by (17,9)%represented by agricultural loans(animals)by(5,7)%, and the lack of paved roads by(4,9)% while the absence or the weak role of the farmers' associations in the field of livestock represented(3,7)%and the lack of agricultural guide(animal)by(3,6)%of the total agricultural policy problems in Al - Qadisiya province. Fourth, the problems of veterinary services presented to the livestock occupies(7,3)%among the problems that livestock suffered from. These problems include lack of veteran services by(2,7)%, (2,4)% for the repetition of diseases and the lack of hygienic slaughterhouses takes (2,2)% of veterinary problems in Al - Qadisiya province. Also, the problems are related to different breeds by(1,6)%,the problems of establishing herds by(1,6)%.The sixth problem includes the waste or lack of the ration of the surface water while the seventh problem is the lack of animal production(meat and milk)which is a consequence of the above mentioned problems in Al - Qadisiya province.

التحليل المكاني لتربية الحيوانات المجترة في محافظة النجف الاشرف == The Spatial Analysis for breeding Ruminant Animals in AL - Najaf AL - Ashraf Governorate

اسم المؤلف: عواد عبود مطر ال واوي
اسم المشرف: محمود بدر علي السميع
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: النجف
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تعد الحيوانات المجترة مصدرا اساسيا من مصادر الغذاء للانسان وركنا مهما من اركان الدخل القومي سواء في العراق او منطقة الدراسة، وقد حظيت دراسة هذه الحيوانات باهتمام الباحثين في مجال علم الجغرافية ، او في العلوم الاخرى وذلك للاهمية التي يضطلع بها النشاط الحيواني بتوفير الغذاء للسكان . اتخذت الدراسة من التحليل المكاني لتربية الحيوانات المجترة في محافظة النجف الاشرف مشكلة علمية تحاول من خلالها دراسة التفاعل بين العوامل الجغرافية الطبيعية والبشرية والاحيائية وتاثيرها على التباين المكاني لتربية هذه الحيوانات والكشف عن طبيعة توزيعها في مختلف جهات محافظة النجف وعلى مستوى الوحدات الادارية ,والمشكلات التي تواجهها فاعتمدت الدراسة في اثبات صحة فرضيتها على المنهج المحصولي واعتمدت الاسلوب الاحصائي في دراسة بعض المتغيرات . وقد تمكنت الدراسة من تفسير التباين المكاني لتربية الحيوانات المجترة في ضوء علاقته بالعوامل الطبيعية والبشرية والاحيائية وهذا ما اظهرته الدراسة عند مناقشة بعض المتغيرات الكمية وباعتماد طريقة التحليل الكمي باستخدام الطرق الاحصائية المختلفة (الدرجات المعيارية ، معامل الارتباط بيرسون). وقد كشفت الدراسة عن وجود تباين مكاني واضح في التوزيع الجغرافي لتربية تلك الحيوانات وفي جميع الوحدات الادارية, محاولة ايجاد تعليل مناسب لذلك التباين . وقد توصلت الدراسة الى جملة من الاستنتاجات منها ان العوامل الطبيعية والبشرية والاحيائية اثرت عل تربية الحيوانات المجترة في محافظة النجف من خلال التباين المكاني في انواعها واعدادها اذ تركزت الابقار والجاموس قرب مجاري الانهار وتفرعاتها في حين توزعت الاغنام والماعز والجمال في الجهات المحاذية للهضبة الغربية فيما خلت ناحية الشبكة من هذه الحيوانات باستثناء الموسم الشتوي وفي السنوات الغزيرة الامطار . تناولت الدراسة الحيوانات المجترة حسب انواعها في محافظة النجف واظهرت ان الاغنام احتلت مركز الصدارة بـ(105602) راسا، من المجموع الكلي لتلك الحيوانات والبالغ عددها (218766) راسا، لعام (2015) .تليها الابقار بالمرتبة الثانية بـ(77120) راسا, وجاءت بالمرتبة الثالثة اعداد الجاموس بـ (24307) راسا, اما اعداد الماعز والابل فانها جاءت باعداد قليلة بـلغت (8348, 3389) راسا لكل منهما على التوالي .و اظهرت الدراسة التباين في انتاج هذه الحيوانات من الحليب واللحوم , اذ ان انتاج اللحوم يتباين حسب نوع الحيوان اذ احتلت الابقار المرتبة الاولى بـ(9060) طنا لتكون (53,0%) عام 2015, تليها الاغنام بالمرتبة الثانية بـ (3941) طنا لتعادل (23,0%) , وجاءت الابل بالمرتبة الثالثة بانتاج اللحوم بـ(1941) طنا لتكون(11,4%) ,في حين كان انتاج الجاموس والماعز من اللحوم حوالي( 1205و 955)طنا وتمثل (7,0, 5,6)% لكل منهما على التوالي للعام ذاته. واشارت الى ان الابقار حلت بالمرتبة الاولى ايضا في انتاج الحليب بـ (53060 )كغم/يوم عام (2015) لتكون (44,2%) من اجمالي الحليب المنتج في منطقة الدراسة البالغ (119936) كغم/ يوم ,تليها حيوانات الجاموس بـ(32501) كغم /يوم وتمثل (27,1%) , وجاءت الاغنام ثالثا بكمية الحليب المنتج بـ(31997) كغم / يوم وتساوي(26,7%) , وكانت كميات حليب الماعز قليلة جدا لا تتجاوز (2378) كغم/ يوم ولا تكون سوى(2,0%) من اجمالي انتاج الحليب في منطقة الدراسة عام 2015. وتناولت الدراسة المشكلات التي تواجه تربية الحيوانات المجترة ومنها المشكلات الطبيعية والبشرية والاحيائية , والتي تبين منها ان المشكلات الطبيعية كونت (32,9%) اذ جاءت في مقدمتها مشكلة قلة المراعي بـ (26,2%) من مجموع المشكلات التي تعاني منها تربية الحيوانات المجترة في محافظة النجف تليها مشكلات التطرف المناخي بـ(4,1%) ,وحلت مشكلات الموارد المائية بنوعيها السطحية والجوفية بـ(2,6%) من مجموع المشكلات التي تعاني منها تربية الحيوانات المجترة في منطقة الدراسة ,وكونت المشكلات البشرية(65,4%) وتباينت هي الاخرى بين قلة الاعلاف المزروعة التي حلت بالمرتبة الاولى بـ(38,8%), تليها بالمرتبة الثانية مشكلات السياسة الزراعية بـ(11,2%), توزعت بين مشكلات التسليف الزراعي (الحيواني) بـ(5,1%) ومشكلة قلة الدعم الحكومي ومثلت (2,1%) , ومشكلة ضعف الارشاد الزراعي في مجال الانتاج الحيواني ومشكلة ضعف دور الجمعيات التعاونية في مجال الانتاج الحيواني بـ ( 2%) لكل منهما,وحلت بالمرتبة الثالثة مشكلة قلة الخدمات البيطرية بـ(6,9%) من بين مجموع المشكلات التي تواجه تربية الحيوانات المذكورة في محافظة النجف , , ثم مشكلة تذبذب اسعار الحيوانات بـ(3,5%) من مجموع المشكلات التي تعاني منها تربية الحيوانات المجترة في منطقة الدراسة , وتراوحت بقية المشكلات بين مشكلة قلة المجازر بواقع(2,5%) ومشكلة قلة الايدي العاملة بـ(0,4%) من مجموع المشكلات التي تواجه تربية الحيوانات موضوع الدراسة في محافظة النجف , وجاءت المشكلات الحياتية بالمرتبة الاخيرة بـ(1,7%) , توزعت بين مشكلة التحسين الوراثي للحيوانات المجترة بـ(1,0%) ومشكلة الامراض والحشرات بـ(0,7%) من مجموع المشكلات التي تواجه تربية الحيوانات المجترة في المحافظة, واخيرا تناولت الدراسة السبل الكفيلة بمعالجة المشكلات المذكورة والتي تقف عائقا امام تنمية النشاط الحيواني المذكور. | Ruminant animals are an important source of food for humans and an important component of national income, both in Iraq and in the study area. The study of these animals has attracted the attention of researchers in the field of geoscience or other sciences, for the importance of animal activity in providing food to the population The study of the spatial analysis of ruminant animal husbandry in the province of Najaf is a scientific problem which attempts to study the interaction between the natural, human and animal geographical factors and their effect on the spatial variation of the breeding of these animals and the disclosure of the nature of their distribution in different regions of Najaf province and at the level of administrative units. Study in proving the validity of the hypothesis on the crop approach and adopted the statistical method in the study of some variables. The study was able to explain the spatial variation of ruminant culture in light of its relation to natural, human and biochemical factors. This study was shown in the discussion of quantitative variables and the method of quantitative analysis using the various statistical methods (standard grades, Pearson correlation coefficient). The study revealed that there is a clear spatial variation in the geographic distribution of animal breeding and in all administrative units, trying to find an appropriate explanation for this discrepancy.The study found that natural, human and animal factors affected the raising of ruminants in the province of Najaf through spatial variation in their types and numbers. The cows and buffaloes were concentrated near the streams and streams, while the sheep, goats and camels were distributed in the adjacent areas of the western plateau. The network of these animals except winter season and in the rainy years. ( 105602 ) head of the total number of these animals (218766) for the year (2015), followed by cows ranked second with (77120) head, and ranked The number of buffaloes was 24307, while the numbers of goats and camels were small (8348 and 3389) respectively. The study showed variation in the production of milk and meat. Meat production varies according to the type of animal. Cattle ranked first with (9060) tons to beb(53.0%) in 2015, followed by sheep (1141%), while the production of buffalo and goat meat was about 1205 and 955 tons, 7.0 and 5.6 per cent respectively for the same yearThe cows were also ranked first in the production of milk (53060) kg / day (2015) to be (44.2%) of the total milk produced in the study area of (119936) kg / day, followed by buffalo animals B (32501) (27,1%). The sheep were third with the quantity of milk produced by (31997) kg / day and equal to (26.7%). The quantities of goats' milk were very few (2378) kg / day, (2.0%) of the total milk production in the study area in 2015.The study dealt with the problems facing ruminant animal husbandry, including natural, human and biological problems, which showed that the natural problems were (32.9%). The problem was the problem of the lack of rangeland (26.2%) of the total problems experienced by ruminants In the governorate of Najaf, followed by the problems of climate extremism (4.1%), and solved the problems of water resources both surface and groundwater (2,6%) of the total problems experienced by ruminant animal husbandry in the study area, and formed human problems (65.4% ), And the difference between the number of cultivated fodder that ranked first (38.8%), , Followed by agricultural policy problems (11.2%), divided between agricultural credit problems (5.1%), the problem of lack of government support (2.1%), and the problem of weak agricultural extension in animal production And the problem of weak role of cooperative societies in the field of animal production (2%) each, and ranked third, the problem of lack of veterinary services (6.9%) among the total problems facing animal husbandry mentioned in the province of Najaf, and then the problem of fluctuation in animal prices (3.5%) of the total problems experienced by ruminant husbandry in the study area (2.5%) and the problem of the lack of labor (0.4%) of the total problems facing animal husbandry subject of study in Najaf province, and the problems of life ranked last (1.7%), The problem of genetic improvement of ruminants was (1.0%) and the problem of diseases and insects (0.7%) of the total problems facing ruminant animal husbandry in the governorate. Finally, the study dealt with ways to address the mentioned problems which stand in the way of the development of animal activity

اثر الغبار والعواصف الغبارية في اشجار النخيل والحمضيات في محافظة ديالى : دراسة في المناخ الزراعي == The Effect of the Dust and Dust Storms on Palms and Citrus Trees in Diyala Province (A Study in Applied Climate)

اسم المؤلف: خميس غازي خلف حسن المعموري
اسم المشرف: ازهار سلمان هادي الجبوري
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ديالى
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يهدف موضوع البحث دراسة ظاهرة العواصف الغبارية والغبار العالق والمتصاعد ، لما يكسبه هذا الموضوع من اهمية كبيرة نظرا لتاثيراته السلبية على البيئة بشكل عام ، واثره على انتاجية النخيل والحمضيات بشكل خاص .لقد تبين من خلال الدراسه ان جميع العواصف الغباريه التي شهدتها المحافظه هيه من خارج منطقه الدراسه وتبين كذالك ان تكرارات العواصف الغبارية ازدادت بشكل واسع بعد مرحلة التسعينيات والالفينيات ، اذ ان الفارق بين المرحلتين هو ان جميع السنوات لمرحلة الالفينات تكاد لا تخلو من تكرار العواصف الغبارية ، بعد ان كانت تحدث لمرة واحدة او مرتين خلال السنة في المرحلة التي سبقت مرحلة التسعينيات . اذ بلغت تكرارات العواصف الغبارية في مرحلة التسعينيات نحو (39) تكرار عاصفة لمحطة الخالص ، في حين بلغت في محطة خانقين نحو (4) تكرار عاصفة ، اما مرحلة الالفينيات فقد بلغت في محطة الخالص نحو (37) تكرار عاصفة ، ومحطة خانقين (14) تكرار عاصفة . وتوصلت الدراسه الى ان حدوث العواصف الغباريه ووصولها الى منطقة الدراسة يقترن بالمنخفضات الجوية في البحر الاحمر والبحر المتوسط والمنخفض الهندي الموسمي ، وتبين من خلال الدراسة ان المعدل السنوي لتكرار العواصف الغبارية لمحطة الخالص بلغ (3) يوم /سنة ، في حين بلغ المعدل السنوي لتكرار العواصف الغبارية في محطة خانقين نحو (1) يوم /سنة , اما التكرارات الشهريه للعواصف الغباريه فقد بلغت في محطه الخالص (6,4) , وسجلت في محطة خانقين ( 1،3) يوم /شهر , وتبين ايضا ان المعدل السنوي لتكرار الغبار المتصاعد في محطة الخالص بلغ (41) يوم /سنة ، وبلغ المعدل السنوي لمحطة خانقين نحو (6) يوم/ سنة ، اما المعدلات الشهرية للغبار المتصاعد فقد سجل في محطة الخالص (73) يوم/ شهر ، وسجل (12) يوم /شهر في محطة خانقين ، اما المعدلات السنوية للغبار العالق فقد سجلت في محطة الخالص (84) يوم /سنة ، ومحطة خانقين (21) يوم/سنة ، في حين سجلت المعدلات الشهرية نحو (171) يوم/ شهر لمحطة الخالص ، بينما سجل في محطة خانقين نحو (43) يوم/ شهر .وتبين من خلال الدراسة ان الاعوام التي ازدادت فيها تكرارات العواصف الغبارية قد انعكس ذالك على انتشار الامراض والافات الزراعية , خاصة حشره عنكبوت الغبار وحشرة حلم الغبار وحشرة الدوباس , التي ادت انخفاض الانتاج ومتوسط الانتاجية هذا من جانب , وضعف وسائل المكافحة وغياب دور الدوائر الزراعية في الحد من انتشار تلك الافات ادى الى هلاك اعداد كبيره من اشجار النخيل والحمضيات من جانب اخر . | The objective of the study is to study the phenomenon of dust storms and dust, which is suspended and escalated, because of the importance of this subject due to its negative effects on the environment in general, and its impact on the productivity of palm trees and citrus in particular.It has been shown through the study that all the stormy storms witnessed by the province of Heh from outside the study area and shows that the frequency of dust storms increased dramatically after the nineties and the nineties. The difference between the two phases is that all the years of the millennium is almost free from the repetition of dust storms , After it occurred once or twice during the year in the run - up to the nineties. The frequency of dust storms in the 1990s reached about 39 recurrences of Al Khalis station, while in Khanaqin station there were about 4 recurrences of storms. Repeat the storm.The study found that the occurrence of storm storms and their arrival in the study area is associated with the reductions in air in the Red Sea, the Mediterranean Sea and the Indian seasonal low. The study showed that the annual rate of repetition of the dust storms of Al - Khalis station was (3) days / year, while the annual rate of recurrence of storms (1) day / year. The monthly frequency of dust storms reached in the pure station (6.4) and was recorded at Khanaqin station (1.3) days / month. It also shows that the annual rate of dust recurrence in Al - Khalis station reached (41) days / year, and the annual rate of Khanaqin station was about (12) days / month in Khanaqin station, and the annual rates of dust were suspended at Al - Khalis station (84) days / (21) days / year, while monthly averages were about (171) days / month for Al - Khalis station, while in Khanaqin station about 43 days / month.The study showed that the years in which the dust storm frequency increases have been reflected in the spread of agricultural diseases and pests, especially the dust spider, insect dust and dopas insect, which resulted in low productivity and average productivity. Of the spread of these pests led to the destruction of a large number of palm trees and citrus on the other

الدلائل المناخية والبيئية لتغير وتذبذب مناخ العراق == Environmental and Climatic Indicators of the Climatic Change and Fluctuation in Iraq

اسم المؤلف: منصور غضبان يزاع الجوراني
اسم المشرف: عبد الحسن مدفون ابو رحيل
الموضوع العام: الجغرافية
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الجغرافية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: النجف
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تهدف الدراسة الى الكشف عن اهم الدلائل والمؤشرات المناخية والبيئية التي تدل على تغير مناخي في العراق ، فالمؤشرات المناخية هي التغيرات المناخية المباشرة بينما المؤشرات والدلائل البيئية تدل على تاثير التغيرات المناخية على عناصر ومكونات البيئة وهي دلائل غير مباشرة للتغير المناخي , وبهذا فان الدراسة معنية بالكشف عن التغيرات المناخية في العراق وتحديد اهم المؤشرات المناخية والبيئية التي تدل عليها, فالتغير المناخي يؤثر على مختلف القطاعات الحيوية والتي منها التصحر والجفاف والزراعة والتنوع الاحيائي والتي تم التركيز عليها في هذه الدراسة 0 تضمنت الدراسة ثلاثة حدود وهي الحدود المكانية المتمثلة بحدود العراق الادارية اذ تم اعتماد ثمانية محطات مناخية تمثل تقريبا مناطق العراق الجغرافية وكان اختيار هذه المحطات لاسباب بعضها يتعلق بتوفر بيانات لمدة اطول وهذا ما تحتاجه هذه الدراسة اما محطات اقليم كردستان فلم يتم الاعتماد عليها في هذه الدراسة وذلك بسسب عدم وجود بيانات مناخية قديمة لكافة محطاتها ولاغلب العناصر والظواهر المناخية , والحدود النوعية تختص بدراسة تغير بعض المؤشرات المناخية المباشره والتي تدل على التغير المناخي ومنها الحرارة والرطوبة والرياح وكذلك بعض الظواهر المناخية كالظواهر الغبارية وتكرار التساقط وكذلك المؤشرات والدلائل البيئية التي تدل على وجود تغير مناخي بصوره غير مباشرة . لقد تم اختيار مدة 70 سنه اي سبعة عقود وذلك لتوفر البيانات الخاصة بالدراسة خلال هذه المدة ونعتقد بانها كافية لاظهار التغيرات التي تحصل في الخصائص المناخية المدروسة وقد تم اختيار اقدم محطات الرصد المناخية . اذ اعتمدت البيانات المتوفرة منذ فتح المحطة وحتى العام (2009) ، ولتوحيد البيانات تم اعتماد بيانات الرصد المناخي للمدة (1941 - 2009) موزعة على سبعة عقود يتضمن كل منها عشرة سنوات، ومن اهم النتائج التي توصلت اليها الدراسة ازدياد في درجات الحراره الاعتيادية والصغرى والعظمى وكذلك سرعة الرياح وانخفاض في كميات الامطار المتساقطة ولجميع المحطات كما تم التوصل الى زيادة نسبة الجفاف في العراق خاصة خلال العقدين الاخيرين والى انقراض العديد من النباتات والحيوانات البرية والاسماك والطيور فضلا عن انخفاض مناسيب المياه في والانهر والاهوار العراقية | This study aims to reveal the most important environmental and climatic indicators that refer toaclimatic Change in Iraq. The climatic indicators mean the direct changes while theenvironmental indicators the mean indirect ones that is to say the effect of the climatic changes on the environment elements. Hence the study cares for revealing the climatic changes in Iraq and defining the their most important environmental and climatic indicators as the climatic changes affect different geographic aspect such as deserting, aridity, agriculture and biodiversity on which the study focuses. The study includes three standards : - the spatial standards represented by the administrative boundaries of Iraq where eight climatic station had been studied to represent the its geographic areas. These stations had been selected due to the available data for the longest period. The stations of Kurdistan had not been adopted because the available data are insufficient. The qualitative standards had been adopted to study the changes of some direct climatic indicators that refer to a climatic change such as humidity, temperature and winds as well as some climatic phenomena like sand storms and rainfall, in addition to the environmental indicators that refer, indirectly, to a climatic change. For tome standards seventy years, seven decades, had been defined to be studied because the researcher believed that they are enough to show the changes of the studied climatic characteristics. The most ancient climate observation stations had been selected where all the available data till 2009 had been adopted. To obtained a unified data the climate observation data for ( 1941 - 2009) had been adopted arranged into seven decades. The study concludes a number of important results such as : - the minimum and maximum temperature had increased, wind speed had increased and rainfall is decreased. It also found that aridity had been increased in Iraq especially during the last two decades and that a number of wild plants, animals, fishes and birds had ceased to be exist, and that water levels had decreased as well

الاستراتيجية الامريكية تجاه العراق على اثر احتلال دولة الكويت 1990 - 2003 : دراسة تاريخية == American Strategy toward Iraq after the occupation of Kuwait State 1990 - 2003 Historical Study

اسم المؤلف: غسان بنيان جلود الشويلي
اسم المشرف: ياسين طه ياسين الهارون
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Iraq's relationship with marked United States since antiquity, but that relationship was ruled by the nature of international relations and global policy environment, and historical evidence pointed toward this relationship, which differed in different historical phases that passed by, through us site United States of America in international balance, Iraq has become a centerpiece of American interest and particularly after the end of World War II, especially after he became one of the most important factors for oil factor in the success of this war, and that Iraq enjoys a strategic location and its resources made it in Us policy priorities in accordance with the adopted strategy planning with multiple policies that has undergone transformation strategy wisdom international and regional situations and the Interior, as the actual intervention process began for the United States to Iraq and who skipped interest .Was the importance of this shift in the regional environment, after the fall of the Shah of Iran strategic ally of the United States in the Middle East, you may select the normal route of us strategic shift toward Iraq since Iran - Iraq war in 1980 - 1988, as The American decision maker, need to go towards a strategy to embrace Iraq, intelligence and logistical support in the course of the war, but that does not mean that the shift was not aimed at distancing strategy was primarily to destroy those strong regional area, and limit the expansion of Capabilities in the Middle East, the fact that both parties had United States animosity and ideological threat to their interests and its allies in the region that they both carry elements of geopolitical and economic and military power .The United States has adopted .And had proved its features and clearly as strategic shifts since the end of the Gulf war as a shift in the nature of dealing with the Iraqi file since 1993 - 2001, the policy of containment through economic and humanitarian dimensions, and carried military and security was intended to make the strategic dimension towards Iraq as Came the decision to stop the war, which set out the nature of the risks that they must stand against it based on the policy of containment, especially weapons of mass destruction, under UN Security Council resolutions, but that policy has failed to achieve the goal and different lobbyists around him success optimal strategy against Iraq was To be going towards a more effective policy that regime change in Iraq declared goal in light of the American strategy in Iraq Liberation Act .I took the success factors in Bush administration Jr in 2001 - 2003 September 11 helped in 2001, which varied around them, and what are the objectives behind them, but it's considered one of the most important factors in the nature of the shift towards Iraq and the ensuing consequences and becoming Opportunity invested by the Bush administration and neocons in the implementation strategy that drew toward Iraq since 1990, and go toward preemptive war, which was considered the decisive factor in achieving goal after failing military strategy of deterrence and containment, by connecting Iraq, global terrorism under the pretext of developing weapons of mass destruction, the US administration took escalating toward rogue States that support terrorism and Iraq was the priority attention being an anchor and a goal can usually process the overall security and military policy integration

السمات والتاثيرات والخصائص في حضارتي وادي الرافدين ووادي السند 3000 - 1500 ق.م : دراسة مقارنة == Features, influences and characteristics in the civilizations of Mesopotamia and the Indus Valley 3000 - 1500 B.C A comparative study

اسم المؤلف: حسين حسن مجيد العنزي
اسم المشرف: نائل حنون
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ القديم
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Indus Valley Civilization is one of the three urban Centers, which witness the independent development of urban and constructional Activities, despite possessing similar attributes and characteristics with Mesopotamia. Its geographical location an important impact on the emergence of a sprawling civilization with area outweigh the civilizations area of Mesopotamia and the Nile Valley, it bordered on the north the rich Himalayan Mountains by mineral resources and timber, and characterized the Western Borders by the cultivation of wheat, barley and domestication of sheep and cattle since the millennium eighth BC and had a close association with civilizations of the Near East by land trade routes across the Iranian plateau. And Its eastern part bordered Sivalik hills which by metals copper, and Thar Desert (Great Indian Desert), while the southern side bordered the Arabian Sea, which facilitated direct contact with the civilization of Mesopotamia as well as provide additional resources for the people of the Indus Valley civilization, such as stones and seashells.In view of the similar features between the two civilizations consider it some of Scholars that it was a commercial colony of the Mesopotamia People, but the excavations That carried out in the Two cities Mohenjo - Daro and Harappa in 1920 drawing the attention of archaeologists networking urban planning and the organization houses andbaths and how to create a sewage system. Additionally reached excavations French mission led by Jean Francois Jarrige in 1975 in Baluchistan area of the sites date back to the Neolithic period beginning of the eighth millennium BC, this urban sequence sites Indus Valley Civilization confirmed to the archaeologists it is ancient civilization raised independently of the civilization of Mesopotamia . it is Advanced in all fields, like other cultures, and That manifesting clearly it passed through several Historical stages.Indus Valley civilization grew up on the land of plain fertile similar to the land of Mesopotamia, and agriculture adopted on the rivers of the Indus and Saraswati and their tributaries by use of irrigation means in order to quench the largest possible area of agricultural land, a similar to irrigation means in the civilization of Mesopotamia due to Diminished rainfall in both civilizations.our knowledge of the Indus Valley civilization Confined in all its stages on what has been excavated in the cities Mohenjo - Daro and Harappa Only, the fact that the excavations carried out at other locations were simple and few, as well as not Able to resolve the symbols and signs written Indus Valley civilization so far making the identity of the residents of The Indus Valley unknown and a difficult explanation for certain things, such as unknown the ancient Names of Cities and these Names actually is Names for Modern Cities established above, As well as seemsthat the cities of the Indus Valley emerged flourished without internal or external war or violent competition, is also difficult to identify palaces and some structures, Only very few were probably for religious purposes. Although it is considered a high degree of technical and organizational Civilization but the puzzling is after seven centuries of urban life where suddenly collapsed and know the reasons for this collapse is still under discussion.The Dissertation composed of deals with Five Chapters, The First Chapter deals with Geographical location and its impact on the Mesopotamia and Indus Valley Civilization, This included name and location of the Indus Valley Civilization, the most important rivers that have been instrumental in the development of civilization are Indus Saraswati Rivers the Arabian Sea coast also, as well as the climate in the two civilizations.The Second Chapter displays The emergence of civilization and matures in the Two valleys of Mesopotamia and the Indus by displaying prehistoric times and the expansion of settlements in the South Asian region and the emergence of cities, matures and decay.The Third Chapter deals with Cities and architecture planning in the civilizations of Mesopotamia and the Indus Valley has included the geographical locations for the settlement of the population of the Indus Valley and presenting the mostimportant cities and towns of the Indus Valley Civilization with its Excavation stages then the most important features of urban and similarities in the civilizations of Mesopotamia and the Indus Valley represented by Cities walled and castles as well as architectural engineering of cities and homes.The Fourth Chapter has focused on Written and seals, we tried to shed light on the most accepting views about written of the Indus Valley by displaying South Asian languages, as well as included a similarity in the way the seals industry and used in the civilizations of Mesopotamia and the Indus Valley, and deals with what they contain these seals from some religious beliefs.The Five Chapter Search Economic activities of the two civilizations through the cultivation of major crops and the Irrigation as well as the domestication of animals, The craft traditions by pottery, lapis lazuli and ceramics Industry, and finally the internal and external trade in the Indus Valley Civilization with show the most important products that are imported and exported between the two civilizations.

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الامريكية تجاه تركيا 1960 - 1980 == The U.S. Policy Towards Turkey : 1980 - 1960

اسم المؤلف: محمد مسير الربيعي
اسم المشرف: عبد الرزاق احمد النصيري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Turkey has a prominent strategic position, which can be a meeting point between the three continents (Asia, Africa and Europe) and a major control center by air, sea and land between East and West.When Turkey became increasingly important in international relations after the end of the Second World War, and accompanied by international events accelerated political, military and economic, and the emergence of two major poles across the world.The United States sought to attract Turkey to its ranks and to associate with the so - called alliance policy. The interest of US policy in Turkey between 1960 and 1980, during which the Turkish army carried out three coups, left its mark on US policy towards Turkey. It isthe subject of this dissertation. The thesis in its final form included an introduction, five chapters and a conclusion. In order to preserve the comprehensiveness of the subject, and in line with its title, we suggested that Chapter I (American - Turkish relations from the end of World War II until 1960).To illustrate the extent of the United States' interest in Turkey during that period, and to divide the chapter into three topics, the first dealt with the review of the strategic location of Turkey and its impact on the US - Turkish alliance, and the US position on the attempts of the Soviet Union to dominate Turkey.Chapter II was devoted to the US strategy toward Turkey from 1947 until Turkey joined NATO in 1952, while the third topic dealt with US policy toward Turkey. During the reign of Turkish Prime Minister Adnan Menderes from 1950 to 1960.Chapter Two (US policy towards Turkey from the 1960 coup to the return of civil rule in 1961) dealt with three issues. The first part dealt with the US position on the precepts of the May 27, 1960 coup.The second topic was devoted to studying the American reaction after the coup. The third study examined US relations with Turkey during the military period until the return of civil rule in late 1961. The third chapter dealt with the Turkish - American relations from the return of civil rule to Turkey until 1971. In three studies, the first topic was devoted to studying the US policy towards Turkey after the return of civil rule.The second topic examines US policy toward Turkey since US President Lyndon Johnson warned Turkish Prime Minister Ismat Inonu on June 5, 1964, to abandon Turkey's protection against Soviet threats if Turkey intervened militarily in Cyprus until 1971. The third topic dealt with the position of the United States Of the coup of the memorandum on March 12, 1971.Chapter Four dealt with the study of the Cyprus crisis and its impact on US policy toward Turkey (1960 - 1974). It was divided into three sections. The first part explained the position of the United States on the Cyprus crisis since the independence of Cyprus in 1960 and the outbreak of the 1963 - 1964 crisis. the second section devoted to track the position of the United States in 1967, the Cyprus crisis, and touched on the third topic to the American position of the Turkish military intervention in Cyprus in 1974.Chapter 5 deals with US policy toward Turkey from 1971 to the 1980 coup. In the course of this chapter, the chapter dealt with three topics. The first part examined US policy toward Turkey from the ban on poppy cultivation until 1974. The second topic was devoted to the US embargo on Turkey and its implications for American - Turkish relations.The third topic dealt with the American position on the 1980 coup in Turkey.The thesis concluded with a conclusion that focused on the most important conclusions of the study in revealing the nature of the US policy towards Turkey from 1960 to 1980, and the transformations it underwent

هوراتيو نلسن ودوره العسكري في بريطانيا (1758 - 1805) : دراسة تاريخــــيـــــة == Horatio Nelson and his military role in England (1758 - 1805)

اسم المؤلف: بيان عبيد زبيدي حسين الخفاجي
اسم المشرف: نعيم كريم عجيمي الشويلي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: A comprehensive historical study on the personality of the sea was the most important European modern that accompanied the battles of the French Revolution, especially the Navy and left a significant impact in this aspect has been dealt with the personality in several aspects, first the humanitarian side and his life at a young and how he began a small sailor and then graduated until he reached the rank of Admiral Bahri And suffered during that period of health conditions were weak structure and accompanied by loss of sight in one eye and cut off his hand, but all this did not prevent him from continuing to give and lead naval battles and victory in the most difficult positions, Men make history, not vice versa. At the time when there was nothing but their actions, it would make progress when skilled leaders took advantage of the opportunity to change things for the better. That is what we can say about a naval military figure like Nelson and we will shed light on them from all sides Without being isolated between them and the circumstances and variables that surrounded them as it became one of the most prominent features in the history of the English Navy, which has long been described as the first Navy and Lady of the Sea has been a great deal of skill and experience and experience and hardness brought to the peak in terms of numbers and Or was Nelson part of the naval system has added to him and added to it was its name, England, linked to its vessels, which were navigating the sea and open roads to their interests, and formed the real power to which they left, and even enabled them to achieve the influence and economic gains as well as being the main tool To defend the country, its strength lay in its ships, so it is equivalent to the ground force adopted by other European countries and to achieve its goals, it was necessary to assign them to competent leaders. He was at the forefront of those leaders whose public popularity increased and became overwhelming after all his M 1793 - 1805 and has contributed in history to perpetuate his name in a period of time is full of events where he witnessed the Napoleonic Wars, which has long occupied Europe for so long is to be part of those events as making an English illuminated signs for her and himself.The battles fought by the decisive battles in which the great damage to the fleets of European countries has changed a lot of events and still a little remembered sacrificed himself during the Battle of the Trafalgar, The study included an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion with supplements. The first chapter, entitled "The Life of Nelson" (1758 - 1790), which included three aspects of the first years of his life, his birth, his birth and his life within his family, His loss of his mother The second topic discussed his maritime trips and his service in India and his transfer to Central America and then the American War of Independence, while the third topic explained his participation in the campaigns of the colonies since a year ago. 1780 and his participation in the campaign of Saint - Juno - Fort - Garand - Turek and then to peace until the beginning of the wars of the French Revolution.The second chapter deals with the military life of Nelsen from 1790 to 1795 and included four topics. The first topic discussed the beginning of the French - English conflict since the beginning of the French Revolution and the conflict with Spain aboutThe third chapter was a continuation of Nelson's military tournaments, which was titled The Naval Battles of 1796 - 1797. It included three explanations, one of which explained the changes in Admiralty and the withdrawal of the English fleet from the Mediterranean, while the second section presented the Battle of Saint Vincent, The plans for which and the results of it and the beginning of the brightness of the star during which we learned the subject to the rebellion of the English fleet in the port of Speethide and the impact on events between the French and English fleet and the emergence of the idea of France to invade England, Light on the Battle of Santa Cruz de Tenerife in 1797 and it has suffered damage during the battle marked by the defeat of his hand and back to London.The fourth chapter, entitled Victory to the End (1798 - 1805), included five questions, the first of which was how he returned to the sea in 1798 and the battle of the Nile, his leadership and his role in it. He also explained the reasons for this battle and its start and the positive results. The third topic explained his transition to service in the fleet of the Canal in the Baltic and the Battle of Copenhagen 1801 causes and results and the dissolution of the League of Armed neutrality, while the presentation of the subject The fourth plan of defense of England against French affiliation in 1801 and the role of Nelson, and then return to service in the Mediterranean and his leadership of the fleet in 1803 - 1804, while the fifth section of the battle of the legion 1805 causes and resulting satisfactory results of the English side and death Where we live.

مدينة الناصرية منذ 1869 - 1921 : دراسة تاريخية == The city of Nasiriyah from 1869 - 1921 Historical study

اسم المؤلف: مسلم عوض مهلهل الخزعلي
اسم المشرف: مؤيد شاكر كاظم مخيلف الطائي | علي حسين الاسماعيلي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of the local history of the cities of Iraq is a historical necessity. In order to shed light on this important and bright historical chapter in the study of the local history of its cities, this study of Nasiriyah came as this city has historical roots and is worthy of study and attention. But it did not receive a scientific academic study, while we find that the depth of civilization and its heritage of science and intellectual dictates to us a lot of effort and giving in writing the history of this city, especially during the period (1869 - 1921), which has undergone historic transformations and important political events, The Presbyterian L And the establishment of administrative units as well as the variables of international policy that came under the occupation of Britain to live under the table, and began the history of resistance against the occupier at the time it became called the House of Jihad after To be called the Mujahid Mujahid Muhammed Muhammad Said al - Haboubi as the Mujahideen sat in their folds to launch their convoys to resist the occupier in the battle of Shuaiba, and this historical importance of the city on the political side, as for the economic and social situation was not less ah Mia before it, which took the first economic position in the brigade after the city occupied the economic status through the river and maritime trade as a mode of transport between the cities of the south and center and the north, and on the other hand, we find the social side of this city floating to the surface is full of poetic and intellectual, A class of bourgeoisie and merchants who took over the management of the city's commercial affairs.The research was divided into four basic chapters, followed by the preparation of a set of appendices as well as the introduction of the importance of study and the development of frameworks to determine their content and conclusion. The conclusions of the thesis showed a summary in English.The preface to give a geographical overview of the nature of the region and a historical glimpse of the city, which was founded on the legacy of the ancient civilization and in the prelude to the political conflicts that have already been founded on the city of the Presbyterian side and with the Ottoman government on the other.The first chapter of the study was devoted to the establishment of the city of Nasiriyah in 1869 and the subsequent circumstances of the establishment, where we discussed the personality of Prince Nasser Pasha Al - Saadoun and a course in the establishment of the city conditions that approved the establishment stage. The second section, which highlighted the political developments towards the deceased in the era of Medhat Pasha, who established the guardian of Iraq that the establishment of the city, and what are the most important events that accompanied the stage of incorporation at the time came the third section to show the objective reasons for the establishment of the city and what is the grandeur of that establishment and the importance of political, economic and social matter for the side Eight of the fourth chapter of the chapter was a reflection of the families that lived in the city during the establishment, which played an important role in the management of public life.In the second chapter of the study of the general conditions of the city of Nasiriyah after the establishment to shed light in the first section on the administrative structure of the city and the most important formations and laws that worked to organize life in the city through the introduction of administrative units.The third chapter is devoted to highlighting the city of Nasiriyah in the late Ottoman period and the beginning of the First World War in 1914 to study the developments and conditions that plagued the city. The first topic was the British attitudes towards the region. It shows the British ambitions before the war and the policy followed by the British government before intervening with the tribes. The second topic explains the circumstances of the First World War 1914 in the city of Nasiriyah, entering a new phase of domination and injustice, as was the city of Dar al - Jihad to stand up and address the occupier and the resistance against him, while the third section came the city of Nasiriyah The repercussions of the British occupation Here the city enters the framework of the occupation officially and lives in a state of stability not to mention the role of its children at this critical stage and the difficulty of the situation for the people of the city, and also the fourth section of the secret conference of officers in the city and they seek to establish a national government and independent military establishment and seek the British side in that. The fourth chapter, which shed light on the most important events in the city under the city of Nasiriyah under the British occupation 1915 - 1921 was the first section, which illustrates the resistance of the sons of Nasiriyah and tribes against the British presence and the most important battles fought by the tribes on the outskirts of the city, Nasiriyah through working on the establishment of the State Departments in accordance with the interests required and required by their actions, and worked on the appointment of officers and political rulers in accordance with a systematic policy and give positions to loyalists without consideration of the interests of the city, Of the city of Nasiriyah under the British administration focused on the process of laying the foundations and the foundations of the British administration through the establishment of devices in the service of the establishment of the Shabana, ie, the police from the tribes and they are playing the role of maintaining security as well as work on the establishment of municipal departments, health and education and lightning, The third stage to highlight the role of the city of Nasiriyah from the revolution of the twentieth and it reveals the extent of the suffering suffered by the people until the people rose up with a revolution in spite of the results that were not within the military ambition and lack of success in the City at the time was the coronation of the king of Iraq, the result of this revolution and the positions of the sons of the city from the coronation process.The conclusion summarized the main findings of the study in the light of its contents, and we worked in annexes to document statistics and maps related to the history of the city of Nasiriyah.Before the establishment of the city of Nasiriyah, the Emirate of Al - Mustafir witnessed a state of clandestine and tribal conflict. It was managed by the Ottoman administration to weaken its status and military strength as it represented a danger and a source of concern for the Ottoman government, as well as supporting one side without the other. On collection taxes easily.The establishment of the city of Nasiriyah, carrying a political side as well as other aspects of its economic and social contrary to what has been circulated, because it came personal desire or a result of bargaining, and the Ottoman authorities aimed to bring a new policy in the region as a result of developments and has also weakened the authority of the Church through The number of symbols of the tribal and restrict the cities, and then replace the Presbyterate function, which is Sheikh subordinate to the authority in contrast to the former, as well as the resettlement of tribes in a region defined geographically for control while being outside the will of the government and this is what happened after the decision to settle tribes and impose Guan The recruitment and dispossession of lands intended to subject all to power.The city witnessed armed resistance continued against the British side of its arrival to the city of Baghdad, which led to the depletion of the efforts of their sons to take into account the city from the British side, especially the imposition of economic siege on the people of the city.The institutions of the state began to appear even if only by the British administration of the city of Nasiriyah when the police and the rest of the state institutions.The people of the city had a prominent role in the revolution of the twentieth and stand in the face of the British occupation and meet the call of reference in Jihad for two phases in Shuaiba and the Revolution of the twentieth

قشتالة : دراسة في احوالها الداخلية وعلاقاتها بالدويلات النصرانية في اسبانيا (منتصف القرن الرابع الهجري/ العاشر الميلادي - 884هـ / 1479م) == CASTILLA Study in its internal conditions and its relations whit the Christian states in Spain Mid - fourth century A.H - 884 / Tenth century A.D - 1479 )

اسم المؤلف: محمود عاشور عبيد الحسيناوي
اسم المشرف: حسين جبار مجيتل العلياوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تتناول الدراسة تاريخ مملكة قشتالة، وهي احدى الممالك النصرانية في شبه الجزيرة الايبيرية، وقد احتلت مكانة مهمة من حيث الموقع الجغرافي او الدور السياسي والعسكري الذي ادته قشتالة سواء على الجانب النصراني او في تاريخ المسلمين في الاندلس، اذ انها تتوسط شبه الجزيرة الايبيرية، وتغطي مساحتها جزءا كبيرا منها، وان مدة الدراسة غطت مساحة فترة كبيرة ومهمة من تاريخ الصراع السياسي والتحالفات بين الممالك النصرانية الاسبانية ومدى انعكاس ذلك على الطرف الاخر (المسلمين) سواء بالجانب السلبي او الايجابي، ومن هنا تاتي اهمية الموضوع، على الرغم من قيام عدد من النزعات الاستقلالية على الجانبين النصراني والاسلامي لطبيعة المجتمع في كلا الجانبين الذي كان يتصف بالعنف والبحث عن الاستقلال الا ان اغلبها واجهه الفشل، فان قشتالة كانت احدى الحركات الاستقلالية التي حققت نجاحا كبيرا، وعلى الرغم من ان قشتالة انفصلت عن ليون الا انها تفوقت عليها وسادت عليها، وانضمت ليون تحت التاج القشتالي الا ان التسمية استمرت فقط على مملكة قشتالة على الرغم من انتماء ليون اليها، وقد حددت بداية مدة الدراسة من منتصف القرن الرابع الهجري/العاشر الميلادي وذلك نظرا لانه خلال هذه المدة افصلت قشتالة عن ليون امارة مستقلة، وانتهت مدة الدراسة بسنة 884هـ/1479م وهي السنة التي اتحدت بها مملكتي قشتالة واراغون، وقسمت الدراسة الى مقدمة واربعة فصول وملاحق، الفصل الاول موسوما بـ الجغرافية التاريخية لقشتالة، اذ تناولنا فيه الامتداد والطبيعة الجغرافية، وكذلك طبيعة التركيبة السكانية والاقوام التي سكنت شبه الجزيرة الايبيرية منذ القدم وحتى قيام مملكة قشتالة وكيفية تطور التركيبة السكانية وطبيعته بشكل عام، كما تناول الفصل الديانة في مملكة قشتالة موضحين تاريخ الديانة المسيحية في شبه الجزيرة الايبيرية وكيفية دخولها لها، كذلك تناولنا في هذا الفصل اللغة القشتالية اذ درسنا فيه مراحل تطور اللغة القشتالية .ودرسنا في الفصل الثاني كيف نشاة امارة قشتالة ودور حركتي الاعمار والاسترداد في تكوينها، ثم درسنا ظروف واسباب انفصالها عن مملكة ليون، والدور الكبير الذي اداه (فرنان كونثالث) مؤسس قشتالة في تحقيق الاستقلال، ودور ابناء فرنان في ادارتها وعلاقاتهم مع الممالك النصرانية حتى مقتل اخرهم غرسية الثاني سنة 419هـ/1028م وبذلك كانت نهاية سلالة فرنان كونثالث، اذ قام زوج اخته ملك نافار بضم قشتالة الى مملكته .وخصص الفصل الثالث لدراسة الاوضاع الداخلية لقشتالة بعد تحولها من امارة الى مملكة في عهد فرناندو الاول والصراع بين ابنائه، وحركة التوسع التي شهدتها مملكة قشتالة على حساب المسلمين خلال عصر الطوائف، كما درسنا الصراع الداخلي في مملكة قشتالة والذي بدا منذ وفاة اول ملوكها، والحرب الاهلية التي لازمت مملكة قشتالة منذ اعلانها مملكه وحتى قيام الاتحاد السياسي بين مملكتي قشتالة واراغون، وقد بلغت الحرب الاهلية ذروتها منذ اواخر ايام الفونسو العاشر وحتى تولي ايزابيلا الكاثوليكية الحكم، كما تناولنا في القسم الثاني من هذا الفصل التنظيمات الادارية كنظام الحكم وطبيعة مجلس قشتالة من حيث المكونات وطبيعة التمثيل ومهام المجلس، فضلا عن النظم العسكرية والقضاء والنظم المالية .اما الفصل الرابع فكان لدراسة العلاقات السياسية لمملكة قشتالة مع الممالك النصرانية في شبه الجزيرة الايبيرية وهي كل من (اراغون وبرشلونة، نافار، البرتغال، ليون) وقد اتصفت العلاقات بالتباين وعدم وجود اسس ثابتة تقوم عليها فكانت العلاقات السياسية بين الممالك الاسبانية متقلبة وغير ثابتة، لكن الامر المهم في هذه العلاقات ان مملكة قشتالة كانت تمثل المحرك الاساسي في هذه العلاقات، ولعل ذلك راجع الى موقعها الذي يتوسط الممالك الاسبانية حيث لها حدود مشتركة مع جميعها، فهي كانت محور عقد التحالفات بين الممالك الاسبانية اما ضدها او تتحالف معها والامثلة على ذلك كثيرة، ولم يقتصر تاثير التحالفات بين الممالك الاسبانية فيما بينها على شبه الجزيرة الايبيرية بل تعدا ذلك الحدود ودخلت دول اوربية (فرنسا وانكلترا) في هذه التحالفات اي انها انعكست على الصراع القاري الاوربي، ومع ذلك كانت اقوى العلاقات لمملكة قشتالة مع مملكة اراغون على مختلف الجوانب .وقد اعتمدت الدراسة على مصادر متنوعة عربية واجنبية، اهمها مؤلفات ابن الخطيب وابن خلدون، وهما من المؤرخين المسلمين الاوائل الذين اعتمدا الشمولية في تدوين تاريخ شبه الجزيرة الايبيرية الاسلامي والنصراني، كما اعتمدت الدراسة على حوليات ومدونات اسبانية (Chronicle of the Cid) و(Cronica de la Corona de Aragon) وهي من المصادر الاساسية للتاريخ الاسباني التي كانت قريبة من لاحداث الدراسة . | / 10 th century AD - 884 AH / 1479 AD) The study deals with the history of the Kingdo, one of the Christian kingdoms in the Iberian Peninsula. It occupies an important position in terms of the geographical location or the political and military role played by Castile both on the Christian side and in the history of Muslims in Andalusia. A large part of it, and that the duration of the study covered a large and important period of the history of political conflict and alliances between the Spanish Christian kingdoms and the extent of the reflection on the other side (Muslims), whether negative or positive, and hence the importance of the subject, The trends of independence on the Christian and Islamic sides of the nature of society on both sides, which was characterized by violence and the search for independence, but most of them faced failure, Castile was one of the independence movements that have achieved great success, and although Castilla separated from Lyon, but overtook them and dominated them, And joined the Leon under the crown of Castile but the name continued only on the Kingdom of Castile despite the affiliation of Leon to it, has been set the beginning of the study period from the middle of the fourth century AH / 10th century AD, because during this period separated Castile from Lyon independent, Year 884 AH Lhasa / AD 1479 , a year in which united the kingdoms of Castile and Aragon,The study was divided into an introduction, four chapters and appendixes. Chapter I is a historical geography of Castile. We discussed the extension and geographical nature, as well as the nature of the population structure and the people that inhabited the Iberian Peninsula from ancient times until the establishment of the Kingdom of Castile and the evolution of the population structure and its nature in general. The religion in the Kingdom of Castile illustrates the history of Christianity in the Iberian Peninsula and how it entered it. In this chapter we also discussed Castilian as we studied the stages of the development of the Castilian language.The role of the sons of Fernan in their administration and relations with the Christian kingdoms until the death of the last of them was discussed in the second chapter. The second was the year 419 AH / AD 1028 , and this was the end of the reign of Fernande Kontalth. His sister - in - law, king of Navar, annexed Castile to his kingdom.The third chapter devoted to the study of the internal conditions of Castile after its transformation from emirate to kingdom under Fernando I and the conflict between its sons, the expansionist movement that took place in the Kingdom of Castile at the expense of Muslims during the age of the sects, and studied the internal conflict in the Kingdom of Castile which began since the death of its first kings, Which has plagued the Kingdom of Castile since the declaration of the Kingdom until the establishment of the political union between the kingdoms of Castile and Aragon, the civil war reached its peak since the end of the days of Alfonso X until Isabella Catholic rule, and we discussed in the second section of this chapter administrative organizations as a system The nature and character of the Castile Council in terms of the components, the nature of representation and the functions of the Council, as well as the military, judicial and financial systems.The fourth chapter was devoted to the study of the political relations of the Kingdom of Castile with the Christian kingdoms of the Iberian Peninsula, namely, Aragon, Barcelona, Navarre, Portugal, and Lyons. The relations differed in contrast and there were no fixed foundations on which the political relations between the Spanish kingdoms were unstable and unstable. The important thing in these relations is that the Kingdom of Castile was the main engine in these relations, and perhaps this is due to its position, which is in the middle of the Spanish kingdoms where it has common borders with all of them,it was the center of the alliance between the Spanish kingdoms either against it or allied with it and examples of But the borders of the European countries (France and England) in these alliances, ie, they were reflected on the continental European conflict, yet the strongest relations of the Kingdom of Castile with the Kingdom of Aragon on different Aspects.The study was based on various Arab and foreign sources, most notably the writings of Ibn al - Khatib and Ibn Khaldun,two of the earliest Muslim historians who adopted totalitarian in codifying the history of the Iberian and Islamic Peninsula. The study also relied on the Chronicles of the Cid and Cronica de la Corona de Aragon), one of the main sources of Spanish history that was close to the events of the study.

موقف السلطة الحاكمة في الدولة الاسلامية من الشيعة اليمانيين من 11ـ132هـ / 632ـ 749م == Government’s Attitude in Islamic State towards Yamani Shiites from (11 - 132 H.D/ 632 - 749 A.D

اسم المؤلف: محمد وادي شناوة الكريطي
اسم المشرف: نزار عزيز حبيب الخاقاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

سياسة اليابان الاقليمية : دراسة تاريخية في قضايا الجزر المتنازع عليها في شمال شرق اسيا (1951 - 1978) == Japan Regional Policy : A historical Study of the Disputed Islands in the East - north Asia 1951 - 1978

اسم المؤلف: لـــؤي ثجـيــل جمعة الاســدي
اسم المشرف: كاظم هيلان محسن السهلاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: After the Second World War, the second part of the 20th century witnessed the cold war. Till now, there are some border disputes resulted from that war. This war was a reflection of that cold war through diverse sites in Asia, centering on the East - north of the continent. In accordance with San Francisco treaty in Japan for peace in 1951, there rose the cold war and how the USA contributed to that strife. As a result of the new regional situation of the former Japan Empire, the islands are (the Southern Kuril islands / Northern Territories), (Dokdo / Takeshima), and (Senkaku / Diaoyu).The history of the challenges on these islands goes back to different periods. These were confirmed by the regional expansion conducted by Japanese policy from 1879 to 1939. These challenges got complicated by the USA during the cold war in the east and north of Asia. This conflict was affirmed by San Francisco treaty for peace in 1951. This case is seen as an important one which has been still sustained. This conflict affects directly the economic and diplomatic relations between Japan and the other disputed countries. This also has an influence upon the social and cultural relations among the peoples of those countries at various levels, besides, these conflicts also affect the settlement and peace in the north and east of Asia. This may lead to armed conflicts. The current study focuses on the occurrence of those conflicts after the Second World War, as a result of San Francisco treaty for peace in 1951 and how these conflicts affect the diplomatic relations between the disputed countries from 1951 up to 1978, besides the role played by the USA in affirming these conflicts, and the historical roots for each case concerning these islands. These conflicts are enhanced historically rather than politically. The dissertation is, thus, divided into an introduction and four chapters. The first chapter is about the policy of regional expansion and its effect upon the Japan foreign affairs (1951 - 1979). It includes three sections : the first one is about the occurrence of Japan colonial tendency and the policy of expansion. Section two is concerned with the entrance of Japan into the Second World War and being under the USA occupation. The third section exposes the session of San Francisco in 1951 in the north east of Asia in affirming the Japanese regional conflicts. Chapter two is devoted to the study of Japan - Soviet conflict over (the Southern Kuril islands / Northern Territories) in (1951 - 1960). This chapter is also composed of three sections. The first on is about the historical roots of the conflict over these islands. The second one focuses on the case of these islands and how these affect the Japanese - Soviet relations and the USA position from the conflicts (1951 - 1960). The third section addresses the claims of the disputed powers over the dominance over the disputed islands. Chapter three shows the Japanese - Korean conflicts over (Dokdo / Takeshima) islands (1951 - 1978). It also includes three sections. The first section is about the historical background about these two islands. The second one is concerned with the reflection of these disputes over the Japanese - Korean relations and the position of USA from them. The third one shows the Japanese claims about the dominance over these two islands and how Korea responded. Chapter four is specified for the Chinese - Japanese dispute over (Senkaku / Diaoyu) from 1951 to 1978. It is composed of three sections. The first one is about the historical background of the dispute (1885 up to 1951). The second section is devoted to the Japanese - Chinese relations in response to the dispute over these two islands and the USA position from this conflict. The thirds section is concerned with the claims of China about the dominance over these two islands and how Japan responded to this claim. The conclusion is a summary of what the researcher has found about these various aspects of disputes.

صـورة الامام الحسيـن (صلوات الله عليه) فـي المعاجــم اللغويـــة == THE IMAGE OF IMAM HUSSEIN "GOD'S PRAYERS BE UPON HIM " IN DICTIONARIES

اسم المؤلف: قصــي عبـد الصمـد عبـد الحـي ياسيـن عبـد اللطيـف
اسم المشرف: حميد سراج جابر الاسدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تناولت هذه الدراسة صورة الامام الحسين " صلوات الله عليه " في المعاجم اللغوية ، اذ تتسم المعاجم اللغوية بغـزارة المادة وتعـدد العلوم والمعارف والمعلومات التاريخية والانساب والنــوادر القيمة وباختلاف موضوعاتها جعلتهزااخــرة بما يخـدم الدراسات التاريخية المتعـددة ، كما وانها تمثل مكسبا للباحث على الرغــم من قلة الباحثيـن الذين تطرقوا الى اخراج المعلومات التاريخية من هـذه المعاجم ودراستها دراسة تاريخية فكرية وبموضوعات مختلفة . ومن ضمن المادة التي شملتها هذه المعاجم معلومات عن شخصيات عديدة وكان من الشخصيات التي كرس لها ارباب المعاجم مجالا واسعا في معاجمهم الامام السبط الحسين بن علي " صلوات الله عليهما "، ومن هنا جاءت اهمية هذه الدراسة اذ عنت بفلسفة او نظرة ارباب المعاجم اللغوية ورؤيتهم لصورة الامام الحسين " صلوات الله عليه " والتي لم تكن نظرة روائية نقلية تقليدية ، بل كانت عبارة عن تصوير لجوانب وميادين عدة من صورة الامام الحسين " صلوات الله عليه " . لقد اقتضت طبيعة هذه الاطروحة ان تستقر منهجيتها على مقدمة ، واربعة فصول ، وخاتمة تضمنت اهم ما توصل اليه البحث من نتائج ، وقائمة باهم المصادر والمراجع ، كان عنوان الفصل الاول (( المعاجـم اللغـوية ومعــطياتها الفـكرية )) ، وجاء الفصل الثاني بعنوان (( المنظار التعريفي للسيرة الاعدادية والشخصية للامام الحسين " صلوات الله عليه " )) ، اما الفصل الثالث فحمل عنوان (( منظار الصورة العقائدية ومكانة الامام الحسين " صلوات الله عليه " الروحية والعلمية )) ، وتضمن الفصل الرابع دراسة (( صورة الامام الحسين " صلوات الله عليه " المؤثر في احداث عصره وابعاد ذلك التاثير مستقبليا )) . | The present study focuses on investigating the image of Imam Hussein (peace be upon him) in dictionaries. The dictionaries are characterized by content abundance, multi - sciences, and encyclopedias, historical information, pedigrees, and various values. These help the historical study of its multi - aspects, and they stand for a resource for a researcher in spite of the few researchers who tried to get historical information from these dictionaries and to study these facts historically with their various topics and orientations. One of these topics that these dictionaries have is about figures, of them is Imam Hussein (peace be upon him). Thus, the importance of this study results from this prospect. It pays considerable attention to the philosophy and views of the dictionary makers and opinions about Imam Hussein. This view is not traditional narrative about him, but it is a description about various aspects of Imam Hussein. This dissertation comprises an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion, as well as a list of sources. The first chapter is entitled " dictionaries and their intellectual productions". Chapter two comes with the title "The definition of Imam Hussein's biography and his personality" . Chapter three is the ideological prospect of Imam Hussein and his spiritual and scientific values. Chapter four studies the influential image of Imam Hussein during his time events and its future effects

دور جورج كينان في تخطيط السياسات الاستراتيجية الامريكية 1947 - 1953م == George Kennan's Role In Planning The American Strategy Policy 1947 - 1953

اسم المؤلف: قاسم نمر جلوب السعيدي
اسم المشرف: اميرة رشك لعيبي الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Study Aims To Explain The Strategic Role Played By Kennan And Its Impact On The American Foreign Policy Between (1947 - 1953). During The Time, Kennan Exercised His Greatest Influence In Implementing The Policy Of Containment. The Study Endeavours To Expose Kennan's Comprehensive And Coordinate Role In The Cold War. Kennan's Long Telegram Which He Prepared In 1946 Drew The Attention Of Such Major American Policy Makers In Washington D. C. As The Secretary Of Navy James Forrestal. The Telegram Offered Reasons And Justifications To Change The Aims Of The American Foreign Policy In Relation To The Soviet Union. Kennan Stated In His Evaluating Reports That The Communist Soviet Expansion Threatened The American Interests And Security. It Is Worth Mentioning That Kennan Did Not Name A Specific Strategy When He Wrote His Long Telegram. However, His Ideas Began To Clarify When He Gave Lectures At The National Defense University. These Lectures Made Clear His Ideas And Opinions In Relation To The American Foreign Policy. In The Meantime, Kennan Started To Outline What Is Termed As The Containment Strategy. Though His Ideas Did Not Design The Formal Strategic Line Of The State Department, They Had A Great Impact On The American Public. Therefore, The Long Telegram And The Lectures That Kennan Gave At The National Defense University Were Helpful Factors In Understanding Some Of His Ideas And Explaining Their Influence In Redefining The Concepts Of The Soviet Threat.The Conclusion Lists The Main Results Of The Study

موارد بدر الدين المتوفى (855هـ/1451م) ومنهجه في كتابه عقد الجمان (565ــ628هـ/ 1169ــ 1230م)

اسم المؤلف: فياض احمد زعيان
اسم المشرف: مثنى فليفل سلمان الفضلي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:

بناء الدولة بين فكر الامام علي بن ابي طالب (عليه السلام) ومنهج ابن خلدون (ت808هـ) : دراسة تحليلية == The construction of the state between the thought of Imam Ali ibn Abi Talib (peace be upon him) and the methodology of Ibn Khaldun (T 808 e) analytical study

اسم المؤلف: فاطمة عبـد سعيد شلال المالكي
اسم المشرف: شكري ناصر عبد الحسن المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يعد التخطيط الاستراتيجي( ) العنصر الاساسي في الفكر السياسي لبناء الدولة, لكونه يحدد الرؤية والفلسفة الخاصة المراد بناء الدولة على اساسها ويحيط بالاهداف المرسومة والمتناسقة المراد تحقيقها لفترة زمنية محددة ومن الممكن تنفيذها , ووضع البرامج والاليات المحكمة لتنفيذ هذه الاهداف وفق الاستراتيجية المرسومة لها سلفا. وقد اعتنى موضوع البحث ( بناء الدولة بين فكر الامام علي بن ابي طالب(عليه السلام) ومنهج ابن خلدون (ت808ه) دراسة تحليلية) بدراسة نموذجين في بناء الدولة تمثل النموذج الاول بناء الدولة في فكر الامام المعصوم من خلال الولوج في فكر الامام علي () واستخراج اهم الاليات والتخطيط المحكم في بناء الدولة وكيفية تنظيمه وتسخيره امكانيته وقدراته الفكرية الروحية السياسية والدينية والاجتماعية والاقتصادية لتنظيم الدولة وبناءها على اساس هذه المستويات المذكورة وتنظيم امر بنائها بشكل متناسق محكم ودقيق لبناء دولة قوية ومستمرة وقادرة على حملة رسالة الاسلام الانسانية وتجسيد مبادئها تطبيقيا عمليا واقعيا. ومثل النموذج الاخر بناء الدولة في منهج ابن خلدون حيث بنى اسس نظريته على اساس اطلاعه على اخبار الدول وما عايشه من الاحداث والتي دونها في مؤلفه ( العبر وديوان المبتدا والخبر في ايام العرب والعجم والبرر ومن عاصرهم من ذوي السلطان الاكبر ) الذي درس فيه ابن خلدون معطيات بناء الدولة واسباب انهيارها والتي اكد عليها ابن خلدون وعدها من الثوابت التي لا يمكن تجاوزها وانها من السنن الطبيعية التي لا تتغير وهي حاكمة على بناء الدولة وان حكومات الدول لا تملك بدلا الا ان تسير على وفق هذه المعطيات وكذلك عبر فيه عن فكره الذي تبلور لدية نتيجة عمله الاداري والسياسي في الاندلس والمغرب ومصر ونتيجة قراءته للواقع والتاريخ من وجهة نظره وتحليله( ) . وقد تم اختيار موضوع البحث لعدة دواعي منها ما ياتي : - 1. ان تحديد نموذجي البحث بفكر الامام علي ومنهج ابن خلدون لكون الامام علي مثل بناء الدولة التي مثلت فكر المعصوم في وضع استراتيجية بناء الدولة ولما عبر فيه ابن خلدون عن دراسة شاملة لجميع الدول لمساحة مترامية الاطراف من الشرق الاسلامي الى المغرب والاندلس وكذلك امم الروم والمجوس فصل في اخبارها وعوائد بناء الدول فيها مما يجعلنا امام نموذجين مثل الاول الفكر المعصوم في البناء ومثل الثاني الفكر البعيد عن فكر الائمة المعصومين فاثارنا دراستهما معا لمعرفة نقاط الضعف والقوة في كليهما ومدى الاصالة والمعاصرة التي تتمتع بها فكر بناء الدولة على اسس اسلامية دون الحيد عنها والثبات عليها مهما حدث من متغيرات وظهرت من مستجدات , ومدى دستورية الاسلام في اسس بنائها من حيث تشخيص مدى تلازمية الدين والاخلاق في استراتيجية بنائها ,فمثل النموذج الاول فكر الامام علي () الذي يعكس صورة منهج الاسلام الكامل في التخطيط الاستراتيجي لبناء الدولة الذي جاء ترجمة وتطبيقا متكاملا لمباديء الشريعة الاسلامية من خلال الخطب والرسائل التي عرفت عنه () والتي ارسلها الى ولاته وعماله وغيرهم بالاضافة الى حكمه القصار التي جمعت في مؤلف (نهج البلاغة) وفي غيره من المصادر الاخرى وتناولناها بالدراسة المقارنة مع النموذج الاخر وهو فكر ومنهج ابن خلدون الذي مثل الاتجاه الواقعي لدراسة الواقع التاريخي للدولة الاسلامية كمصدر لافكاره ونظريته ومنهجه في دراسة ظاهر قيام الدول وزوالها في التاريخ الاسلامي فقدم صورة الدولة العصبية التي تقوم على العامل القبلي (العصبية) والعامل الديني وفق منهج ومبدا القوة المادية المتمثلة بالعصبية الى جانب العامل الديني الذي سخره لتبرير سياسات هذه الدول وجعل من سياستها وتخطيطها في بناء وادارة الدول بانها حقيقة لابد منها ولا يمكن تجاوزها حسب فكره ومنهجه الجبري الذي يفسر به الظواهر التاريخية ,فقدم لنا صورة منهج بناء الدولة التي ابتعدت عن التاسيس الاسلامي للدولة التي تحمل بذور مرضها وانهيارها المحتم في اسسس واستراتيجية بنائها عندما اعتمدت مبدا القوة المادية والشهوات النفسانية وانحرفت عن المبدا الاسلامي .2.عدم وجود دراسات تناولت هذا الموضوع من قبل فاغلب الدراسات الاكاديمية ان لم نقل جميعها وحسب اطلاع الباحثة انها شملت جانب معين من بناء الدولة في فكر الامام علي () كالجانب الاداري او السياسي او الاقتصادي منها الدراسة الاكاديمية التي حملت عنوان "الفكر الاقتصادي في نهج البلاغة)( ) للباحثة ذكرى عواد ياسر العامري التي اختصت بالفكر الاقتصادي عند الامام علي () .واما في الجانب الاداري جاءت دراسة الباحثة هدى ياسر سعدون بعنوان ( الفكر الاداري عند الامام علي () في نهج البلاغة) ( ),وهي دراسة اهتمت بالجانب الاداري فقط . واما الدراسة الشاملة التي تعرضت لهذا الموضوع فهو كتاب بعنوان( اسس بناء الدولة في فكر الامام علي () ). وهذا الكتاب هو رسالة ماجستير منشورة وهو جهد يشكر عليه الباحث لكونها اول دراسة شاملة لبناء الدولة في فكر الامام علي () الا انها دراسة مختصرة جدا ولم تعط جميع الجوانب حقها من الدراسة فلم تتعرض لمزايا القيادة المعصومة ولم يعط للاساس الاجتماعي في بناء الدولة حقه من الدراسة والبحث لما يمثله هذا الجانب من قاعدة اساسية مهمة فاقتصر دراسته على مكانة الاسرة في فكر الامام علي واثرها الاجتماعي, ولم يبين الاثر الاستراتيجي الكبير للقاعدة الاجتماعية التي تمثل الرعية بعنوانها الواسع في بناء الدولة وقيمة المجتمع في نظر الدولة ايضا والتي يعتمد عليها في كونها مخزن الطاقات الكامنة البشرية التي استفاد الامام من توظيفها في كل مراحل وجوانب بناء الدولة . اما الدراسات التي تناولت بناء الدولة عند ابن خلدون فانها , ( فكر ابن خلدون العصبية والدولة معالم نظرية خلدونية في التاريخ الاسلامي) لمحمد عابد الجابري كانت دراسة تحليلية لنظرية العصبية في بناء الدولة و( الدولة في فكر ابن خلدون ) لتوفيق خلف زيدان احمد السعيدي وهي رسالة ماجستير غير منشورة, فجميع الدراسات جاءت منفرده في الجانبين وكان لهذه الدراسة الريادة في عقد المقارنة بينهما. وتمت دراسة الموضوع في اربعة فصول ومقدمة وفي نهايتها خاتمة تضمنت اهم النتائج التي توصلت اليها الدراسة وقائمة المصادر والمراجع جاء الفصل الاول بعنوان القيادة واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة .تضمن عدة مباحث الاول ضرورة وجود القيادة الحاكمة للدولة .والمبحث الثاني مسميات القيادة في فكر الامام علي() وفكر ابن خلدون ,والمبحث الثالث مؤهلات وصفات القائد واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة واما المبحث الرابع طرق اختيار القيادة واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة من كونها اختيار بالنص الالهي عند الامام علي() ومزايا قيادة اختيار النص الالهي ومقارنتها بطرق اختيار القيادة عند ابن خلدون. والفصل الثاني بعنوان قيمة المجتمع واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة تضمن عدة مباحث المبحث الاول روابط بناء المجتمع واثرها في استراتيجية بناء الدولة, والمبحث الثاني دور المجتمع واثره في بناء الدولة والمبحث الثالث نظام العلاقة بين القيادة والشعب واثرها في بناء الدولة والمبحث الرابع انفتاح الدولة على المجتمع والمبحث الخامس التاسيس الفكري لمفهوم المعارضة واثره في بناء الدولة. والفصل الثالث تلازمية الدين والاخلاق واثرهما في استراتيجية بناء الدولة وتضمن مبحثين؛ الاول اثر الدين في بناء الدولة والمبحث الثاني اثر الاخلاق في بناء الدولة. اما الفصل الرابع استراتيجية بناء المنظومة الادارية للدولة بثلاثة مباحث الاول هيكلية النظام الاداري وبناء مؤسساته ونظام عملها واثره في استراتيجية بناء الدولة من حيث الولايات والية ادارتها والوزارة والكتاب وتشخيص صفات اختيار موظفي الدولة, والمبحث الثاني هيكلية النظام الاقتصادي واثره في استراتيجية بناء الدولة من حيث توزيع الاقتصاد وتطوير الانتاج من الزراعة والصناعة والتجارة والمبحث الثالث استراتيجية الرقابة الحكومية واثرها في بناء الدولة وما تثمره هذه المؤسسة من نتائج تؤدي الى تنفيذ الواجبات وتادية الحقوق ورصانة عمل الاداريين في الدولة .والمبحث الرابع استراتيجية بناء المنظومة الامنية من حيث مرتكزات بنائها واسس هذه المرتكزات, وبيان محور مهام المنظومة الامنية والمبحث الخامس استراتيجية بناء المنظومة القضائية من حيث اهمية القضاء في نظام الدولة وشروط القاضي ومدى الحرص على استقلالية القضاء وتنفيذ احكامه . واعتمدت الدراسة على جملة من المصادر والمراجع العلمية في مقدمتها كتاب( نهج البلاغة ) المصدر الاساس للدراسة الذي حوى منهج الامام علي () ومشروعه الحضاري لبناء الدولة بما تضمنه من خطب ورسائل وحكم ,الذي جمعه الشريف الرضي (ت406ه /1015م),وكذلك شروحات نهج البلاغة التي تناولت خطب النهج ورسائله بالشرح والتوضيح .ومنها منهاج البراعة في شرح نهج البلاغة لقطب الدين الراوندي ابي الحسين سعيد بن هبة الله (ت 573ه/1177م ـ) وشرح نهج البلاغة لابن ميثم البحراني (ت ق6ه/ق12م) .وكذلك المصدر الاساسي الاخر الذي كان محور الدراسة كتاب ( العبر وديوان المبتدا والخبر في ايام العرب والعجم والبربر ومن عاصرهم من ذوي السلطان الاكبر ) لابن خلدون ت808 ه موضع الدراسة, والذي كان موضوع الدراسة بما احتوى لفكر ابن خلدون ونظريته في بناء الدولة وطبيعة العمران البشري. واغنت التفاسير بما حوته من احكام واراء كانت لها الكلمة الفصل في المواضيع التي تم توظيفها فيها منها تفسير جامع البيان عن تاويل اي القران القران للطبري (ت 310ه/922م),وكذلك تفسير ابو الليث السمرقندي (ت383ه/993م) وتفسير الفخر الرازي (ت606ه / 1209م ). والتي كان لها حضور محوري في موضوع الدراسة لما تضمنته من تفسير بعض الايات القرانية الكريمة التي استشهدنا فيها في بعض محاور الدراسة ومنها التي تخص موضوع البحث في الفصل الاول في اختيار القيادة واثر هذا الاختيار في بناء الدولة. وكان لكتب الحديث والاخبار فائدة مهمة للدراسة لما تضمنته معلومات واحاديث كثيرة عن النبي محمد( ) واهل بيته المعصومين (عليهم السلام) فيما يخص النظم الادارية والسياسية لبناء الدولة منها كتاب الكافي للكليني (ت329ه/940م ), وكتاب الاختصاص للمفيد (ت413ه/1022م) , وكتاب دعائم الاسلام للقاضي النعمان(ت 363 ه/973م ). وكذلك كتب التاريخ كان لها الحضور والاولوية في مقدمتها كتاب تاريخ الرسل والملوك للطبري محمد بن جرير (ت310ه/922م), وكتاب الكامل في التاريخ لابن الاثير(ت 630هـ/1232م). وكذلك كتب الطبقات والتراجم ومنها كتاب الطبقات الكبرى لابن سعد محمد بن منيع (ت230هـ /941م), وكتاب سير الاعلام للذهبي ت748ه/1347م, وغيرها من المصادر التاريخية الاخرى. اضافة الى المراجع الحديثة التي اغنت البحث ببعض الاراء التي عضدت الدراسة منها كتاب منطق ابن خلدون لعلي الوردي ,والفكر الاجتماعي عند الامام علي () دراسة في ضوء نهج البلاغة لعبد الرضا الزبيدي. وغيرها من المراجع الاخرى. وكذلك جملة من الاطاريح والرسائل العلمية اهمها رسالة الماجستير الدولة في فكر ابن خلدون, لتوفيق خلف زيدان احمد السعيدي والتي اغنت الاطروحة بما تضمنته من اراء ومعلومات. وكذلك رسالة ماجستير( الفاظ الدولة وشؤونها في كتاب نهج البلاغة للامام عليّ بن ابي طالب (عليه السلام) - دراسة دلاليّة –) لعلي شعلان سلطان الساعدي, التي اغنت معلوماتها بعض مواضيع الفصل الاول وخاصة مسميات القيادة وهناك جملة من الاطاريح والرسائل الاخرى والبحوث العلمية التي افادت الدراسة والتي يطول المقام بذكرها اثرنا ذكرها في قائمة المصادر والمراجع. واخيرا نود ان نشير الى ان كل دراسة مهما بلغت لا يمكن لها ان تدعي الكمال فالكمال لله وحده لانه جهد بشري يخطئ ويصيب ولكن هذا لا يمنع من الدراسة والبحث على قدر الوسع والاجتهاد ومن الله العون وله الحمد اولا واخرا | The study included a study entitled "Building the State between the Thought of Imam Ali Ibn Abi Talib (peace be upon him) and Ibn Khaldun's Method (808 AH) Analytical Study." The curriculum and the strategy of state building were studied by Imam Ali Ibn Abi Talib and Ibn Khaldun at all levels The selection of leadership qualities and conditions of leadership qualifications as well as the methods of selecting the leader and the impact on the building of the state and touched on the study of the value of the community and its impact on state building and was also briefed on the issue of employment religious image and moral impact in the construction of the state. As well as the study of the strategy of building state administrative, security, judicial and supervisory institutions and referring to the characteristics of both approaches in building institutions. The first chapter, entitled Leadership and its Impact on the Strategy of State Building, was presented. The first discussion included the necessity of the existence of the ruling leadership of the state. The second topic is the names of the leadership in the thought of Imam Ali and thought Ibn Khaldun, and the third topic, the qualifications and qualities of the leader and its impact on the strategy of building the state. The fourth topic is the methods of selecting leadership and its impact on the strategy of building the state from being a choice in the divine text of Imam Ali and Ibn Khaldun. The second chapter deals with the value of the society and its impact on the strategy of state building. The first topic deals with the building of the society and its impact on the strategy of state building. The second topic is the role of the society and its impact on building the state. Fifth, the intellectual foundation of the concept of opposition and its impact on state building. And the impact of religion on the building of the state, and included the study of the impact of religion and its centrality in the sources of legislation to build the institutions of the state, and the extent of the state's commitment to them, and the implementation of the priority of the preservation of Islamic teachings in the construction strategy, And the stability of intellectual reference. The second topic is the impact of ethics in building the state, which includes a statement of the impact of ethics in the policy of building the state and the ratio of the symbiosis between construction and ethics in terms of the fact that this correlation is constant and continuous or temporary. The fourth chapter is the strategy of building the administrative system of the state in three aspects. The first is the structure of the administrative system and the building of its institutions and its work system and its impact on the strategy of building the state in terms of states, state administration, ministry and writers. And the development of production from agriculture, industry and trade. The third topic is the strategy of government control and its impact on state building and the results produced by this institution which lead to the implementation of duties and the performance of rights and the integrity of the work of administrators in the state. Fourth Study of building the security system in terms of building the foundations and the foundations of these pillars, and the statement of the security functions of the system axis and fifth section building the judicial system in terms of the importance of the judiciary in the state system and the conditions of the judge and the extent of ensuring the independence of the judiciary and the implementation of its provisions strategy strategy

العلاقات التركية المصرية 1980 - 1993 : دراسة تاريخية == Turkish - Egyptian Relations 1980 - 1993 (Historical study

اسم المؤلف: عمار عبد الرضا ماهود الزبيدي
اسم المشرف: طيبة خلف عبد الله
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: الاقليمي في المنطقة, وتجمع بينهما مجموعة صفات متقاربة او مشتركة, فمن حيث الموقع الجغرافي يتمتع البلدان بموقع جغرافي ممتاز, له اهميته الجيوسياسية في منطقة مهمة واستراتيجية من العالم, هي منطقة الشرق الاوسط, وهما البلدان الوحيدان في المنطقة اللذان لهما امتدادات في قارتين؛ فاراضي تركيا تتوزع بين اسيا واوربا, وتشكل حلقة اتصال بينهما, وكذلك مصر التي تمتد اراضيها في قارتي افريقيا واسيا, كذلك يمتلك البلدان سواحل طويلة على البحر المتوسط, كل ذلك جعل البلدين يتمتعان باهمية بالغة في الشرق الاوسط. ان النظام السياسي في كلا البلدين نظام جمهوري, تلعب فيه المؤسسة العسكرية دورا بارزا, وتولى ضباط الجيش منصب رئاسة الجمهورية, مع وجود رئيس للحكومة عادة ما يكون مدنيا, يتولى ادارة شؤون البلاد الداخلية والخارجية, فضلا عن انهما من البلدان النامية, وتشكل الزراعة فيهما النشاط الاقتصادي الرئيس للسكان, وانهما يعانيان من مشاكل اقتصادية متشابهة متمثلة في التضخم, وزيادة المديونية الخارجية, لذلك اتبعا مجموعة نظم واجراءات اقتصادية, من اجل التخلص من هذه المشاكل, فضلا عن ذلك هنالك تماثل في التكوين الاجتماعي, وفي عدد السكان في البلدين, والتداخل الديموغرافي بين ابناء الشعبين (التركي والمصري), فهناك مصريون من اصول تركية, وهناك اتراك من اصول عربية مصرية. اضف الى ذلك كون البلدين يرتبطان بعلاقة متميزة مع الولايات المتحدة الامريكية طيلة المدة التي هي قيد الدراسة, وكانا اكثر بلدين يتلقيان مساعدات اقتصادية منها بعد "اسرائيل" من الولايات المتحدة الامريكية, كذلك يرتبطان دون غيرهما من البلدان الاسلامية, بعلاقات دبلوماسية جيدة مع "اسرائيل" في هذه المدة. كل هذا التشابه بين البلدين وغيره, دفع الباحث الى اختيار الموضوع, فضلا عن افتقار المكتبات في الجامعات العراقية والتركية والمصرية, الى دراسة اكاديمية تتناول بحث العلاقات التركية المصرية, وتحليلها في المدة 1980 - 1993, تقف على نقاط التشابه التي تم ذكرها, ودورها في تنمية العلاقات بين البلدين في مختلف الجوانب. اما سبب تحديد عام 1980 لبدء الدارسة فيكمن في ان العلاقات التركية المصرية شهدت الانطلاقة الحقيقية نحو التطور في هذا العام, بعد تسلم كنعان ايفرين رئاسة الجمهورية التركية, على اثر الانقلاب العسكري في الثاني عشر من ايلول 1980, وسعيه الى توثيق علاقات تركيا مع الدول العربية, والدور الذي لعبه توركوت اوزال في توجه تركيا نحو مصر وباقي الدول العربية, سواء عندما كان رئيسا للوزراء على دورتين (1983 - 1989), ام بعد توليه رئاسة الجمهورية (1989 - 1993), وقد توقفنا في البحث عند عام 1993؛ لانه يمثل سنة وفاة توركوت اوزال الذي كان له دور الرئيس في تطوير سياسة تركيا الداخلية والخارجية, وعلاقاتها السياسية والاقتصاد مع مصر وباقي الدول العربية, وبذلك انتهت الحقبة الاوزولية التي امتدت من عام 1983 حتى عام 1993. وقد اعتمد الباحث في تقسيم الدارسة على وحدة الموضوع, مع مراعاة المنهج التاريخي بما يتطلب من تتبع للاحداث والوقائع المختلفة، حسب التسلسل التاريخي, مما يجعل التعمق في بحث الاحوال والمؤثرات التاريخية امرا ضروريا؛ لفهم تطور العلاقات التركية المصرية, ولذا كان ترتيب الفصول على الشكل الاتي : الفصل الاول, تناولت فيه طبيعة العلاقات التركية المصرية قبل عام 1980, وهو فصل تمهيدي, يعرض بالبحث والتحليل العلاقات التركية المصرية منذ قيام النظام الجمهوري في مصر عام 1952, واسباب توتر العلاقات التركية المصرية في هذه المدة حتى عام 1965, ثم دراسة العوامل التي دفعت تركيا الى تغيير سياستها تجاه مصر وباقي الدول العربية, ومراحل تحسن العلاقات بين البلدين, وصولا الى عام 1980, كذلك تناول الفصل تطور العلاقات التركية المصرية في المجال الاقتصادي, والعلمي, والثقافي, والصحي, في هذه المدة. اما الفصل الثاني فقد تناول تطور العلاقات السياسية بين البلدين في المدة 1980 - 1993, والعوامل التي ادت الى هذا التطور في العلاقات, وتبادل الزيارات الرسمية بينهما على اعلى المستويات, في مدة حكم كنعان ايفرين (1980 - 1989), ومدة حكم توركوت اوزال (1989 - 1993). اما الفصل الثالث فقد تناول مجالات التعاون بين تركيا ومصر (1980 - 1993), التي اشتملت على خمسة محاور هي : المحور الاول, ويناقش المجال الاقتصادي والمسوغات التي ادت الى انفتاح البلدين نحو بعضهما, من اجل زيادة مجالات التعاون الاقتصادي بينهما في مختلف المستويات، سواء التجاري منها ام السياحي، او في مجال الصناعة (المدنية, والعسكرية), وكذلك في مجال الانشاءات والمقاولات. اما المحور الثاني فقد تناول جانب التعاون في مجال النقل البحري والجوي بين البلدين. في حين يرصد المحور الثالث التعاون في مجال مشاريع الطاقة الكهربائية وغيرها. وعاين المحور الرابع التعاون في المجال القضائي، واحكام المسجونين, والمعتقلين, اما المحور الاخير فقد رصد التعاون في المجال الثقافي والعلمي، وكذلك مجال الاذاعة والتلفزيون. اما الفصل الرابع فقد وقف فيه الباحث على موضوع مهم, كان له انعكاساته على تطور العلاقات بين البلدين في مختلف المجالات, وهو موقف تركيا ومصر من القضايا الاقليمية, وقد ركزنا فقط على القضايا الاقليمية التي شهدت اهتماما مشتركا من قبل البلدين, وكان لهما موقف مشترك او متباين منها, ومدى تعاونهما مع بعضهما؛ لايجاد حلول لبعض هذه القضايا, واهم هذه القضايا التي تم تناولها هي : حرب الخليج الاولى (1980 - 1988), والصراع العربي "الاسرائيلي", المتمثل في هذه المدة بتطورات القضية الفلسطينية, والاجتياح "الاسرائيلي" للبنان في عام 1982, وتطورات القضية القبرصية, اضافة الى ازمة الخليج (1990 - 1991), واخيرا الحرب في البوسنة والهرسك عام 1992, وعلى الرغم من ان هذه الموضوعات هي موضوعات سياسية, الا انها تعد خارجة عن موضوع تطور العلاقات السياسية بين البلدين؛ لانها تمثل قضايا اقليمية كان لتركيا ومصر موقف منها, لذا تم تناولها في فصل خاص, ولم تدمج مع الفصل الثاني من الاطروحة. ثم تلت هذه الفصول خاتمة, ضمنها الباحث اهم النتائج التي تمخضت عنها الدراسة. اعتمدت فصول الدراسة على مجموعة كبيرة من المصادر الاصيلة، ياتي في مقدمتها عدد غير قليل من الوثائق التركية غير المنشورة، المحفوظة في ارشيف الدولة التركية في انقرة (Devlet Arşivleri Genel Müdürlüğü), فضلا عن مجموعة من الوثائق التركية المنشورة في الجريدة الرسمية التركية (Resmi Gazete)، وهي جريدة معنية بنشر الاتفاقيات الدولية والقوانين بعد مصادقتها من قبل رئيس الجمهورية, هذا فيما يخص الوثائق التركية التي اعتمدتها الدراسة، اما الوثائق المصرية فقد اطلعت على الاتفاقيات والبروتوكولات بين مصر وتركيا, المنشورة في الجريدة الرسمية المصرية, والتي تصدر عن مركز المعلومات والتوثيق ودعم اتخاذ القرار في الهيئة العامة لشؤون المطابع الاميرية في امبابة في محافظة الجيزة، اذ تنشر هذه الجريدة جميع الاتفاقيات والبروتوكولات التي توقعها مصر مع دول العالم بعد مصادقة رئيس الجمهورية عليها، وموافقة وزير الخارجية على نشرها, فضلا عن التقارير الصادرة عن المؤسسات الرسمية مثل الامم المتحدة, والبنك الدولي, وتقارير السفارات. كذلك اعتمدت فصول الاطروحة على عدد كبير من الكتب العربية والمعربة والكتب الاجنبية, التي رفدت الاطروحة بمعلومات مهمة, ومنها كتاب (التطورات المعاصرة في العلاقات العربية التركية) لمؤلفه خليل ابراهيم الناصري, ويعد من المصادر المهمة, اذ اعتمد المؤلف على عدد من المؤلفات التركية، والاجنبية, والكتاب في الاصل رسالة ماجستير في العلوم السياسية, ومن الكتب الاخرى المهمة كتاب (العلاقات العربية التركية) بجزئه الاول الذي كان من منظور عربي وصدر عن معهد البحوث والدراسات العربية التابع لجامعة الدول العربية عام 1991, اما في جزئه الثاني فقد كتب من منظور تركي, وصدر عن معهد البحوث والدراسات العربية, بالتعاون مع مركز الابحاث للتاريخ والفنون والثقافة الاسلامية باسطنبول عام 1993, والكتاب عبارة عن مجموعة بحوث تناولت مختلف جوانب العلاقات التركية العربية, وما يؤخذ على الكتاب ان بعض تواريخ الاحداث الواردة فيه غير دقيقة, وكذلك بعض الاسماء, الامر الذي دفع الباحث الى الرجوع للجرائد؛ من اجل التاكد من تواريخ الاحداث. ومن الكتب المهمة مؤلفات الدكتور جلال عبد الله معوض, منها كتاب (صناعة القرار في تركيا والعلاقات العربية - التركية), وهو كتاب يوضح كثيرا من خبايا وتوجهات السياسة التركية, على الرغم من ان معظم فصول الكتاب تقع خارج نطاق البحث، وكتاب (قضايا العلاقات المصرية التركية), وهذا الكتاب ذو طبيعة سياسية, اعتمد فيه المؤلف على التحليل السياسي للمواقف, الا انه ذكر بعض الجوانب التاريخية في العلاقات بين البلدين, وكذلك مؤلفات الدكتور احمد نوري النعيمي, ومنها كتاب تركيا وحلف شمال الاطلسي، وهو كتاب يتناول بالبحث والتحليل موقع تركيا في حلف شمال الاطلسي واسباب انضمام تركيا لهذا الحلف, وكذلك مؤلفات الدكتور عوني عبد الرحمن السبعاوي، ومؤلفات الدكتور ابراهيم الداقوقي, وغيرهم، وتاتي اهمية هذه الدراسات في كونها مؤلفات متخصصة في عدة مجالات من شؤون تركيا. واستعان الباحث بعدد من الرسائل والاطاريح الجامعية، كانت في مقدمتها اطروحة اميرة محمد كامل الخربوطلي، الموسومة بـ(العلاقات المصرية - التركية 1952 - 1971), والتي نوقشت في كلية الاقتصاد والعلوم السياسية - جامعة القاهرة عام 1979, ومنهج كتابة الاطروحة كان منهجا سياسيا وليس منهجا تاريخيا, لكني افدت منها في معرفة خلفيات العلاقات التركية المصرية, واستعنت برسالة احمد نوري النعيمي (السياسة الخارجية التركية بعد الحرب العالمية الثانية) وهي رسالة ماجستير اعتمدت على الصحافة بالدرجة الاساس وتصل لغاية عام 1975، وكذلك اطروحة احمد جاسم الطائي (موقف تركيا من قضايا المشرق العربي 1967 - 1978), فقد اشار فيها الى جوانب يمكن الافادة منها؛ لفهم العلاقات التركية المصرية, ورسالة الماجستير للباحث زياد عزيز حميد الجلبي، (السياسة الخارجية التركية 1973 - 1983) وغيرها, وقد افاد منها الباحث في الفصل الاول من الاطروحة فقط. كما شكلت البحوث المعتمدة في المؤتمرات العلمية والبحوث المنشورة في الدوريات العربية، مرتكزا اخر افاد منه الباحث في كتابة اطروحته, اذ قدمت الابحاث والدراسات معلومات قيمة عن العلاقات التركية العربية بشكل عام, وتاتي في طليعتها البحوث المنشورة في مجلة السياسة الدولية الصادرة عن مركز الاهرام, كذلك اعتمد الباحث بشكل كبير على الشهريات الموجودة في مجلة السياسة الدولية, كدليل لمعرفة الزيارات المتبادلة وتواريخها للبحث عنها, وعما دار فيها من مباحثات في الجرائد والمصادر الاخرى, كما ان مجلة السياسة الدولية كانت تعنى ايضا بنشر بعض الملفات الوثائقية عن بعض الاحداث المهمة. اما الجرائد والمجلات العربية والتركية والاجنبية, المحفوظة في دار الكتب والوثائق القومية في القاهرة, او في المكتبة الوطنية (Milli Kütüphane) في انقرة, او في دار الكتب والوثائق الوطنية في بغداد, او في مركز الدراسات الاستراتيجية في بغداد, فقد شكلت رافدا مهما من روافد الاطروحة؛ اذ اعتمد عليها الباحث اعتمادا كبيرا في توثيق الزيارات والمباحثات التي جرت بين البلدين, فقد كانت هذه الجرائد حريصة على متابعة الاحداث والمواضيع وتطوراتها, وما نتج عنها, وقد اعتمد الباحث في اغلب المواضيع على اكثر من صحيفة, ومن مختلف التوجهات؛ من اجل الوصول الى دقة المعلومة, واهم هذه الجرائد هي جريدة الاهرام المصرية, واضواء الانباء التركية, و(Milliyet) وغيرها من الجرائد. وكان للمواقع الالكترونية الموثقة اثر مهم في تزويد الاطروحة ببعض الوثائق والمعلومات, مثل موقع الامم المتحدة, وموقع مقاتل من الصحراء, وموقع عالم المعرفة وغيرها من المواقع الالكترونية . وفي الحقيقة ان هذا الجهد الذي بذل من قبل الباحث قد واجه عدة صعوبات, متعارف عليها عند اغلب الطلبة والباحثين, منها عدم اهتمام وزارة التعليم العالي والبحث العلمي في تذليل العقبات امام الطلبة؛ من اجل الحصول على الوثائق والمصادر من خارج العراق, فيبقى الطالب معتمدا على جهده الذاتي وعلاقاته الشخصية؛ من اجل الحصول على وثيقة, او كتاب نادر. ولم يدخر الباحث جهدا او مالا في سبيل ذلك, اذ قام بعدة سفرات في داخل العراق وخارجه, شملت عددا من المدن التركية والمصرية لاكثر من مرة, فضلا عن المدن العراقية, يقتفي اثر المعلومة؛ من اجل سد الثغرات, وكنت اعمل بشكل دؤوب في المكتبات التركية والمصرية لساعات طوال, باحثا في صفحات المجلات والجرائد وناقلا منها, اذ ان بعض المكتبات تمنع استعمال تقنية التصوير بكل انواعه, اما الوثائق المصرية غير المنشورة فلا يحق للباحث الاطلاع عليها, الا بعد الحصول على موافقة وزير الخارجية حصرا, وبتزكية من احد الاساتذة الجامعيين المصريين, وبعد مدة انتظار قد تصل الى اكثر من خمسة شهور, لا يتمكن الباحث من الاطلاع على جميع الوثائق التي يرغب في الحصول عليها. والشيْ الاخر الذي يدعو الى الاسى هو وجود عدة تقارير وجرائد تخص علاقة تركيا مع الدول العربية, كانت متوفرة في مكتبة مركز الدراسات الاقليمية في جامعة الموصل, ولكنها فقدت او اتلفت بعد سيطرة (داعش) على المدينة عام 2014, وعلى الرغم من كثرة الاتصالات مع بعض الاصدقاء لم اتمكن من الحصول الا على نزر يسير منها . وختاما فعلى الرغم مما بذله الباحث من جهد في اعداد هذه الدراسة، ومهما بلغ حرصه على دقتها, فانه لا يدعي الكمال فيما كتب, فالكمال لله وحده، وما اضافه من نتائج اعتمد فيها على ما توفر عليه من وثائق ومصادر علمية. وغاية ما يرجوه ان يكون قد وفق في متابعة موضوع بحثه, وان تحظى الاطروحة برضا الاساتذة الكرام، وان تكون جديرة بان تحتل مكانتها في المكتبة التاريخية العراقية ... والله الموفق . | Turkey and Egypt are considered among the most important countries in the Middle East. They share a common set of characteristics, in terms of the geographical location, the nature of political regime and economic system, the social formation, the population and so on. Both have an excellent geopolitical location which have an important geopolitical Area. Whereas the Turkish grounds lay between the continents of Asia and Europe it form a link between them, Also Egypt in which its grounds lay in Africa and Asian Areas and it forms as an important link between the ancient continents of the world (Asia, Africa, and Europe). As well both have long beaches on the Mediterranean sea. All of what mentioned above makes both countries among the most important countries of the Middle East . The political regime in both countries is a republican, and in such regime, The position of presidency should be assumed by Army officers with a head of government usually a civilian, manages the internal and external affairs of the country. As both countries are related to the growing countries in which agriculture is the main source of economy of their peoples, And both countries are suffering from economic problems, such as inflation and increasing external indebtedness. Both countries have a special relationship with the USA in the period of studied, and they were getting great economic support from the USA. The support comes in the second class, after "Israel" In addition both countries have a good diplomatic relationship with "Israel'' - that the other Islamic countries. All that similarity between the two countries, pushes the researcher to choose such a subject, to find out the similarity which has been mentioned, above and its role in growing the relation between the two countries. The researcher has divided the study depending on the unity of the subject, with observance of historical method, which is required to follow different events and attitudes according to historical sequence. And this is what makes going deeply into conditions and influences is very necessary to understand the development of Turkish - Egyptian relations. Therefore, the order of the chapters is as follows : Chapter I : The nature of Turkish - Egyptian relations until 1980Chapter II : Development of Turkish - Egyptian Political Relations 1980 - 1993Chapter III : Areas of Cooperation between Turkey and Egypt 1980 - 1993Chapter IV : The Attitude of Turkey and Egypt form The Regional Issues 1980 - 1993. The most important conclusions which have been reached by the researcher are that relations between both countries have developed relatively since 1965 and until the end of seventies, But the relations between them haven't reach advanced stages and the stage of coordination in attitudes and trends, only in the eighties and early nineties of the last century, This is reflected in the frequent visits between officials of the two countries at the highest levels, cooperation in the economic fields, the field of transport, the field of justice, the field of culture and other fields, as well as in the coordination of positions, either individually or through the Organization and the Conference. The Islamic, the United Nations. Turkey's drive towards Egypt was mainly due to two factors : the first is political; Turkey's attempt to obtain a supportive position in the Cyprus issue from the Arab and Islamic countries and the Non - Aligned Movement. Turkey was an important gateway to Egypt; to influence the positions of these countries, The economic factor was a major factor in the development of Turkish - Egyptian relations during this period. It was also the most active in the relations between the two countries because of the problems Economy Suffering from both countries. However, the economic relations between Turkey and Egypt have not reached an advanced stage compared to other Arab countries, Iraq, Libya and Saudi Arabia were the most economically connected countries with Turkey. The reason for this is that Turkey and Egypt were competing in some Economic fields. It is clear here that the process of making foreign political decision in the Turkish state has been subject to several variables internal, regional and international, has been determined the process of issuing in accordance with Turkey's political relations and economic interests with those determinants

الدولة الفاطمية واثرها في توحيد المسلمين == Fatimid state and its impact on the unification of Muslims

اسم المؤلف: علي منفي شراد الحساني
اسم المشرف: نزار عزيز حبيب الخاقاني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: الطيبين الطاهرين وصحبه الغر الميامين ، وبعد .. تعد دراسة تاريخ الدولة الفاطمية من الدراسات المهمة ، بالنظر لما توليه تلك الدراسة من تفصيل وتحليل دقيقين لجميع الاحداث السياسية والعسكرية والمنجزات العلمية والحضارية التي عاشتها او عاصرتها تلك الدولة من حيث الزمان والمكان . اذ يجد الباحث نفسه متحيرا في الكتابة عن بعض الدول الاسلامية بسبب عدم تطرق المصادر التاريخية لمجموعة من الاحداث التي تخص صميم فترات حياتها احيانا او مجموعة من المبالغات احيانا اخرى ، تحتاج لنظرات تامل وتقصي في بطون الكتب واجزاء الروايات ، من اجل الوصول ولو بشكل نسبي الى الحقيقة التي ينشدها ويبحث عنها اغلب الدارسين في المواضيع التي هي مثار جدل واختلاف . لذا تعد دراستنا لموضوع ( الدولة الفاطمية ) من ضمن تلك المواضيع التي اثارت جدلا طويلا ، بدات في نسبهم الى علي وفاطمة (عليهما السلام) وانتهت بمبادئ عقيدتهم وافكارهم ، وذلك بسبب اختلاف مذهبهم (الشيعي) مع مذهب الدولة العباسية (السني) التي كان يصورها البعض - المؤرخين والفقهاء والرعية - بمثابة الراعي الرسمي للحقوق اهل السنة والجماعة ، ونتيجة لهذا الاختلاف اخذت الكتابات منحا اخرا في تدوين الاحداث التي تتعلق بالخلافة الفاطمية بشتى المجالات ولاسيما تلك الاحداث التي تتعلق بالعلاقات الفاطمية - العباسية ، وبصورة دقيقة العلاقات الدينية والمذهبية بين الخلافتين - ان صح التعبير . لذلك كانت دراستنا للموضوع تتطلب تقسيم الدراسة الى تمهيد وخمسة فصول وخاتمة ، حيث شمل التمهيد تعريفا موجزا عن بدايات ظهور الحركة الاسماعيلية وعلاقات الائمة الاسماعيليين وبعض دعاتها بالدولة العباسية ، واهم المناطق التي انتشر او استقر فيها الفكر والائمة الاسماعيلية في المرحلة التي سبقت اعلان خلافتهم في بلاد المغرب الاسلامي ، وكذلك تضمن التمهيد عرض ومناقشة لاهم الاراء التي ذكرت حول نسب الائمة الاسماعيليين سواء كانت تلك الاراء المؤيدة لصحة النسب او المنكرة له ، وشمل التمهيد ايضا نبذة عن بداية ظهور التشيع في بلاد المغرب والدور المهم الذي مارسه الدعاة الشيعة في تهيئة القاعدة الشعبية التي استثمرها بشكل جيد الداعي الاسماعيلي ابو عبد الله الشيعي لتصبح النواة الاولى لقيام الخلافة الفاطمية التي حكمت الكثير من مناطق العالم الاسلامي انذاك . اما الفصل الاول فقد حمل عنوان ( انتشار المذهب الاسماعيلي في العالم الاسلامي واثره في نشر الوحدة الاسلامية ) ، حيث تضمن عدة فقرات هي : طبيعة الدعوة الاسماعيلية ، مراحل الدعوة الاسماعيلية ، مراتب الدعاة الاسماعيليين ، اهم مناطق انتشار الدعوة الاسماعيلية بدءا باليمن وانتهاء في بلدان شبه الجزيرة العربية . في حين تضمن الفصل الثاني الموسوم بــ ( الاثر الاجتماعي للدولة الفاطمية ) ، توطئة عن التسامح الاجتماعي في القران الكريم والسنة النبوية العطرة وسيرة الائمة من اهل البيت (عليهم افضل الصلاة واتم التسليم) ، ثم تحدثنا عن الاساليب التي اتبعتها الخلافة الفاطمية لتحقيق الوحدة المجتمعية ، ومنها الاساليب المتبعة مع اهل السنة والجماعة ، وكذلك الاساليب المتبعة مع اهل الذمة ، وايضا الاساليب المتبعة مع الطوائف الشيعية الاخرى وخاصة الامامية (الاثنى عشرية) ، والدرزية التي ظهرت ايام خلافة الحاكم بامر الله الفاطمي (386 - 411ه / 996 - 1020م ) النزارية التي ظهرت ايام خلافة المستعلي بالله الفاطمي ( 487 - 495ه /1094 - 1101م ) . اما الفصل الثالث الموسوم بـــ ( الاثر الاقتصادي للدولة الفاطمية ) فقد تضمن فقرات عدة : بدات بــ توطئة موجزة عن اهمية المال في ديمومة الحياة الانسانية الكريمة ثم تحدثنا عن سك النقود وضبط اوزانها واثر ذلك في الحياة الاقتصادية للدولة والناس ، وتحديد الضرائب والمكوس والغائها ، وكذلك تطرقنا الى مسالة تحديد الاسعار للمواد الغذائية واثر ذلك على استقرار احوال الرعية والتجار ، وانشاء المراكز التجارية والاقتصادية وخاصة المتجر السلطاني واثرها في نشر الوحدة والاستقرار ، وتطرقنا الى مسالة الاهتمام الكبير من قبل الخلفاء الفاطميين بكسوة الكعبة الشريفة والصلات والنفقات التي ترسل الى الحرمين الشريفين ، واثر ذلك في توطيد الوحدة الاسلامية ، واخيرا تضمن الوسائل المتبعة لتشجيع الانشطة الاقتصادية المختلفة في البلاد الاسلامية . والفصل الرابع الموسوم ( الاثر الفكري للدولة الفاطمية ) تضمن ثلاث فقرات سبقتها توطئة عن اهمية العلم ولزوم الاهتمام في تحصيله ورعاية الخلفاء الفاطميين وحثهم على العلم والتعلم ، واثر المساجد في نشر الوحدة الاسلامية وخاصة جامع عمرو بن العاص (الجامع العتيق) والجامع الازهر وغيرها من المساجد والجوامع التي كانت عامرة في ظل الدولة الفاطمية ، ثم اشرنا بعد ذلك الى اثر المكتبات في نشر الوحدة الاسلامية واهتمام الدولة الفاطمية وخلفائها بانشاء المكتبات وخزائن الكتب توفير الكتب النادرة وتعيين العلماء والفقهاء الاكفاء في ادارتها دون تمييز ، بعد ذلك ركزنا حديثنا على اثر الصلات العلمية والتبادل الثقافي في نشر الوحدة الاسلامية بين القاهرة وبلدان العالم الاسلامي وخاصة الصلات العلمية مع العراق مركز الحكم العباسي والاندلس مركز الحكم الاموي اللذان كان لهما الحظ الاوفر في البحث والتقصي بالاضافة الى المناطق الاخرى مثل بلاد فارس وبلاد الشام وصقلية وبلاد الحرمين واليمن . والفصل الخامس الذي يحمل عنوان ( الاثر الجهادي للدولة الفاطمية ) شمل توطئة عن اهمية الجهاد في الفكر الاسلامي ، وكذلك تطرقنا الى الجهاد في جزيرة صقلية وجنوب ايطاليا واثر ذلك في نشر الاسلام ، ثم تحدثنا عن المساعدات والدعم الذي قدمه الفاطميون لجزيرة اقريطش ( كريت ) ، والموقف الفاطمي في مواجهة الغزو الصليبي لبلاد الشام والتحالفات الوحدوية التي عقدت مع سلاجقة الشام وخاصة امراء دمشق واثر ذلك على الموقف الجهادي الاسلامي . اما الخاتمة فقد تضمن اهم النتائج التي توصلنا اليها في جميع فصول الدراسة وفقراتها التي تبين الاثار الوحدوية للخلافة الفاطمية ، اما الصعوبات ففي مقدمتها سوء الاوضاع السياسية وعدم الاستقرار الامني في البلدان العربية وخاصة تونس ومصر وسوريا جعل الباحث عاجزا عن التواصل مع الجامعات والمراكز البحثية المختصة للاطلاع على المصادر والمخطوطات التي تعزز الدراسة بشكل يجعلها تظهر بصورة افضل مما هي عليه الان ، وكذلك من الصعوبات عدم توفر المصادر الاولية التي تختص بالخلافة الفاطمية ، وخاصة ما كتبه بعض الدعاة الفاطميين او المؤرخون المنصفون عن الحياة العامة للدولة الفاطمية . وقد اقتضت طبيعة الدراسة الاعتماد على مصادر متنوعة تاريخية وجغرافية وادبية ودينية ، لذا يمكن تقسيمها الى : اولا : المصادر الاسماعيلية الفاطمية .. لعل في مقدمتها مؤلفات قاضي قضاة الخلافة الفاطمية القاضي النعمان بن حيون ( ت363هـ /974م ) ، اذ اثرت الاطروحة بالكثير من المعلومات والتفاصيل الدقيقة في معظم فصولها ، ومن هذه المؤلفات كتاب ( افتتاح الدعوة ) الذي تحدث بالتفصيل عن بدا ظهور الدعوة الاسماعيلية والظروف العامة التي ساعدت على نشرها وخروجها من دور الكتمان الى دور الاعلان المتمثل بالخلافة الفاطمية في المغرب عام 297هـ/909م ، وكذلك كتاب ( المجالس والمسايرات ) الذي يبين لنا طبيعة العلاقة بين الدعوة والدولة في عهد الخليفة الفاطمي المعز لدين الله ( 341 - 365هـ /954 - 975م ) ، حيث دون القاضي النعمان المجالس التي كان يعقدها الخليفة المعز لدين الله في المغرب ، وقد افدنا كثيرا من تلك المجالس في التعرف ايضا على طبيعة العلاقات الخارجية للخلافة الفاطمية وخاصة مع البيزنطيين ، وكتاب ( شرح الاخبار في فضائل الائمة الاطهار) الذي زودنا بمعلومات عن الخلفاء الفاطميين ونسبهم واخبار الخليفة عبيد الله المهدي ، وكتاب ( الهمة في اداب اتباع اللائمة ) ، وكتاب ( دعائم الاسلام وذكر الحلال والحرام والقضايا والاحكام عن اهل بيت رسول الله عليه وعليهم افضل السلام) ، كتاب ( المناقب والمثالب ) . ومن الكتب ايضا مؤلفات الداعي جعفر بن منصور اليمن الكوفي ( ت 380هـ/990م ) التي اغنت الدراسة بالشيء الكثير ، وفي مقدمة كتبه كتاب (الفرائض وحدود الدين) الذي يعد في مقدمة المصادر الفاطمية في اثبات النسب العلوي للفاطميين وذلك لما يتضمنه من نص مقتطف يؤكد نسب الخلفاء الفاطميين بعنوان : ( اسماء الائمة المستورين كما وردت في كتاب ارسله الخليفة المهدي الاول الى ناحية اليمن ، قدمه الباحث الاسماعيلي ( حسين فيض الله الهمداني ) ، وكذلك كتاب ( سرائر واسرار النطقاء ) ، وكتاب ( الكشف ) . اما مؤلفات حجة العراقيين حميد الدين الكرماني ( ت 411ه / 1020 م ) ، فقد كان لها بالغ الاثر في الرد على التيارات المنحرفة وخاصة مسالة تاليه الخليفة الحاكم بامر الله ، حيث تصدى لذلك باصدار عدة رسائل ، فكان من اهم مؤلفاته : كتاب ( رسائل الكرماني ) ، وكذلك كتاب ( راحة العقل ) . اما مؤلفات داعي الدعاة الفاطمي المؤيد في الدين الشيرازي ( ت470ه /1077م ) فقد اعطت صورة واضحة عن ملامح الحياة السياسية والعسكرية والدينية لعهد الخليفة المستنصر بالله الفاطمي ، واعلان الدعوة الفاطمية في العراق وخاصة كتاب ( المجالس المؤيدية ) ، وكتاب ( ديوان المؤيد في الدين ) . ومن المؤلفات التي عاصر اصحابها الدولة الفاطمية كتاب ( الاشارة الى من نال الوزارة ) لابن الصيرفي الذي كان كاتبا في ديوان الانشاء الفاطمي والملقب بتاج الرياسة ابو القاسم علي بن سليمان ( ت 554ه /1155م ) ، حيث زودنا بمعلومات كثيرة عن اخبار الوزراء الفاطميون الذين عاصرهم ، حيث ذكر لنا جملة من اخبارهم السياسية والعسكرية والاقتصادية . وكذلك من المؤلفات الفاطمية المهمة كتاب ( اخبار ملوك بني عبيد وسيرتهم ) لابن حماد الصنهاجي ( ت626هـ /1230م ) الذي زودنا بمعلومات هامة عن الخلفاء الفاطميين بالمرحلة المغربية . اما كتابات المؤرخين المتاخرين التي خصصت للحديث عن الدولة الفاطمية فقد تميزت بانها حفظت لنا كتابات المؤرخين المعاصرين للدولة الفاطمية التي فقدت لاسباب منها الاختلاف المذهبي بين الفاطميين وغيرهم ، لذلك اصبحت هذه الكتابات لها من الاهمية الشيء الكثير بسبب ما حفظته لنا من معلومات تاريخية مهمة جدا ، ولعل في مقدمة تلك الكتب : كتاب ( نهاية الارب في فنون الادب ) لشهاب الدين النويري ( ت 733ه /1332م ) الذي اغنى البحث بالكثير من المعلومات المهمة وخاصة في الفصل الاول ، وكذلك كتاب ( صبح الاعشى في صناعة الانشا ) لابي العباس احمد بن علي القلقشندي ( ت 821ه/1418م ) ، اما كتب المؤرخ تقي الدين احمد بن علي المقريزي ( ت845هـ/1441م ) فقد زودتنا بالمعلومات الكثير عن الخلافة الفاطمية منذ اعلان قيامها حتى نهايتها على يد صلاح الدين الايوبي ، وخاصة كتاب ( اتعاظ الحنفا باخبار الائمة الفاطميين الخلفا ) ، اما كتابه ( المواعظ والاعتبار بذكر الخطط والاثار المعروف بالخطط المقريزية ) فقد خصص منه جزءا كبيرا لتاريخ مصر الفاطمية ، وقد استفدنا منه كثيرا في جميع فصول الاطروحة ، وكذلك من الكتب : كتاب ( النجوم الزاهرة في ملوك مصر والقاهرة ) لجمال الدين ابن تغري بردي ( ت 874ه/ 1469م ) الذي زودنا بالمعلومات الوفيرة التي استفدنا منها كثيرا في جميع فصول الدراسة ايضا . ثانيا : كتب الفرق .. زودتنا كتب الفرق الاسلامية بمعلومات قيمة عن قيام الدعوة الاسماعيلية والفاطمية وطبيعة العلاقة بينهما وعلى الرغم من الاختلاف في صحة تلك المعلومات ومدى مصداقيتها ، فانها لا تخلو من الفائدة في بيان اي حال من الاحوال ، ومن اهم تلك الكتب : كتاب ( فرق الشيعة ) لابي محمد الحسن بن موسى النوبختي ( ت 310 ه / 922 م ) ، وكتاب (المقالات والفرق) لابي خلف سعد بن عبد الله الاشعري القمي ( ت300هـ/912م ) ، وكتاب ( مقالات الاسلاميين واختلاف المصلين ) لابي الحسن علي بن اسماعيل الاشعري ( ت 330ه/941 م ) , وكتاب ( الفرق بين الفرق ) لعبد القاهر بن طاهر البغدادي ( ت 429ه/1037م ) ، كتاب ( الملل والنحل ) لابي الفتح محمد بن عبد الكريم الشهرستاني ( ت 548ه/1153م ) .ثالثا : كتب التراجم .. يعد هذا الصنف من المصادر المهمة التي كان لها اهمية خاصة ومميزة في جميع الرسائل الجامعية ، فلا يمكن الاستغناء عنها في معظم فصول دراستنا ولعل من اهمها : كتاب ( طبقات علماء افريقية ) لابي عبد الله محمد بن عبد السلام الخشني ( ت 286ه/899 م ) ، وكذلك كتاب ( رياض النفوس في طبقات علماء القيروان وافريقية وزهادهم ونساكهم وسير من اخبارهم وفضائلهم واوصافهم ) لابي بكر عبد الله بن محمد المالكي ( ت 438ه/1046م ) ، وكتاب ( وفيات الاعيان وانباء ابناء الزمان ) لابي بكر احمد بن محمد بن خلكان ( ت681ه/1282م ) ، وكتاب ( معالم الايمان في معرفة اهل القيروان ) لابي زيد عبد الرحمن بن محمد الدباغ ( ت 696ه/1296م ) ، وكتاب (سير اعلام النبلاء ) لشمس الدين محمد بن احمد بن عثمان الذهبي ( ت 748ه/1358م ) ، وكتاب ( الوافي بالوفيات ) لصلاح الدين خليل بن ايبك الصفدي ( ت764ه/1362م ) .رابعا : الكتب الادبية .. هذا الصنف يعد من المصادر المساعدة التي لا غنى عنها في بعض الامور ، بسبب ما يرد فيها من معلومات تاريخية واجتماعية واقتصادية مهمة قد اغفلتها المصادر الاخرى ، ومنها كتاب ( النكت العصرية في اخبار الوزراء المصرية ) لنجم الدين عمارة بن ابي الحسن علي اليمني ( ت 569ه/1173م ) ، وكتاب ( معجم الادباء ) لابي عبد الله شهاب الدين ياقوت الحموي ( ت626ه/1228م ) ، وكتاب ( انباه الرواة في انباه النحاة ) لجمال الدين ابي الحسن علي بن يوسف القفطي ( ت 624ه /1226م ) ، كتاب (عيون الانباء في طبقات الاطباء) لموفق الدين احمد بن القاسم ابن ابي اصيبعة ( ت 668ه/1269م ) ، وكتاب ( حسن المحاضرة في اخبار مصر والقاهرة ) لجلال الدين عبد الرحمن السيوطي ( ت911ه/1505م ) . خامسا : الكتب الجغرافية .. ومن الكتب الجغرافية التي زودتنا بمعلومات وافية عن معظم المناطق والبلدان التي وردت في طيات الدراسة ، كتاب (صورة الارض) لابي القاسم محمد بن علي النصيبي ( ت 367ه/977 م ) ، وكتاب ( احسن التقاسيم في معرفة الاقاليم ) لابي عبد الله بن احمد البشاري المقدسي ( ت 375ه/985م ) ، وكتاب ( سفر نامة ) لابي معين ناصر خسرو علوي ( ت 476ه/1083 م ) ، وكتاب ( نزهة المشتاق في اختراق الافاق ) لمحمد بن عبد العزيز الادريسي( ت 560ه/1164م ) ، وكتاب ( معجم البلدان ) لابي عبد الله شهاب الدين ياقوت الحموي ( ت626ه/1228م ) ، وكتاب ( الروض المعطار في خبر الاقطار ) لمحمد بن عبد المنعم الحميري ( ت 900ه / 1494م ) .سادسا : المراجع الحديثة ..ولم يكن بامكان الباحث الاستغناء عن المراجع الحديثة التي كتبت عن الدعوة الاسماعيلية او تاريخ الخلافة الفاطمية سواء على المستوى الثقافي او السياسي ، ولعل من اهمها : كتاب ( في ادب مصر الفاطمية ) للدكتور محمد كامل حسين الذي قدم لنا معلومات قيمة عن تاريخ الحركة العلمية والادبية في مصر الفاطمية لم نجدها في المصادر الاخرى وذلك لكونه من اوائل المهتمين بالدراسات الفاطمية ، وحقق عددا من مخطوطاتها ، فضلا عن احتفاظه بعدد منها في مكتبته الشخصية ، ومن المراجع المهمة الاخرى كتب المؤرخ الاسماعيلي الدكتور عارف تامر الذي سعى من خلالها الى الكشف عن بعض اسرار الدعوة الاسماعيلية والفاطمية وحياة الخلفاء الفاطميين ، وابرزها كتاب ( تاريخ الاسماعيلية ) وكذلك سلسلة الكتب عن حياة الخلفاء الفاطميين، وكذلك كتاب الباحث الاسماعيلي الدكتور مصطفى غالب ( تاريخ الدعوة الاسماعيلية ) حيث انماز بمعلومات مفصلة عن الدعوة الاسماعيلية استخرجها من مصادر اسماعيلية سرية وعلنية مطبوعة وخطية متوافرة لديه ، وكذلك فقد استفاد الباحث كثيرا من كتب الدكتور حسن ابراهيم حسن وخاصة كتاب ( تاريخ الدولة الفاطمية في المغرب ومصر وسورية وبلاد العرب ) الذي قدم معلومات كثيرة عن حركة الدعاة في العالم الاسلامي واثرهم العلمي والسياسي ، وغيرها الكثير من المراجع التي افادة البحث .و في الختام اقول اني لا ادعي الكمال لان الكمال لله تعالى وحده وحسبي انني بذلت ما استطعت من الجهد والبحث ، فان اصبت فلي حسنة وان لم اصب فلي اجر العامل ومن الله التوفيق ، واخر دعوانا ان الحمد لله ربّ العالمين والصلاة والسلام على النبي الامجد المبعوث رحمة للعالمين وعلى اله الطيبين الطاهرين | The study of the history of the Fatimid state is one of the important studies, given the precise detail and analysis of all the political and military events and the scientific and cultural achievements that the country has experienced or experienced in terms of time and place. The researcher finds himself puzzled in writing about some Islamic countries because the historical sources do not relate to a series of events that are at the core of their periods of life sometimes, or a group of exaggerations sometimes, need to look in the stomachs of books and parts of novels, in order to reach even relative to the truth Which is sought and sought by most scholars in subjects that are controversial and different. Therefore, our study of the subject of the Fatimid state is one of those topics that have been controversial for a long time. They started with their relation to Ali and Fatimah (peace be upon them) and ended with the principles of their ideology and ideas. This is because of their different (Shiite) doctrine with the Abbasid (Sunni) - Historians, jurists and parish - as the official sponsor of the rights of the Sunnis and the community, and as a result of this difference the writings took other grants in the recording of events related to the Fatimid caliphate in various fields, especially those that relate to relations Fatimid - Abbasid, and accurately religious and sectarian relations between The two Caliphates - that is to say. Thus, our study of the subject requires the division of the study into a preface, four chapters and a conclusion. The introduction included a brief definition of the beginnings of the Ismaili movement, the relations of the Ismaili imams and some of its preachers in the Abbasid state, and the most important areas where Ismaili thought and imams spread or settled in the period preceding the declaration of their succession in the Maghreb Islami. The preamble also included a presentation and discussion of the most important opinions that were mentioned about the proportions of the Ismaili Imams, whether those opinions were pro - poor or false. The preface also included an introduction to the beginning of Shiism in the Maghreb and the important role played by The Shiite preachers in the formation of the popular base, which was invested well by the Ismaili dynasty of Abu Abdullah Shiite to become the nucleus of the establishment of the Fatimid caliphate, which ruled many areas of the Islamic world at the time. The first chapter entitled "The Spread of the Isma'ili Doctrine in the Islamic World and Its Impact on the Dissemination of the Islamic Unity" included several paragraphs : the nature of the Ismaili da'wa, the stages of the Ismaili da'wa, the ranks of the Ismaili preachers . The second chapter, entitled "The Social Impact of the Fatimid State", contains an introduction to social tolerance in the Holy Quran, the Noble Sunnah and the biography of the Imams from the people of the House (they have the best prayer and the completion of the delivery). Then we talked about the methods followed by the Fatimid caliphate to achieve social unity, The methods used with the Ahl al - Sunnah and al - Jama'ah, as well as the methods used with the people of Dhimah, as well as the methods used with the other Shiite communities, especially the Imamiyah (the Twentieth), and the Druze that emerged during the succession of the ruler by the Fatimid order (386 - 411 AH / 996 - 1020 AD) Free Al - Musta'li, the Fatimid God (487 - 495 AH / 1094 - 1101 AD) . The third chapter, entitled "The Economic Impact of the Fatimid State", included several paragraphs : I began with a brief introduction to the importance of money in the permanence of human life. Then we talked about minting and weighing its weights and its impact on the economic life of the state and people. The establishment of commercial and economic centers, especially the Royal Store and its impact on the spread of unity and stability, and touched on the issue of great interest by the Fatimid caliphs in the Kaaba and the honorable Links and expenditures sent to the two Holy Mosques, and consequently the consolidation of Islamic unity, and finally included the means used to promote the various economic activities in the Islamic countries. The fourth chapter, entitled "The Intellectual Impact of the Fatimid State", included three paragraphs preceded by an introduction to the importance of science and the need for attention in the collection and care of the Fatimid caliphs and urging them to learn and learn, and the effect of Mosques in spreading the Islamic unity, especially the Mosque of Amr Ibn Al - Aas, And then we referred to the impact of libraries in the dissemination of the Islamic unity and the interest of the Fatimid state and its successors by establishing libraries and bookcases, providing rare books and appointing competent scholars and scholars in its administration without discrimination. Following the scientific links and cultural exchange in the dissemination of the Islamic unity between Cairo and the countries of the Islamic world, especially the scientific links with Iraq, the center of the Abbasid rule and Andalusia, the center of the Umayyad rule, which had the best luck in research and investigation in addition to other areas such as Persia, the Levant, Sicily, . The fifth chapter, entitled "The Jihadist Impact of the Fatimid State", included an introduction to the importance of jihad in Islamic thought, as well as the jihad in Sicily and southern Italy, and the spread of Islam. We spoke about the assistance and support provided by the Fatimids to the island of Aquitaine, The Fatimid in the face of the Crusader invasion of the Levant and the unity alliances that were held with the Seljuks of Syria and especially the princes of Damascus and the impact on the Islamic Jihad.In conclusion, it included the most important findings in all the chapters of the study and its paragraphs which show the unified effects of the Fatimid caliphate. The nature of the study necessitated relying on a large number of diverse historical, geographical, literary and religious sources, which enriched the subject in a large and clear manner

جوزيف مكارثي ونشاطه السياسي ودوره الفكري في الـولايات المتحدة الامريكية 1908 - 1957 == Joseph McCarthy and His political Activity and Intellectual role in the United States of America (1908 - 1957)

اسم المؤلف: علاء عبد العالي كاظم الطائي
اسم المشرف: بيداء علاوي شمخي جبر الشويلي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يعد جوزيف مكارثي من الشخصيات السياسية المهمة والمؤثرة في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية ، لما تركه من اثر كبير في مجمل الحياة السياسية الامريكية بما حمله من افكار وما طبقه من ممارسات عرفت في التاريخ الامريكي بالمكارثية والتي يمكن تعريفها بانها : حركة متطرفة لمناهضة الشيوعية في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية ، والمكارثية مصطلح مرادف لتوجيه اتهامات خطيرة ، لكن دون ادلة واضحة ضد موظفين رفيعي المستوى وكذلك اشخاص في الحياة العامة . كما استخدمت المكارثية مصطلحا اكثر شمولا لوصف الممارسات (السلوكيات) العامة بتوجيه مزاعم كاذبة وتحديدا بممارسة نشاط مؤيد (داعم) للشيوعية . اقترنت المكارثية بالخوف من الشيوعية التي طرحت افكارا ماركسية متطرفة تعتمد مواجهة العالم الراسمالي الليبرالي والدعوة الى تحطيمه وازاحته من الوجود كليا واحلال البديل الشيوعي منهجا جديدا في ادارة العالم الغربي الا ان المكارثية تلازمت بصورة اكبر بما اطلق عليه بالخوف الاحمر الثاني على اساس ان الخوف الاحمر الاول تبلور مع انتصار الشيوعيين في روسيا عام 1917 وهو مصطلح سياسي اطلق على خوف الامريكيين في نهاية عقد الاربعينيات الى منتصف عقد الخمسينيات من النفوذ الشيوعي المحتمل في بلادهم ولم يكونوا يخشون الاتحاد السوفيتي فحسب بل يخشون الشيوعيين الامريكيين واختراقهم المحتمل للادارة الامريكية في محاولة لاسقاط الجمهورية ونظامها الديمقراطي الاتحادي , وقد عمل مكارثي على نشر وتاكيد تلك المخاوف ، اذ منحته الاوضاع السياسية والاجتماعية في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية الفرصة ، باعطائه التسمية الناجعة لقادة الراي العام الامريكي بان الاتحاد السوفيتي العدو الدولي ، والشيوعية تهديد تخريبي من الداخل ، وكانت ظروف البلاد الداخلية مهياة بعد خروجها من الحرب مع المانيا واليابان قبل مدة قصيرة من الزمن ودخولها في حرب باردة خطيرة ابان عقد الاربعينيات والخمسينيات مع السوفييت ، وممزااد من حدة الخوف تقارير وسائل الاعلام التي كانت تتحدث عن التجسس والسياسيين والصحفيين الذين يلمحون الى عمليات قام بها عملاء اجانب في التجارة والحكومة والتعليم وصناعة الافلام واغلب مرافق الحياة العامة الامريكية . بدات المكارثية بصورة فعلية وعملية في 9 شباط 1950 بالخطبة التي القاها مكارثي بذكرى مولد الرئيس ابراهام لنكولن والتي رفع فيها ورقة قال : انها تحوي (205) اسما من موظفي وزارة الخارجية متهمون بالشيوعية ومتهما الرئيس ترومان بالتواطىء وعدم الموافقة على اعفائهم من مناصبهم ، قادت اتهاماته الى سنوات من التحريات في مجلسي النواب والشيوخ ، ووصل مكارثي الى قمة سلطته عام 1953 بفوز الحزب الجمهوري بالرئاسة والاغلبية في الكونغرس وتراسه لجنة العمليات الحكومية الخاصة بالتحقيقات في النفقات الوزارية ولجنتها الفرعية ، لكن صلاحياته لم تستمر لمدة زمنية طويلة ، اذ سرعان ما بدا تراجعه (نهايته) عندما وجه اتهاماته الى وزارة الدفاع في 25 شباط 1954 بايواء عناصر شيوعية ، ادت تلك الاتهامات الى التقليل من هيبة واحترام الوزارة امام الشعب الامريكي ، وعلى اثر تلك الاتهامات فقد شعبيته ، مما دعا مجلس الشيوخ الى تشكيل لجنة للتحقيق معه بشان مزاعمه ، ووجد مجلس الشيوخ ان زميلهم تصرف بطريقة مهينة وتستحق التوبيخ ، فصدر قرار الادانة في 2 كانون الاول 1954 بتجريده من صلاحياته وايقافه عن العمل في اللجان ؛ لان تصرفاته لا تليق بعضو في مجلس الشيوخ الامريكي . خلفت المكارثية عديدا من الضحايا الابرياء وسجن المئات وكان اغلبهم له صلات (ارتباطات) بالحزب الشيوعي الامريكي في مدة ما من حياتهم ولذلك تم استهدافهم، وادراج عدد كبير من الضحايا على القائمة السوداء بما في ذلك الممثلين والمؤلفين وناشطين في الحقوق المدنية وعلماء واغلب شرائح المجتمع الاخرى . وقبل الخوض في نشاط مكارثي السياسي ودوره الفكري في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية في المدة موضوع الدراسة ، وجب اثارة عدد من الاسئلة ذات علاقة بمكارثي ومنها : هل كان للوسط الاجتماعي او الانحدار الطبقي والعائلي والتعليم وممارسته المحاماة والقضاء والخدمة العسكرية اثر في تكوين شخصيته ؟ والى اي مدى كان تاثيرها ؟ وما اسباب فوزه بعضوية مجلس الشيوخ ؟ وكيف كان اداؤه في المجلس ؟ ودوره في الجانب التشريعي ؟ ولماذا اهتم ببعض الجوانب التشريعية من دون سواها ؟ ما هي الاسباب والنتائج ؟ ما اراؤه السياسية في مشروع قانون تقنين السكر وقانون الاسكان ؟ ولماذا كان الشيخ الاكثر اثارة في الجانب الرقابي وما هي اسباب تدخله في اغلب القضايا ومنها التي لم تكن من صلاحياته او لم يكن مسؤولا عنها ، ولم يكن عضوا في لجانها ؟ وكيف تمكن من جعل صوته اعلى من تقرير لجنة مالميدي (Malmedy Committee) ؟ وما اسباب تمسك مكارثي بالشيوعية واتخاذها هدفا لاتهاماته التي قام بتوجيهها الى عدد كبير من الموظفين وغيرهم ؟ وكيف تمكن من استغلال الاوضاع التي كانت تمر بها البلاد من اجل تحقيق مكاسب شخصيه له ولحزبه ؟ ولماذا بدا باستهداف وزارة الخارجية دون سواها ؟ ومن الجهات التي كانت تمده بالمعلومات ؟ وهل كان لمكتب التحقيقات الفيدرالي (FBI ) دور في اتهامات مكارثي ؟ وكيف تمكن بدهائه السياسي من جعل قرار لجنة تيدينغس (Tyding) دون فائدة على الرغم من انه بين ان اتهاماته لوزارة الخارجية لا اساس لها ؟ وما الاسباب التي ادت الى تعاظم نفوذه وقوته ؟ وكيف تمكن من اقناع قادة الحزب الجمهوري بترؤسه لجنة العمليات الحكومية ولجنتها الفرعية وما الغاية من ذلك ؟ والى ماذا كان يسعى مكارثي من خلال استهداف اذاعة (صوت امريكا) والفنانين والفنانات والمكتبات ووزارة الدفاع ؟ وكيف كانت نهاية مكارثي والمكارثية ؟ جاءت فصول الاطروحة للاجابة على الاسئلة المطروحة وغيرها ، متوخين اتباع اسلوب التسلسل الزمني في عرض موضوعات الاطروحة ، وتم اختيار عام 1908 بداية لموضوعها كونه العام الذي شهد ولادة مكارثي في حين كانت وفاته في 2 ايار 1957 نهاية الاطروحة . اشتملت خطة الاطروحة على مقدمة واربعة فصول وخاتمة وملاحق ، بحث الفصل الاول نشاة مكارثي وسيرته المهنية حتى عام 1945، اذ احاط مبحثه الاول بمعرفة الوسط الاجتماعي الذي عاشت فيه عائلته الفلاحية . وركز المبحث الثاني على مكان ولادته ونشاته ، وظروف تعلمه وكيفية تبلور شخصيته وحصوله على شهادة القانون ، واكد المبحث الثالث على ممارسته المحاماة والقضاء وسيرته المهنية وكيفية معالجته للقضايا التي يتم عرضها عليه ، في حين ضم المبحث الرابع سيرته العسكرية والاهداف المرجوة منها . اما الفصل الثاني فتطرق الى نشاطه السياسي 1946 - 1949 . وخصص المبحث الاول لدراسة حملته الانتخابية وفوزه بعضوية مجلس الشيوخ . اما المبحث الثاني فقد افرد لدراسة نشاطه في مجلس الشيوخ . في حين كرس المبحث الثالث لدوره في الجانب التشريعي والافكار التي تم طرحها من اجل تشريع قانون انهاء تقنين السكر ومشروع قانون الاسكان . اما المبحث الرابع فقد درس نشاطه في الجانب الرقابي ودوره في تحقيقات لجنة مالميدي . وكرس الفصل الثالث لدراسة تبلور المكارثية ومحاربة الشيوعية 1950 . فتناول مبحثه الاول اسباب معاداة الشيوعية وظهور المكارثية . وفي المبحث الثاني سلط الضوء على وزارة الخارجية الامريكية ووطاة المكارثية . اما المبحث الثالث فقد ناقش اسباب تحقيقات لجنة تايدنغ وتقريرها . في حين خصص الفصل الرابع لدراسة المكارثية في التطبيق 1951 - 1957. فجاء المبحث الاول لدراسة تعاظم نفوذ مكارثي . اما المبحث الثاني فركز على تحقيقات لجنة العمليات الحكومية ودور مكارثي فيها والتي طالت اتهاماته اذاعة صوت امريكا والمكتبات والفنانين والفنانات ووزارة الدفاع . اما المبحث الثالث فقد افرد لبيان اسباب نهاية مكارثي والمكارثية . في حين جاءت الخاتمة موضحة اهم النتائج التي تم التوصل اليها . بناء على ذلك ولحصول الباحث على مجموعة متنوعة ومختلفة من وثائق الكونغرس الامريكي ووزارة الخارجية الامريكية ، التي حاول الباحث من خلالها استقراء دور مكارثي بالدرجة الاولى ، ولاسيما المنشورة تحت العنوان الرئيس : - (United States Department of State / Foreign Relations of the United States , 1952 - 1954 ) الموجودة في المكتبة المركزية في جامعة بغداد (الجادرية) وفي مكتبة وزارة الخارجية العراقية (بناية الوزارة) ، اذ رفدت الاطروحة بمعلومات مهمة في الفصلين الثالث والرابع ، اذ اعطتنا فكرة واضحة وجلية عن نشاط مكارثي السياسي ودوره الفكري ، اذ حوت معلومات دقيقة وتفصيلية عنه ، سيما اراء المسؤولين الامريكيين ووجهات نظرهم في واشنطن ، الى جانب ما حوته هذه الوثائق من تصريحات وبيانات ورسائل المسؤولين الامريكيين ، وبذلك هيات الفرصة للاجابة على كثير من الاسئلة التي تتعلق بنشاطه السياسي ودوره الفكري ، وحاول الباحث جهد الامكان استعمالها بصورة علمية محايدة ، ومتفاوتة من فصل لاخر علما انها وردت مجموعات مختلفة . وكان للوثائق المنشورة في مكتبة الرئيس ترومان اهمية كبيرة لمعرفة مواقف واراء السياسيين بشان اتهامات مكارثي والمنشورة في الموقع الالكتروني : http : //www.trumanlibrary.org/whistlestop/study_collections/mccarthyism/index.php ولا يخفى ما للرسائل والاطاريح من اهمية كبرى في رفد الباحث بمعلومات موثقة ودقيقة للاوضاع الداخلية والخارجية للولايات المتحدة الامريكية للمدة موضوع الدراسة . تاتي في مقدمتها اطروحة الدكتوراه للباحث احمد عبد الواحد عبد النبي الحلفي التي حملت عنوان (الرئيس الامريكي هاري ترومان واثر مبدئه في العلاقات الدولية 1945 - 1953) فقد افادت الاطروحة في الفصلين الثالث والرابع كذلك اطروحة الدكتوراه للباحثة ايناس سعدي عبد الله , المعنونة (الحرب الباردة , دراسة تاريخية للعلاقات الامريكية - السوفيتية 1945 - 1963 كوبا نموذجا) ، واطروحة الباحثة رغد فيصل عبد الوهاب نقاوة , المعنونة (سياسة الولايات المتحدة الامريكية تجاه اوربا الغربية في عهد الرئيس الامريكي هاري اس. ترومان 1945 - 1952 (دراسة تاريخية سياسية) اذ افادة الباحث في الفصلين الثالث والرابع لدراستهما الاوضاع السياسية العالمية في المدة موضوع الدراسة . ومن المصادر الاخرى الكتب العربية والمعربة التي تنوعت عناوينها ومؤلفيها سيما تلك التي تحدثت عن شخصية مكارثي ، او التي تتناول السياسة الامريكية ، واهمها كتاب (السناتور جو مكارثي) لمؤلفه ريتشرد هـ . روفيرى . واعتمد الباحث في معلوماته على النسختين العربية والانكليزية لوجود فارق كبير بينهما وعدم ترجمة اغلب صفحات الكتاب بعد مقارنة النسختين . وكتاب (المكارثية والمثقفون) لمؤلفه اريك بنتلي الذي اعطى معلومات عن تحقيقات لجنة النشاطات غير الامريكية ، وغيرها من الكتب التي اغنت الاطروحة بالمعلومات المهمة ، لانها حَوَتَ معلومات قيمة حول نشاطه ، اما الكتب الاجنبية فقد رفدت الاطروحة بمعلومات مهمة وعدت ركيزة اساسية في مصادر الاطروحة ، اذ اعتمد الباحث عليها بشكل كبير ابتداء من المرحلة الاولى لحياة مكارثي حتى وفاته ، وياتي في مقدمتها كتاب (تاريخ العالم من عام 1914 الى 1950 - World History from 1914 to 1950) لمؤلفه ديفيد تومسن (David Thomson) وكتاب (جوزيف مكارثي اعادة فحص حياة ولادت شيخ امريكي الاكثر كراهية - , Joseph McCarthy : Reexamining the Life and Legacy Of Americas Most Hated Senator لمؤلفه ارثر هيرمان (Arthur Herman) وكتاب ديفيد اوشنسكي (David M. Oshinsky) (المؤامرة الهائلة جدا عالم جوزيف مكارثي - A conspiracy So Immense : the World of Joe McCarthy) الذي شَخص جوانب عديدة من حياة مكارثي . ولم تهمل الدراسة الافادة من البحوث والمقالات المنشورة في الكتب الاجنبية التي كانت سباقة في نقل سيرة مكارثي ، واهم الاحداث في حياته المهنية ، اذ زودت الباحث بمعلومات مهمة. كما اعتمد الباحث على الموسوعات العربية والاجنبية وشبكة المعلومات الدولية الانترنت في الاطلاع على الوثائق المنشورة والكتب والمقالات العربية والاجنبية على حد سواء ، التي تضمنت معلومات مهمة عن افكار مكارثي السياسية . واخيرا ارجو من الله العلي القدير ان اكون قد وفقت في هذه الاطروحة التي اتمنى ان تشكل اضافة للدراسات العربية القليلة التي تعنى بهذه الموضوعات ، واضع هذا الجهد المتواضع بين ايدي اساتذتي الفضلاء شاكرا جهودهم القيمة في تثبيت ملاحظاتهم التي ستعزز القيمة العلمية للاطروحة ، فلهم مني شكري وتقديري وجزاهم الله عني خير الجزاء ، وما توفيقي الا بالله رب العالمين | The American Senator Joseph McCarthy is an important and influential political figure in American political life from 1950 to 1957, because he left a great influence on the entire American political life by establishing what is known in American history as McCarthyism, which can be defined as : The United States and McCarthyism are synonymous with serious accusations, but without clear evidence against high - ranking officials and even people in public life. McCarthyism was also used as a more comprehensive term to describe public practices by making false allegations and specifically by supporting pro - communism. The chapters of the Dissertatiion came to answer the questions and others, and we wanted to follow the chronological method in presenting the topics of the thesis, and was chosen in 1947 as the beginning of the subject of the year was the election of McCarthy as a member of the US Congress, while his death on May 2, 1957 end of the thesis. The first part of his dissertation includes the introduction of four chapters, a conclusion, and an appendix to the first chapter of McCarthy's career and career until 1945. His first topic covered the social milieu in which his family had lived and which had returned from the peasant families. The second topic focused on the place of his birth and origin, the conditions of his learning and how to crystallize his personality and the third degree on the practice of law and the judiciary and his professional career and how to deal with the issues that are presented to him, while the fourth section included his military career and the desired goals. Chapter II deals with McCarthy's political activity 1946 - 1949. The first topic was devoted to the study of his campaign and his victory in the Senate. The second topic was devoted to studying his activities in the Senate. While the third topic devoted to its activity in the legislative aspect and ideas that were put forward for the legislation of the law to end the rationing of sugar and the draft housing law. The fourth topic examined his activities on the supervisory side and his role in the investigations of the Malmedy Committee. The third chapter devoted to the study of the crystallization of McCarthyism and the fight against communism in 1950. His first topic dealt with the causes of anti - communism and the emergence of McCarthyism. In the second part, he highlighted the US State Department and the impact of McCarthyism. The third topic discussed the reasons for the investigation and report of the Tidings Commission. Chapter IV was devoted to the study of McCarthyism in the application 1951 - 1957. The first topic was to study McCarthy's growing influence. The second topic focused on the investigations of the governmental operations committee and its role in which the charges ranged from Voice of America radio, libraries, artists, artists and the military. The third topic was devoted to explaining the reasons for the end of McCarthy. While the conclusion was the most important results reached. Accordingly, the researcher obtained a variety of documents from the US Congress and the US State Department, which motivated the researcher to study McCarthy and his intellectual and political role in the United States of America in order to find out the hidden facts about him. Finally, I ask Allah Almighty to be successful in this Dissertation , which I hope to be an addition to the few Arabic studies dealing with these subjects. I put this effort in the hands of my distinguished professors, thanking their valuable efforts in establishing their observations which will enhance the scientific value of the . Allah rewarded me with the best reward, and my compromise except Allah the Lord of the worlds

الذهب واثره في الحياة الاقتصادية في الدولة العربية الاسلامية حتى عام 742 ه/ 681 م : دراسة تاريخية == Gold and its impact on the economic life in the Islamic Arab state until the year(742AH - 168AD)

اسم المؤلف: عباس فضل حسين المسعودي
اسم المشرف: سلمى عبد الحميد حسين الهاشمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: With the help of God and with the success of it, we came to the conclusion of the research, after a difficult journey through the sources searching for any novel or phrase or word about gold as a metal and criticism and ornaments and jewels, trying as much as possible to come out with the outcome of acceptability of analysis and criticism of everything contained in the folds of research, without bias or prejudice, bearing in mind that our work within the academic standards known.The study came out with a number of results that can be summarized as follows : The gold and still have an unprecedented attention in the human heritage from time immemorial, to the extent of multiple names and varied names of qualities, which demonstrates the great impact that he left in the land, and the seriousness of its role in the life of humanity in the religious, social, political and economic, and the names of gold and attributes that exceeded (Sixty) a name that gives a clear indication of the extent of penetration of this metal in the cultural heritage Arab Islamic, and those names are launched on each case of gold or type of type or phenomenon is the gold, whether inside the mines or during extraction and then purified, Diversity of uses The gold was present in the verses of Paradise and the Supreme Paradise, which gives an indication of his loftiness and his high status among the metals to a degree that is capable of the parts of the faithful, Moreover, the verses of the Holy Quran were strongly addressed to address the dazzle of the people with this metal, to warn of its treasure and to disrupt its economic role, and considered it to adorn people's love in the life of the world, as gold was a demand that impeded his request to those who support and reject the prophecy and the messages of heaven. That prophecy The Prophet (peace be upon him) pointed to the danger of gold, and codified the fields of its uses on the scale of adornment, and urged people to spend it for the sake of God. The areas of prohibition, prevention, forbidding, and openness to some in the use of gold According to what is stated in the modern tone, which contributes to reducing the obsession of people with this precious metal, and the treatments of books of Islamic jurisprudence in its five fields, the areas of gold and the scope of its use, taking into account the development of the Islamic rule of the Koran and Sunnah with regard to gold, Most agree on most As well as in some of the licenses and exceptions that these scholars dispute, as stated in the fatwa of the thesis. The Muslim scholars have tried to search for the theory of gold formation and its branches in the depths of the earth, trying to be accurate in this field through experimentation and inspection. : I think that the origin of the composition of gold back to the gases (Gas) trapped in the depths of the earth, which is exposed to high temperature and turn to gold, and the second opinion, I think that gold consists of the combination of the four elements (air, water, fire and soil) in the depths of the earth by high temperature , Pressure to a certain degree, There are those who say that the origin of gold came from the melting of mercury and sulfur in the ground under a certain temperature, and specialized gold has distinct properties made it distinguished from the rest of the minerals, he was described as strong casting and bear long ways, as well as the cleanliness of the metal and its coolness and its ability to form with multiple fluids and can re - And made it again without losing its weight or properties, as the burial of gold increases its strength and breadth, which increases in price, all these qualities made him an important metal in the industry of gold cash as well as medical uses, and diversified methods of gold mining and its location according to the type of soil that There is gold, and its proximity or beyond The land may be a simple plain where gold is extracted quickly and without hardship, and gold may be conspicuous. The land may be solid and rocky, and it needs hard work and hard work to break down these rocks and refine them and purify them for the sake of gold. Two ways to collect the first gold by cutting or combining in the form of granules or gold smooth atoms are usually near the rivers, and a second method depends on drilling in the depths of the earth and may reach long distances and exposed within the Earth, which carries the human risks associated with landslides accompanying the drilling, Workers, which increases to K. The production of gold, as well as the collapse of the mine may cause unexpected losses for workers, requiring them to re - work again and thus delay production for long periods, and were distributed gold mines across the continents of the ancient world at the time between Asia and Africa and( )Europe, and limited the production of gold bumper between the Peninsula Africa and sub - Saharan Africa have the lion's share of gold quality and ease of extraction, making it an important passage for trade through different historical ages.Since gold has the property of non - annihilation in the land, and enters into various areas of life, the methods of obtaining it varied, among the spoils of war that emerged in the era of Islamic conquests in Iraq and Syria, Egypt and Africa, as well as some cities of the East, and between treaties peace, And the thefts were a way to win this precious metal, not to mention the legacies and legacies left by some of the rich, which exceeded the reasonable gold, and were the treasures and treasures an important door of access to gold.Although the study reviewed the presence of gold in the era of the power of the Arab Islamic state, did not signal the major economic crises caused by the lack of this metal in the coffers of the state or in the markets, but we have seen some of the phenomena of shortages, which occurred for political reasons related to the occurrence of conflicts and disturbances in the presence of gold, As well as the political changes that made the impede the smooth flow of gold from us

العلاقات السياسية التركية - الايرانية 1923 - 1945 == Turkish - Iranian Political Relation 1923 - 1945

اسم المؤلف: صادق فاضل زغير الزهيري
اسم المشرف: عفراء عطا عبد الكريم الريس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Relation of turkey and Iran, which are Important and Strong Countries In the Middle - East , date back To Thousands years ago, The relations which characterised sometimes with tension sometimes with friendship have caused an inevitable interaction between the two countries throughout history. The choice of this topic was motivated by the importance of The role that these two countries play in the middle East Especially on the arab countries, including Iraq , and the great in Fluence of their policies in the reqion as a whole. The two Countries which Confronted with each Other Due To the Reasons such as Political/ Idealogical tension, geo - Strategical Rivalry, economic hegemony and religious Contraveysy In the Past, have started to get Closer to Each other since the owerthrown of the Kachar dynasty In Iran. In improving the relations of the Two States the Nationalist Charismatic leaders who have been the Main actors in Change and westernisation Policies, have Played Very important roles. Thus, The Contraversies Between The Two Countries Have Been Solved And The Relations have been Placed A solid legal Ground, ending the suspieion and Prejudice Characterised The relationships between the two states for Along Time. The Common Security Concerns Aspiration for Economic Social Development And Nationalist Modernist Aprroaches Have Forced Each Country To Cooperate with the Other One. Moreover, The Necesity for cmmon Combat Against Seperatiet Kurdish Movement which Thretaens both States is Anather factor which Affect the Two Countries' Relations. In The Process which Foreign (Outsider) Actors Have Also Involred, The Two States Recognised That If They Develop Peaceful Agreement And Cooperation Instead of Rivalry And Conflict, It Would Be more In Farour of Them, And They Shape Their Relations Accordingly. The Have Sustained This Policy as Long as Internal And External Factors Let to do So and They have Taken Place In Regional Cooperations, actin Together. The First Part of the Introductions Between the Two Countries from the Beginning of the Twentieth Century Until 1925, he Reviewed the Nature of the Relations Between the Countries And The Entry of the Ottoman forces Into Iranian Territory During the First world war, The Turkish Support of the Iranin Revolutionary Movements, The Diplomatic Contact Between the Two countries And the Courese of Their Political Relations, And Issue of Declaring the Republic In Iran. The Second Chapter Reviewed the Turkish - Iranian Treaty of 1926, The Problems of the Kurds on the Border And the Seduction of the 1930. The third Chapter Deals with Turkish - Iranian Agreements In 1932, And Reza Shah visit to Turkey in 1934. The Fourth Chapter Dealt with the Relations Between the Two Countries in the Period 1923 - 1945, The Turkish Policy In Iran's foreign Policy Relatians, Especially with Afghanistan And iraq, The Saadabad Charter, the Position of the Two Countries on world warII, and Turkey's Position On the Soviet - British Occupation of Iran.

الصراع السياسي في الصين 1966 - 1976 (الثورة الثقافية) == Political conflict in China, 1966 - 1976 (Cultural Revolution

اسم المؤلف: حسين عبد الكاظم عودة الحسيناوي
اسم المشرف: فرقد عباس قاسم المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The present study focused on the Cultural Revolution in the Republic of China 1966 to1976. Primary aim of this revolution was to take possession of the state authority by power, to get hold of things and to crush the resistance of old elites in the Party after Mao and his followers realized that the totalitarian regime and conflict over the authority is endless in the central committee of the communist Party in China. Broadly, this cultural revolution embodied a series of general and political crises that republic of China tolerated during the 20th century. Mao and his group focusing on the central function of this revolution which was to prevent China from turning into being Capitalistic and to adopt Mao's ideas Besides, this revolution aims at flourishing the ideological awareness so that people can free themselves through class struggle. Mao believed that manipulating the political, ideological and public and public processes of the revolution, Mao's proponents could accomplish their revolutionary goals and also make their economic and social improvement. But this resulted in heightening the political turmoil accompanied by sustained ideological struggles, swept through the whole state. Mao thought Leo Shao Shi and his fellow, Ding Shiow Beeing were adopting capitalism in their support of some groups and instigation against the cultural revolution which, accordingly, resulted in a distortion of their interior affair in the face of the Party and the people of China. This struggle was known as "conflict between two link". Although this type of struggle was not over between the president and Mao at the beginning, the latter was able to exert his sovereignty as a leader to the communist party in China, for he believes the Chinese communist party was the dominant power that had ruled for a long time during bureaucratic leadership that made it lose its communist values and revolutionary spirit. In response, communist China witnessed some accusations and criticism oriented towards the great political and military. Majors, even different categories of people as well as conflict movements. In addition, China witnessed the formation of a number of organizations and armed groups coincided these divisions and the armed conflicts, even within one organization or one group. The conclusion shows that throughout this study one can comprehend the final version of the cultural revolution in that it was a huge risk to Chinese policy since it was exploited by Mao who succeeded in eliminating the communist party on the inside and dismantling it. Mao and the group of the central revolution took the advantage of the unsettled situation in China in order to distort the reputation of those who work for the president, Leo, Which is part of their political attempt to disrepute the party leaders and their system. Further, Mao was able, via this revolution, practiced communist totalitarian and to spread hatred throughout the state. At the same time, he succeeded in accomplishing his primary aim which is to control the authority under the rule of his power. Though he progressively attempted to turn China into being socialist and communist based upon Marxism, these attempts reached a resounding failure

العلاقات السياسية الالمانية - اليابانية 1933 - 1941 == German - Japanese political relations 1933 - 1941

اسم المؤلف: حسام طعمة ناصر
اسم المشرف: حميد احمد حمدان التميمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: After the First World War (1914 - 1918), the history of the international relations has witnessed many conflicts, some of them were born from the womb of the mitigations that were founded by the victorious countries. And the return of Germany and Japan to the cycle of the conflict, during the thirties of 20th century was one of the results of those mitigations, after they both have suffered from the oppression of the Allies Forces. The yield of Japanese policy to the army influence early thirties decade of the 20th century, and seizing the rule by Nazi in Germany in 1933, was an announcement to start a huge transition in the international relations.In the light of those conditions, the research of Germany - Japan political relations has acquired unique position for history study of the international relationships between the two World Wars. This thesis specifically addresses (1933 - 1941) era, during which, particularity in 1933, the Nazi headed by Adolf Hitler took power, with all the changes that took place in both the internal and external policy of Germany and the giant transition towered Japan. The study is concluded in 1941, where Japan officially involved in the second World War beside Germany, specifically during the bombardment of American Pearl Harbor in December of that year.The methodology of the thesis addresses both events chronologically, and at the same time maintains subject cohesion. The thesis includes a preface and four chapters, beside this introduction, conclusion, and bibliography. The preface is dedicated to research the history of the Germanys - Japanese relations advancement, up to 1933. It focused on Germany’s role in building the modern Japan, and the colonial competition between the two countries in the Middle East area. The research consists of two themes, the first has discusses the ideological elements and the political circumstances that effected the rapprochement, while the second theme discusses Germany - Japan political relations during the 1935 - 1936 period and the ratification of the anti - communism agreement on October 1936.The second chapter studies the impacts of Japan’s expansion in China on Germany - Japan relationships from 1937 to 1938. This chapter includes three themes : the first one discusses the Germany’s policyGerman - Japan political relations 1933 - 1941 toward the Far East prior to July - 1937 China - Japan war. While the second theme follows up the Germany’s attitude toward Japan - China war, and the third theme explores the internal and external factors that forced Germany to stand beside Japan, sacrificing its economic interests in China.The third Chapter is divided into three themes; the first one studies the attempts of the Japanese army to consolidate the military alliance with Germany. While the second theme discusses the impact of Germany - Soviets nonaggression treaty on the tripartite alliance negotiations. The third theme highlights the Japan’s attitude toward the Second World War in the period from September 1939 until July 1940.The fourth chapter in its three themes unveils the political relations of the two countries in light of the tripartite alliance in 1940 - 1941. The first theme focusses on the agreement discussion of the Germany - Italy - Japan tripartite alliance. While the second theme discusses the Japan - Soviet neutrality agreement in April 1941, and the Japan attitude toward the attack of its own ally, Germany, on the Soviets territories. The third theme focuses on Germany’s attitude toward America - Japan negotiations, and the Japanese attack on the American Pearl Harbor on 7th December 1941, Japan’s evolvement in the war beside its allies the Axis against the United States and Brittan.The thesis is counted on a group of sources and references; the most significant ones are collections of German, Britain and American documentations, in addition to a number of foreign specialized books, researches, and academic studies concerning Japan and Germany.The thesis concludes that the Germany - Japan relationships were not fully harmonious, they were rather characterized by hesitancy, perhaps due to the domination sole interests of each country over the common goals of the alliance.

الحياة العلمية في اقليم فارس في عهد المغول الايلخانيين من منتصف القرن السابع الى القرن التاسع الهجريين

اسم المؤلف: جعفر صادق عبد الامير المياح
اسم المشرف: سعاد هادي حسن الطائي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: N0 longer study the history of the Mongols not smooth for most researchers and scholars , Ntra to the lack of historical sources Arabic , most of the books a bout them are historians more or leave ,especially that lived through their stage historical, and that the researcher finds it difficult to translate their history and audit events that have affected significantly change the Islamic world map . the optional subject of the study was the desire to me to look for writing new historical and characterized as difficult , to move away from the familiar and prevent the recurrence of maketbearlier ,which helped me to optional subject is my study of history in the year preparations , as it made clear I have a lot of things Vague and faulty about their history , we were we hear very little about their history and which has been associated Boam Genghis Khan( d .625 AH/1227 AD ) , or his grandson Hulaqu( d .663 AH/1265 AD) and what they have done from the rubble here and there during their battles and campaigns martial expansion plans , and this is out the question in history in general , what is failure wars of destruction and devastation is unknown for all nations and peoples ,whether in Islamic history or modern , especially since the a Mongols did not embrace Islam officially only in the reign of Sultan Ghazan (694 - 703 h /1295 - 1304 um ) But who reads the history of the Mongols carefully will find they have followed a policy of to lerance with all the peoples subjected to them , especially after it united Genghis state and make them uniform law of their systems and those around them from the peoples of the pastoral to the peoples of the civilized was civilization combination of several civilization Arabic ones and Turkish , Persian ,with a diversity of religions ,which has become a matter of course ,impact positively change their lives and contributed greatly to their integration with Saub Adh . otodh this matter by attracting Genghiskhan and his children and grand children for most cultivated elements and efficient , regardless of their gender, or their identity , or language , or religion , but that mostly Kano Muslims whether Arabs or Persians ,or Turk ,and had their clear imprint in drawing the Mongol empire land marks . Hence the importance of the optional protocol to the subject of the Mongols scientific life ,intellectual and cultural before they convert to Islam after embracing H.Kadd underwent Mongol domination of people seizing control it is intended here to dominate is not a military or politics ,but the scientific, cultural, and this is what I,ve ever had in my study those that have faced the difficulty great for the large number of sources and the large number of scientists in different scientific and humanistic competence and intellectual in the province of fares and through the control of the Mongols , with the establishment of scientific institutions and teaching of various kinds, before he declared bsultan Ghazan Islam is the official religion of the Mongols ,and the increased interest in scientific life after embracing him ,but that AlaaKhant Mongols themselves were lovers of poetry and science and scientific and other ,Vostqtaboa around them the most important scholars and writers races and different religions promise ,but that a number of them were senior ministers and princes ,governors ,and they enjoy wide powers competed by AlaaKhan Mughal himself ,as they realize their importance and experience of a administrative, scientific, DAI and Muslims were great prestige . this Mongols succeeded ,especially after their conversion to Islam in the development of the foundations of a strong empire vast ,and it was the founding of the Mongol nation by Huluqu in Persia year (651 AH/1253 AD) a critical juncture in their history ,as it affected significantly its people from Muslims , Vochttaiwa them and integrated them ,and shares this it is to important know ledge on the principles of Islam and its teachings , Voatnq large number of them to Islam ,and not only after that was Eilkhaniah Mongols in Persia belonging to the Khan Azam ,became an independent state boasts features diverse civilization prestigious characterized by all other countries ,and when he became Islam is the official religion of the Mongols in Persia increased radiance of civilization and made Mongols civilized nations subservient to Islamic civilization it or not . It is worth mentioning that there are a number of academic studies on the territory of Persia during the Abbasid era ,which ,province c of Fars since the Arab - Muslim conquest until 218 AH/833 AD study in the conditions of geographic , economic and administrative super star reformer ,life scientific in the province of Fars years (454 - 656h / 1062 - 1258 AD) for Sabrin Baha Abodul Redha , and this study is a complimentary letter ,as well as message and Atarih promise addressed the scientific life and intellectual in a number of cities in the Muslim East during Al abasi .Oaguetdt ago study is divided treatise to boot ,and four chapters ,preceded introduction we touched them to the importance of the subject the dimensions and the analysis of the most important sources and reference and then followed by an epilogue that is the overall findings of the study ,and then followed by a list of supplements that included a number of maps of the region of Fars and location , followed by a list of sources and reference ,and a summary of the thesis in English .We pointed out in the preface , titled (province of Fars geographical boundaries and the most important cities ) to the label and the border of the region of Persia ,the most important Orhan ,and we dealt with a brief summary of the founding of the Eilkhaniah Mongols (651 - 756 h /1253 - 1355 m ) and the most important rulers ,which are summarized and explained their resumes and Alssayash . otdmn the first chapter is marked by (boom scientific life in the province of Fars ) Mbgesin factor s ,the first section was entitled (the impact of Islamic civilization and interesting Alaakhanat Mongol science and scientists ) we dealt with the impact of Islamic civilization on the Mongols Alaakhanian ,which shows through the acquisition of the most prominent d manifestations due to mixing with the population and their integration with them ,and Arzina attention Alaakhanat Kaveh Mongol science and clarify this matter by scientists with an interest and passion for a number of science . the second topic titled (the establishment of educational institutions and the holding of scientific councils in the province of Fars) we dealt with the most important scientific centers and teaching in the province of Fars , both founded during the Abbasid period (132 - 656h/749 - 1258m) lasted until the reign of the Mughal Alaakhanian as well as centers that was founded in their reign ,such as first : mosques , mosques ,and secondly : schools, Third : connectivity ,fourth : Gorges , and V.angles ,Sixth : Libraries and cabinets ,which included Amhoaal libraries ,Seventh ,Scientific councils ,most notably the boards of dictation and Alastmlae, boards debates ,councils Aloed and reminders ,and their impact on the development of scientific life in the province of Fars through the testimony of scientists and science students of ammunition and by Agaymh .ama Chapter II is marked by (trips and their impact on the prosperity of the scientific life in the region Faris ),which included two sections ,covered in the first section ,titled : ( significance of the scientific trips and cultural exchange between the cities of the Muslim world)which dealt with first : the importance of scientific trips ,and second months scientists province of Fars, who departed to the cities of the Muslim world ,Arzina through it on the importance of scientific trips to these scientists in support of scientific life in the province of Fars through cultural exchange with the cities of the e Muslim world .And I pointed out in Section II, entitled (after trekking scientific scholars of the Islamic world in the development of scientific life in the a region Knight)reminded us of the months of the Islamic world's scientists who had come to Fars province ,and benefited from the sciences through their meeting with scientific councils Ver .otdmn the third quarter marked (flourishing religious sciences and intellectual in the province of Fars and most famous scientists)which dealt with first : science readings, and secondly ,science interpretation, Third : modern science ,Fourth : science of jurisprudence, V.aware of the statutes ,Sixth : science assets ,which we pointed out to the attention of most of the province of scientists Fares to familiarize themselves with this science to their importance they sought to study and teach and Mrthalin in order to study the origins and Fruaha .mn which included the second topic, which came the title(the evolution of intellectual science in the province of Fars and Aerha to the prosperity of the scientific life in the cities ), the task of science and hobbled through the First : Knowledge of mysticism ,and secondly : theology ,and Thirdly : philosophy ,Fourth aware wise, Fifth ,logic , and Arzina which mentions the importance of the science and the most important scientists who were interested in The fourth quarter is marked by (the evolution of language and the humanities in the province of Fars and its impact on the world of science in the cities),consisted of three sections ,the first section ,titled (blossoming of Arabic Language Science in the province of Fars and most scientists ) I through to the task of science ,including first Language Sciences, F second : Knowledge of grammar , and Third : Scientific literature, Fourth : hair, V. prose, Sixth : rhetoric and oratory ,and we dealt with most important scientists who Nbgua this science and the most prominent compositions in which, while the second part ,titled (after flowering humanities the art in enriching scientific life and support in Fars province) included several major ones : first : the science of history ,and secondly : knowledge of geographical and Third : genealogy and men , lV aware of the line , V. aware of engravings and photography ,Sixth : Musicology and sing points, Arzina here the importance of the science and its impact on the development of scientific activity in the province of Fars and the most prominent of excelled where scientists ,and track of them in the lives of students Alalm .oachert in the third section Mosomb (the importance of the development of mental science in support of staff of scientific life in the province of Fars ) to the first : the science of medicine and secondly : zoology or veterinary , and thirdly Pharmacology , fourth : arithmetic ,V .algebra and interview ,Sixth : geometry Seventh : Chemistry , Eighth : physics , IX : astronomy ,stars ,Tenth : Food science , and explained here the attention of scientists studying these various sciences to their importance in the humanitarian and scientific aspect as well .

شراء الذمم والولاءات في العصر الاموي 41 - 132هـ/661 - 749م == Buy accounts receivable and loyalties in the Umayyad era (41 - 132H/661 - 749A

اسم المؤلف: تحرير محمد جعدان العزاوي
اسم المشرف: علي صالح رسن المحمداوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:

التنبؤات والرؤى في اسفار الانبياء في التوراة : دراسة تاريخية في مضامينها وتاثيراتها == The Predictions and Visions in the Biblical Prophets' Books : A historical study of their implications and influences

اسم المؤلف: رافد كاظم كريدي
اسم المشرف: احمد مجيد حميد الجبوري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ القديم
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of the Biblical predictions and visions is one of the important topics that attracts many researchers in the fields of history , archaeology , anthropology , linguistics and theology .The interest and aim of such studies can be , therefore , clarified in short in knowing some ancient historical events related to them and the features of historiography of the periods during which they were written or belonging to . These studies are , moreover , revealing and reflecting the general and special implications and influences of divination ( foretelling ) in the ancient societies and their beliefs . Prophecies , on the other hand , resulted from the divine predictions and visions represent a special world in the Hebrew Bible as they are connected with the great prophets who either saw visions , predicted ( prophesied ) or received prophecies and messages from the Lord God . The Hebrew Bible contains prophecies which had been generated through dream visions, revelation and inspiration , or had been conveyed directly to foretell the future events and the will of "Yahweh" whose testament is said to be everlasting with the Jewish people ( named " the Sons / children of Israel " ) . The other importance of the topic is that the prophecies , predictions and visions played a major role in many historical events especially in the Jewish history and theology .They were , rather , the " motives of the early man's history ". God's testament and prophecy had led the Israelites from Egypt to Palestine ( the land of Canaan ) to be their own new homeland according to the Biblical tradition . Thus , the fulfillment of every prophecy is associated with the Yahweh's power , blessings and mainly glory . Hence, every true prophecy had to be revealed from the Lord to either of His chosen Israelite Prophets and proclaimed to His People or to the nations of the earth everywhere . The Books of the Prophets are divided into two main parts : the major four Prophets and the minor twelve Prophets . They cover the fourth part of the modern translations of the Hebrew Bible which begins with Isaiah and ends with Malachi . As the Biblical prophecies dealt with the past , present and future , we have , therefore , concentrated on the future predictions because they help to foretell and examine history and theology as well as judge the fulfillments of each book . We've focused , as well , on the devices of literacy and ambiguous symbolism in the religious texts which need special care of interpretation and knowing the " mood " of the age of each , and , moreover , the views , hypotheses and conclusions of the researchers . Therefore, our study has , in fact , concentrated on the major prophets : Isaiah , Jeremiah , Ezekiel , as they include a great variety and a large rate of predictions , prophecies and visions . The historicity of prophecies , predictions and visions , the styles and dictions used or implied , their historical background all these things have been taking into consideration . The plan of the study has been divided into five chapters, with sections and subsections. The first chapter includes two sections and deals with the historical background , the method we followed , the features , implications and influences of divination ( prediction ) and vision in both the Bible and the Ancient Near East heritage .The second chapter has been assigned to study the symbolic religious and linguistic indications as well as the implications of prophecy , divination and vision .The third chapter studies the implications and influences of predictions and visions in the major Prophets : the Book of Isaiah . While the fourth chapter traces the implications of predictions and visions in the Book of Jeremiah, and the last chapter is used to shade light on the implications of predictions and visions in the Book of Ezekiel. The study beings with a preface and ends with the conclusions, a list of bibliography, an abstract in English and an appendix .

موقف الاردن من اتفاقية كامب ديفيد واثره على العلاقات مع الولايات المتحدة الامريكية 1977 - 1979

اسم المؤلف: اسعد كاظم جابر الغزي
اسم المشرف: اميرة رشك لعيبي الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The reason for choosing the subject was to know the Jordanian position regarding the Camp David Accords and its impact on US relations with Jordan from 1977 until 1979, which marks a turning point in Arab - American relations in general and Jordanian - American in particular. US Presidency .The importance of the study comes from the specificity of the stage covered by the conflict, which witnessed the intensification of the Arab - Israeli conflict and the entry of the parties into crises and wars. The Arab parties and the Jordanian side resorted in particular to seek the support of the United States, which strongly entered the Arab region to resolve disputes and to settle the settlement Both American and Israeli, because of the strategic relationship between the United States and Israel, which is the cornerstone of American foreign policy in the region .The Camp David Accords were an important turning point in history in the history of the Arab - Israeli conflict. The agreement, which was accompanied by protracted negotiations for nearly a year and a half, paved the way for the signing of a formal peace treaty on March 26, 1979 between Egypt and Israel. This led to close ties with the United States and a profound change in the strategic map of the Middle East .The Camp David Agreement is one of the issues affecting the two countries because of the Jordanian interests' ties with the United States of America through the active role of Jordan in the Arab region and its international relations with the major countries. Especially with the United States .The interest of the United States and its support for Jordan stemmed from the general interest of the United States in the Middle East. The Middle East was an advanced front for the West in a possible confrontation with the Eastern bloc. It contained vast reserves of raw materials needed by the West, most importantly oil, and at the same time a market for Western products Thus, the American perception centered on the statement that the one who controls the Arabian Peninsula and the Middle East controls the European continent. Therefore, the key to interpreting the US policy in Jordan was the result of his opposition to the Soviet threat and the associated elements Because of its geographical location and because of its interest in peace in the region. Jordan is a small country with few major economic resources, which has made it rely heavily on US foreign aid to compensate for the scarcity of resources and its need for economic and social programs to support growth. Great Population .ABSTRACTBThe United States has considered Jordan as the qualified party to take positions in support of US peace initiatives, but rather to call for a key role in the peace process .The United States views Jordan as a major party in its political vision of the nature and dimensions of the conflict, seeking to ensure its security and stability, which is thus reflected in ensuring Israel's security. In contrast, Jordan has taken advantage of the US interest in highlighting its regional role towards peace .The first chapter was entitled "Negotiations for the Settlement of the Arab - Israeli Conflict and its Impact on US - Jordanian Relations 1973 - 1977". The first topic focused on the October 1973 war and the Jordanian - American contacts. The American attempts to settle the conflict and the Jordanian position, 1973 - 1974, are also discussed in the third article; following the decisions of the Arab summit on the Jordanian position on the peace talks 1974 - 1976 .While the second chapter dealt with the direction of the administration of US President Jimmy Carter to settle the Arab - Israeli conflict and the Jordanian position in 1977. In the first part, he focused on the Jordanian position on American mediation until October 1977, and in the second part, the Jordanian position on the joint Soviet - American statement and Sadat's visit to Jerusalem .The third chapter explains the role of the United States in the Camp David talks, the signing of the 1978 - 1979 Egyptian - Israeli peace treaty, the recognition of mutual visits prior to the agreement, the details of the Leeds Castle Conference in July 1978, the transition to the White House announcement to call the Camp David Conference, The Camp David Summit, during its thirteen days, monitored and analyzed the proposed projects, which were presented to the agenda of the negotiations, and what was reached at the end of the conference, embodied in the Camp David Agreement and the Egyptian - Israeli Treaty. And the Egyptian - Israeli negotiations until September 1978. The second topic was the US hosting the Camp David conference and its role in the Egyptian - Israeli peace treaty 1978 - 1979 .The fourth chapter was entitled : The Jordanian Position on the Camp David Accords and the Egyptian - Israeli Treaty and its Impact on American - Jordanian Relations. The first topic dealt with the Jordanian reservations to the Camp David Accords and the American position on them. David at the Ninth Arab Summit in Baghdad, and the latter dealt with the impac

المسارات الوسطية في فكر الامام علي (عليه السلام) : دراسة في نهج البلاغة == The Moderation Trends in Imam Ali's Intellect : A Study in Nahjul - Balagha

اسم المؤلف: اروى عبد الواحد رحيم
اسم المشرف: حميد سراج جابر الاسدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: In the middle of the challenges that the Islamic nation passes through during the modern times which affected the presence of the communities and their future, moderation appeared as an important approach to build a sound society. The intellectual visions of the Prince of Believers (peace be upon him) described moderation as a vital cure. This thesis entitled (The Moderation Trends in Imam Ali's Intellect : A Study in Nahjul - Balagha) is divided into three chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by conclusions. The prelude is entitled (The Concept of Moderation and Its Intellectual Implications), it defines moderation and shows its linguistic and terminological significances. It also shows intellectual accommodation of the concept of moderation and then studies the developing expression of moderation from Islamic perspective which basically depends on the Holy Qura'n and prophetic sunnah and its application by the Imams of Ahlu - el - Bayyt (peace be upon them).Chapter one is devoted to the study of (The Perfection Paths in Belief and Intellect). Including the status of integration, whether in ideological thought and knowledge or legislation or educational rules that the Imam shows in the worship paths in order to move to the path of integration and perfection through moderation. Section two studies the importance of moderation in the belief in the position of Imamship and its dimensions of loyalty.Chapter two which is entitled (Organizational Paths and Strategic Orientation) is divided into three sections. Section one studies the organizational path of the social framework and its sort of philosophy. Section two deals with the economic path. While section three deals with the organization of the military framework and its relationship with the leadership. Chapter three displays (The Educational Paths and Their Inclusive Nature). Imam Ali (peace be upon him) put some protective regulations, this is studied in section one. In section two, the guiding rules, as they were proposed by Imam Ali (peace be upon him), are displayed. In section three, the philosophical purpose, which emphasizes the concept of comprehensive education, is studied. The thesis ends with the most important results that the study concluded. The study consulted many resources that enriched it with the sufficient and beneficial information it its different aspects. The

الراي العام في مصر وبلاد الشام تجاه الحكم الايوبي (567 - 660هـ/1172 - 1262م) == Public opinion in Egypt and the Levant from the Ayyubid rule (567 - 660/1172 - 1262)

اسم المؤلف: جاسم محمد عباس
اسم المشرف: عطا سلمان جاسم
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Praise be to allah the lord of the worldse prayers and peace be upon ashraf the messengers the seal of the prophets, and on his good and pure house . The history of the sons of ayoub has taken an important place in arab islamic history during (567 - 660/1172 - 1262) they played apromin role in the political and military events in the islamic east and what is the position of the public opinion in the two countires only an important part of the history of the ayyubid rule. Our studay of public opinions in egypt and the levant of the ayyubid rule is an attempt to identify important aspects of islamic history related to the general public and the community. The study was divided into four chapters, an introdution conclusion. Chapter one entitled the people of ayoub in egept and levant and mamy positions depends saladin and formal religion of state of ayyubid. Chapter two was study the featuers populaation in egypt andlevant and important place to the writers in ayyubid stste. Chapter three we devoted to the position of the juristis of the policy of ayyub sons . Internal and external also promotion of virtue and prevention of vice and position of juristes of the policy of the sons of ayyub administeration. and chapter four it searched to poets, people and princes which divided in three section position internal and external rule by sons of ayybbid. In the end of our studying (puplic opinion egypt andlevantfrom rule ofayyubid) we have some results : 1.it was the beginning of the rule in egypt and then expanded to levvant . 2.saladin took office of fatimid that inversted aposition to promot the expansim of sons of ayyou in egypt . 3.the end of fatimid rule in egypt considered gloomy and studness in people of puplic opinions . 4.sons of ayyub entered to egypt andlevent To change the religion 5.som prinses of sons of ayoub make satisfy public opinions in egypt and levant. Finally, we try to comlete our studyiong in good way and make satisfy to the reader support by idea or opinion. Praise be to allah the lord of the worlds

موقف المستشرقين الالمان من ائمة اهل البيت عليهم السلام حتى نهاية القرن العشرين : دراسة نقدية == Place of the German Orientalists of the of AhalAbyat (peace be upon them.) Until the End of the Twentieth Century : a Criticism Study

اسم المؤلف: حسن جاسم محمد حسين الخاقاني
اسم المشرف: فاضل جابر ضاحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: oriental studies acquired is important among historical studies, especially that it stems from the west, which dominated the thousands of Islamic manuscripts, worked to keep in libraries and even up to the reader in a new, and from here the idea of writing about the history of Ahal Albyat of the Prophet (peace be upon them.) under the title "The place of the German orientalists of the history of the Ahal Albyat (peace be upon them.) until the end of the twentieth century : criticism study " as a Thesis to doctor submitted to the Board of the Faculty of Education, University of Wasit, History Department, the study consisted of the introduction to the source analysis And four chapters and a conclusion. Chapter one dealt with the concept of Ahal Albyat (peace be upon them) and their doctrine according to the vision of the German Oriental, first stage studied of the most prominent German orientalists who wrote about the history of Ahal Albyat (peace be upon them), the second stage devoted to study of the doctrine of Ahal Albyat (peace be upon them.) according to the vision of the German Orientalist. The chapter two was about Ahal Albyat in the Koran according to the vision of the German Orientalist , and chapter two was entitled religious side at the Ahal Albyat (peace be upon them) in the writings of Orientalists Germans, chapter two has three stages : first stage dealt with Koranic studies which have relation with Ahal Albyat, and the second, the most prominent of the beliefs of Ahal Albyat in the writings of orientalists Germans, third stage dealt with the Mahdwya case in its various religionBand political dimensions. Chapter three entitled the political side at Ahal Albyat (peace be upon them.) in oriental studies of the German also has three stages. The first stage was on the history of Ahal Albyat (peace be upon them.) and their political in period of succession and sensible, the second stage talks about the political history of Ahal Albyat in Ommia Age, the third stage talks about the political history of Ahal Albyat in Al - abbasi Age, And finally, chapter four is about the impact of intellectual property to Ahal in the Studies of the Orientalists Germans. Chapter four also has two stages, first stage deals on the works Ahal Albyat in the Orientalists wrote the Germans, the second stage models of space science of Ahal Albyat (peace be upon them.) In books of Orientalists Germans, and the researcher reached a number

جذور الاستغراب في كتابات المؤرخين المسلمين 132 - 656هـ/750 - 1258م == The roots of Occidentalism in the writings of historian Arabs and Muslims ( 656 - 132 - A.H / 749 - 1258 A.D )

اسم المؤلف: محمد حسب الله علوان
اسم المشرف: محمد حسين علي السويطي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The communication culture and the openness of knowledge of the other regarded one of the characters of the Islamic knowledge heritage which was not stopped on particular faced , but was vairones and interactive heritage with other culture in order to extend the knowledge and to explore what on other from the aspect of religious political , social , economic , military and others within a global views . The knowledge of the other in Islamic knowledge heritage was no result of special reasoner particular accident but it came linked by fundamental reasons , in the top of it the impact of Islamic in urging Muslims to look at other nations and also the growth and development of historical writing in the ( third and fourth and ninth and tenth centuries AD) and appeared historical production emergence of works know as historical geography and general history and geographical dictionaries that was one of the main parts in how to study and know the history and the civilization of the others . For this reason we aimed to find the image of the we stand geographical and terminology significance and follows the religious , social , economic and military states in the writing of Muslims historians including the science of ( Occidentalism which is new in terms but old in concept and existence which was based on ask and study the west by the east . This scientific study was aimed to follow image of the west in the writing of historian Muslims and reached to many results on the top of that the term ( Occidentalism ) in their writing was not against ( orientalism ) built was scientific knowledge dement movement which was formed on the a great desire to see know the other nations including the (west) . and also it was connected by the growth and development of historical writing in the historian Muslims and especially in geographic historian . which was regarded the main knowledge resource in the studying this topic . The term Occidentalism in the writing of historian Muslims was not essential to be completed or started to appear the modern Occidentalism which appeared against orientalism but there is something between the two which is the (west) . for this reason there was a lot of motives which was helped to make the historian Muslims to look at the west one of them was that scientific motive which mads them research of the knowledge production of the west and translated it, to get benefit form it . and the social and religious life of the west and have information on various aspect in their traditional religious styles their food in order to know the reasons for this various and to know it . Our search to know the west in the writings of historian Muslims was various and multiple among Islamic conquest and embassies , travelling’s and written resources books and poems and theirs information were not limited by one supplier there for this information were varied , accurate and comprehensive for the most of the historical periods of the west . So they hand a world view to looking for the other that exceed the place and political m military relations that based on the derive inknowledg and looking’s to complete their resource about the west stand to know their cerium stance’s . This study approved that the Muslims historian were not only carrying of information , but they were reasoning and research and also they giving as a lot of explanation , about the religious , social aspects of the west is more trustworthy from a lot of historians who wrote about the west in the middle ages

اسهامات ضريري العراق واثرهم في الحياة العلمية 1 - 334هــ == Iraqi Blinds Contributions In The Scientific Lif(334H/945AD)

اسم المؤلف: سوسن فاضل كاظم الدريساوي
اسم المشرف: اسراء مهدي مزبان
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تحتل دراسة تاريخ اسهامات ضريري العراق واثرهم في الحياة العلمية من 1 - 334هـ اهمية كبيرة، وذلك كون تاريخ العلماء المكفوفين هو جزء لا يتجزا من تاريخ الدولة العربية الاسلامية, وفي ظله عاش هؤلاء العلماء حياة امنة مطمئنة انعكست اثارها في ما خلفوه من نتاجات علمية متنوعة اسهمت في دعم الحركة الفكرية عموما، ومن اجل الوقوف على تصور واضح عن طبيعة الحياة العلمية لعلماءنا المكفوفين وعن كيفية وصول هؤلاء العلماء الى تلك الدرجة العلمية التي قد تضاهي العلماء المبصرين، يمكننا ايجاز ماتوصلنا اليه في دراستنا بما ياتي : 1 - توسعت المصطلحات التي تحمل معنى فقدان البصر في كلتا العينين, وعدم القدرة على الرؤيا، ومن تلك المصطلحات : العمى والكفيف والاكمه، ومفهوم الضرير، وان تلك الاعاقة لا تمنع صاحبها من اداء عمله بشكل سليم .2 - يعد العراق من مراكز الاشعاع الفكري في الدولة العربية الاسلامية في القرون الاولى، اذ بدات الدولة تدعم وتشجع العلم والعلماء ومن ضمنهم العلماء المكفوفين، ان دور العراق كان دورا قياديا ورائدا اغنى النهضة الحضارية في ارجاء الدولة العربية، وقدم خدمة انسانية للبشرية جمعاء، وكان لهذا انعكاسا جيدا على تطوير الحركة الفكرية .3 - اولى الدين الاسلامي المعاقين وذوي الاحتياجات الخاصة اهتماما كبيرا ونخص منهم الضريرين،وتمثل ذلك بذكرهم في القران الكريم والسنة النبوية الشريفة، واجماع ائمة المسلمين، فضلا عن الاحكام الشرعية التي اختصت بهم، ومن الجدير بالذكر ان الدين الاسلامي كفل لهم الرعاية وحفظ حقوقهم وكرامتهم .4 - اسهمت الدولة العربية الاسلامية في ضمان تعلم المكفوفين, ومد يد العون والدعم لهم اذ ان الاسلام قد وقف موقفا نبيلا من المكفوفين, واهتم باهم المراكز العلمية التي تلقوا علومها فيها، فضلا عن الاهتمام بطرق تعليم الضريرين عن طريق توسيع نشاطهم العلمي واتقان علومهم .5 - شارك العلماء المكفوفين اقرانهم من العلماء المبصرين في المسيرة العلمية، واسهموا معهم في النهوض بها، وحققوا كثيرا من النتاجات الفكرية في مختلف العلوم التي اصبح لها الاثر الكبير في الحياة العلمية انذاك .6 - كان الاهتمام بالعلوم الدينية اهم ما يميز الحياة العلمية في العراق في تلك الحقبة؛ لان الدين الاسلامي كان في بداياته الاولى للظهور، ولهذا ابدع العلماء من الضريرين في تلك العلوم كونها علوم لسانية لا تعتمد على المشاهدة والتجربة, ومن اهم تلك العلوم علوم القران الكريم, ولاسيما القراءات القرانية، كذلك علوم الحديث النبوي الشريف، وهناك عدد من الرواة والمحدثين قد برزوا في تلك الفترة الزمنية .7 - للضريرين من العلماء اثر كبير في علوم اللغة العربية وادابها وفنونها، فقد افرزت تلك الفترة ثلة من العلماء النحويين واللغويين والشعراء, واصحاب الخطب من المكفوفين وهم كوكبة رائعة كان لها نتاجات من الدواوين الشعرية، والكتب اللغوية والنحوية اغنت المكتبة العربية الاسلامية في هذا المجال العلمي .8 - اهتم العراقيون بالعلوم الانسانية ومنها اللغة العربية والتاريخ كبقية الامم الاخرى، اذ كانت لهم اسهامات رائعة في هذا المجال، اما فيما يخص علمائنا المكفوفين، فقد كانت لهم اسهامات ونتاجات محددة قد اختصرت على كتب التراجم او السيرة الذاتية التي فقد منها الكثير كبقية الكتب المفقودة، فضلا عن علم الجغرافية الذي اختصر الامر على العالم الجليل سعدان بن عثمان بن مبارك ومصنفاته التي لم تصل الينا للاسف .9 - يمكن ان نوعز اسباب عدم وجود علماء كثر في العلوم التطبيقية من الضريرين الى ان تلك العلوم تقوم على اساس المشاهدة والمعاينة والتجربة, بخلاف ماعرفناه عن العلوم اللسانية التي اعتمدت على سمع المعلومة، وقابلية الحفظ، ومن تلك العلوم الطب وعلم الحيوان التي امتازت بالقلة في عدد العلماء وفي مصنفاتهم .10 - اهتم العراقيون بالفنون والموسيقى كبقية العلوم الاخرى، وللعلماء الضريرين اثر في تلك العلوم، فاسحاق الموصلي قد اشتهر بفن الموسيقى والغناء ، واضاف للموسيقى منهجا ، وبهذا نجد ان فقدان البصر لم يقلل من بصيرتهم العلمية والفنية .11 - ان المنهج الفكري وطريقة التعليم الذي عرف قبل الاسلام يعتمد بالدرجة الاولى على الحفظ والذاكرة في نقل العلم وتداوله، وهذا الامر قد ساعد في تطور العلوم عند المكفوفين الذين اعتمدوا في تعليمهم على الحفظ والذاكرة، وقد افادتهم في تطوير علمهم وفي تاليف مصنفاتهم . | The study of Iraqi blinds history and their impact occupies in the scientific life of (1 - 334AH) has a great significance because that the history of blind scientists is an integral part of the history of the Arab - Islamic state thus the scientists safe life reflected the effects of their Scientific outputs which supported the general intellectual movement, So from this study resulted stand on a clear conception of the nature of the scientific life of our scientists blind and how to access these scientists to that degree may match sighted scientists, from this study we concluded the following : 1 - The terms which the carry the meaning of loss of vision in both eyes, and the inability to vision ,was expanded and those terms : blind & sightless and visionless , and the concept of the blind, and that disability does not prevent the person from the performance of his work properly.2 - Islam had a noble behavior with disabled , and made to him an open way once to discover life, and participate his existence with others at other times3 - Iraq is one of the intellectual radiation centers in the Arab - Islamic state in the early centuries, whereas the state began its supports and promotes science and scientists, including the blind scientists and the role of Iraq was a leadership role and richest cultural renaissance throughout the Arab state this gave a humanitarian service to all mankind, and it made a good reflection to the development of intellectual movement. 4 - Islamic religion gave so much attention to disabled and those with special needs. Carrying out the blind , represented in their mentioned in the Koran and the Sunnah, and the consensus of leaders of the Muslims, as well as legal provisions that singled them, it is worth mentioning that the Islamic religion guaranteed them the care and preservation of their rights and their dignity.5 - Arab Islamic state had a contribution to ensure learning to blinds , and to help and support them , thus Islam has noble behavior to blinds and interested in the most important scientific centers where they received the sciences, as well as its interest in ways of teaching blinds through the expansion of scientific activity and perfecting their science.. 6 - blind Scientists participated their colleagues from sighted scientists in the scientific process, and help them to promote it, and made a lot of intellectual productions in various fields of science, which has become a significant impact in the scientific life at the time.7 - At that era The interest in religious sciences was most important characteristic of scientific life in Iraq; in the beginning of Islam appearance , so blind scientist devise in those sciences because its lingual Science does not depend on the viewer experience, and the most important science Koran Sciences , especially Koran readings, as well as the Hadith Sharif Sciences, there are a number of narrators and modernists have appeared at that time period.8 - Blind scientist has a great effect on Arabic languages and its literatures , thus that era produced a good galaxy of scientist, grammarians , linguists, poets and orators of blind people who are brilliant constellation had a great outputs of poems , language and grammar books that enriched Arab Islamic library in this scientific field .. 9 - Iraqi were interested in social sciences, including Arabic language, history like other nations, they had a wonderful contributions in this field and about our blind scientist , they had a special contributions may be summed up on the books of biography or autobiography lost them like other missing books , as well as geo - science, which shortened it to the world Galilee Saadane bin Othman bin Mubarak and his works, which unfortunately did not reach us,.. 10 - we Can conclude one of reasons of the absence of many scientists in applied science from blinds and science which based on viewing the preview and experience, unlike what we know about Linguistic science that based on hearing information, and the ability of memorize like medicine and zoology , which was characterized by its fewer number of scientists in their works.11 - Iraqis interested in arts, music like other sciences , and blind scientists has a great impact in those sciences, Ishak Musli was known in music and singing, and he added to the music a curriculum, thus we find that the loss of sight did not detract from the scientific and technical insight. 12 - The intellectual approach and method of education, which was known before Islam depends primarily on conservation and memory in the transfer of science and its negotiation , that helped the development of science when blind people who depended on their education on conservation and memorize, has benefited them in the development of their knowledge and in the formation of their works

بنو عمار البجلي دراسة تاريخية تحليلية في مروياتهم == Banu Ammar AL Bajali Historical and Analytical Study in their NARRATIONS

اسم المؤلف: عباس نصيف جاسم العبودي
اسم المشرف: ناهضة مطير حسن
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The research deals with tales of Banu Ammar ALbajali who are family has very well reputation in the field of science in their residence city of AL Kufa and the surroundings in the period from the second half of the first century to the last decade of 3rd Hijri century which is consequent to the 7th century B.C.The name of the family is derived from the name of their grandfather "Ammar bin Khubab AL Bajali", it consists of his five sons Hakeem, Abdallah , AL Kasim, Muaweyah, and Munet . The grandfather also has accentor from the first layer like Hakeem, ALkasim and Mohammd.He also has accentors from the second layer who are Muaweyah and Mohammed The family life had been discriminated by emption and acidity .The work in the trade of Tea tiles which contribute with other factors to support their scientific trend because of their continuous travelling between AL KUFA and AL Madina AL Munawarah and the meeting with their lords especially Ahlulbait ( ), so they gained high degrees of confidence amongst the scientists of Islamic Nation, that approved by this research . They enhanced the Islamic library with a lot references in science and Knowledge, but unfortuntly most of them are hided and the only remaining is the titles of their publishes fragmented among Islamic literates . In this research a lot of their publication are collected and approved according to the subjective and historical occurrences. The historical Narrative of Banu Ammar are discussed , the history of the prophets and Nations before Islam are also discussed , to make from the experiments of the ancient Nations. The research covers the early period of Islam while the live of the prophet Mohammed (pbvh) and his companion and his patience on the harm done by the prophet Mohammed to deal with his enemies during the war and peace which considered the prophet sunrah which it must be followed by all Muslims and if considered as religious legislative . this compulsory implementation considered on of the merits of the Islamic history which depends on the historical eve dents enhanced by scientific analysis , which leads to controversy of all fakes and the voids. The Narratives of Banu Ammar deals with a lot of issues of AL Rashidi era, AL Amawy era, and AL Abbasi era too. They make benefits from the Kalefs situations toward some occasions to explain their political , managerial , and economical trends to construct the aimed Islamic system based on the principles of justice and wisdom .Banu Ammar also emphasized on building the social system and financial system to keep the family unity using some guidance and restrictions derived from the opinion of Ahlulbayt(ra). They gave a lot of Narratives in the fields of science, health, education of society and improve the commitment toward Allah and to wand the people. All that gives many indications to Banu Ammar Maturity and promotion based on their scientific evidence and tools to approve their opinions.

تاريخ اسبارطة السياسي 1100 - 404ق. م == Sparta's political history 1100 - 404 B.C

اسم المؤلف: خلود حبيب كريم الحسناوي
اسم المشرف: سعد عبود سمار
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ القديم
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: After studying the subject named (( The Political History of Sparta 1100 - 404 B.C )) is considered one of the most important subjects of the old Greece homeland History. Because of Sparta had a great political position and its influence on the Greek homeland.Historians emphasized on that Sparta was an ambiguous state in establishment and birth for these factors classic and modern views were different.As well Sparta had a great influence on the Bilsowinizian cities because it has a great military power and in the sixth Century it followed a policy of alliances instead of expanding policy which is followed in the eighth century before Christ.Sparta had a great role in defending Greece lands against Persia invasion . it stood for Ayonion cities by sending delegate to Korsh in the beginning of the Fifth century Sparta defended Greece homeland and led the Greek alliance in 481 B.C.It fought against Persia two bloody battles named Thermopylae in the year 480 B.C in which Sparta lost many heroes and the king Leanedas .As well the battle of Palatia in 479 B.C in which Sparta could kill the General Mardinos and Persia declined in Greece lands.After the end of Persian war in 478 B.C the war named (( cold war )) started that lasted for fifty years between Athena's and Sparta which ended in about 431 B.C with armed clash .This war lasted twenty - eight years Sparta won this battle in about 404 B.C and become the head of Greece .

اثر الالهة الاناث في معتقدات الحياة والموت بلاد الرافدين وبلاد النيل - انموذجا == The Impact of Goddess in the Beliefs of Life and Death in Mesopotamia and the Nile Countrie - a Model

اسم المؤلف: علي جبار عزيز الطائي
اسم المشرف: سعد عبود سمار
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ القديم
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Throughout human history, religion has always been a mirror of the evolution of human and space attracts all spiritual and intellectual activity; the reflections of human philosophy, ethical value and the perceptions metaphysical all are flowing into the religion and expresses itself through mediated beliefs and rituals, so we cannot understand ancient people if we neglect studying them. The first religious beliefs landmarks appeared in the ancient Near East, starting from the Neolithic period, which witnessed the first revolution in human life consisted of agricultural revolution coincided with the emergence of the first beliefs. Women made the first religious perception taken the form of a goddess portrayed with dolls made of clay, so the first idol was associated with fertility, it was paired with land, which is the mother the truth of the human person and of all cosmic manifestations of living; life came out of it and go back to it, for this the female was included the first human to represent beliefs and became foundation base that has become, later on, a source of subsequent beliefs. Society valued Female Goddess along times by literary texts which took the legendary character, as well as works of art from sculptures and pottery ... etc., which were not to put them in the first position, but her presence was an active and eventful beginning from worshiping them as goddess, that have the ability to create and innovate, besides its ability to give life and continuity, this has been the first global appearance and other manifestations sprung from it, and each manifestation of them had characteristics of the former, and took roles with the gods, so they were the first saying the formation of the universe and its organization on its own or along with males, as well as its contribution on earth. And thus goddess have taken a regular role and integrated to the creativity in the ancient people's beliefs.So the importance of the subject is that it is being taught in two important aspects of the ancient beliefs in life and death in the two civilizations : Mesopotamia and the Nile Countrie. This study included an introduction, a review and then four chapters, as well as the conclusions that the study has reached and of course the appendixes. Its review explained an overview of the stages of the importance of the female goddess and stages of decline, it was the early stages of the cult worshipping the female goddess which were the (mother goddess) that appeared in the Neolithic period; then refers to the stages of evolution of religious thought, in Mesopotamia and the Nile Countrie civilizations, in diagnosis of natural phenomena surrounding them, which gave the divinity characteristics. This created the gradual transformation from goddess towards gods. The ages shows the final proof that gods had the higher rank when the goddess had the lower one in deities. The first chapter , entitled ( The Contributions of the Goddess in the Creation ) The chapter sectioned into the three sections. The first one has been dedicated to the reference of the contribution of t Gods multiple females in the creation of the universe and then organized. The second section, talks its contribution in the creation of her sons (the gods) , who came with various forms. The third section is about its contribution to the creation of man in Mesopotamia and Nile Countrie.The second chapter entitled : (The Contribution of Goddess in Cognitive and Professional and Ethical Aspects), this chapter, shows the role of goddess in the professional aspects that were practiced by human whether male or female in society and its impact on goddess. This chapter with its four sections pointed first the educational side and the contribution of goddess in written forms, and the second topic pointed health aspect and the role of goddess who took the role of midwife, while the third topic talks about the role goddess on the battlefield and its role as a fighter, while the fourth section is about its contribution in the moral aspect, representing justice, particularly social justice.The third chapter , entitled : ( A Contradiction and Contrast in the Character of Goddess ), since gods resemble humans in everything except immortality, they carry within them emotions, behaviors and actions which are contradictory and sometimes antagonistic. This chapter included the first two sections under the title ( Between Wisdom and Recklessness), while the second section entitled ( Between Health and Disease ) .The fourth chapter is devoted to the study of ( The Role of Goddess in Death). This chapter has four. The first Sections, has pointed to the first phase of declaration of death to burying the body in cemetery. The second section talks about : The second phase, which begins from the grave to the underworld in Mesopotamia, until it goes to the court gods in Mesopotamia.The thirds section talks about : the third phase; refers to the underworld : its form and description as embodied in Mesopotamia and the divine court and its most important procedures in underworld Nile Country civilization.The fourth section included : a reference to the fourth stage and its contents after the divine court proceedings .

صيانة وترميم المظاهر العمارية في العراق القديم في ضوء المعطيات التاريخية == Maintenance and Renovation of ALimariya scenes in Old Iraq in The Light of Historical Facts

اسم المؤلف: احمد بشار جمعة
اسم المشرف: طالب منعم حبيب الشمري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ القديم
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The old Ammaria appearances one of the Cultural Heritage landmarks that are proud of and cherish it represents the mirror that reflects the historical identity of the ancient civilization rooted for thousands of years, reflected the reality of the life of society carrying various types of difficulties he faced at the beginning of his career, but he stop the towering surpassing that founding oldest civilization in history.The subject of research highlights the maintenance and restoration of the old Ammaria appearances whether religious worship for the purposes of the houses of the holy gods or civilian, represented the city and Accessories, through processing and repair the damage that has been exposed; it that one of the problems faced by the old Iraqi society both in prehistoric times and historical eras devastation and destruction, which affects the appearance Amari for many reasons, including that of simply building constructed in accordance with the limited man who soon succumbed to the forces of the extraordinary nature of the rain and winds and high temperatures thought, that's taking that man looks for solutions, using the simplest means and mechanisms that were available in the surrounding environmental, over time, became friendly accumulation of expertise as a result of repeating this process for failing once again the success in building maintenance.From that came to choose this topic because it represents a historically important crossing of the ideas upon which the man ancient Iraqi civilization in the treatment and repair the damage that affects appearance Amari, reflecting the resilience against risks they faced from natural and human, also highlights research topic Aldua the most prominent achievements rulers and kings of civilization give this aspect a great deal of their time as a result because it represents the importance of relating to one of the most important aspects of life that has to be to make it appear the best, so we find them excelled in the field of maintenance and repair of the manifestations of religious and civil Ammaria.This study has necessitated the division of the thesis into five classes according to the methodology of scientific research and scientific material available. The first chapter titled maintenance and repair in three sections deal with the first part, the term maintenance and repair in the language Sumerian and Akkadian; it focused on addressing the word maintenance, restoration and words synonymous with the Sumerian, Akkadian, cameABSTRACT 2second section under the maintenance and repair title of the language and idiomatically touched it to the meaning of maintenance and restoration in the Arabic language dictionaries live as roads to the meaning idiomatically on according to the opinion of specialists in it. He said the third section to the emergence and development of the idea of maintenance and repair since the beginning of man's stability when the discovery of agriculture and access to the historical stages. He focused the second chapter on the subject of factors and causes of maintenance and repair and came in four sections included the first section, Nature factors including respect of the climate and the environment, nature and extent affected by the construction used in the construction and material, while touched second section to the religious motives as they have a psychological impact on the thought and belief of the community old Iraqi, and the third on the subject of the total of other reasons, including (social, military and political) ie all human motives which led to harm appearances Ammaria and also be used as an incentive to the feet of the maintenance and restoration of what has been destroyed. The fourth section focused on the rituals associated with the maintenance and restoration. The third chapter talking about the maintenance and restoration of the manifestations of religious architecture devoted any he touched to study all the achievements of the rulers and kings of ancient Iraq that relate to the maintenance and restoration of houses of the holy gods in three sections, the first under the maintenance and restoration of the temple title while pointed second section to the maintenance and restoration of the ziggurat, and touched the third section to the maintenance and restoration of the shrine. The fourth chapter came under the maintenance and restoration of the manifestations of civil architecture title focusing on the study of all aspects of civil Ammaria that belong to the palace and members of the community and ordinary, divided into four sections focused first section on the study of the maintenance and repair of houses, while the second section came to dealing with the maintenance and restoration of the cities, said third section to the maintenance and restoration of palaces while ensuring the fourth section maintenance and repair of fences and gates, have been marking fifth chapter titled maintenance materials and repairs and working groups in the two sections focused first section on maintenance and repair materials, while said second section to the workers in the maintenance and restoration. The conclusion of the letter came a set of conclusions reached by the researcher as far as the scientific article contained. Followed by pictures and extension forms and a list of sources in Arabic, English and references.

الشيعة ودورهم السياسي في لبنان 1920 - 1958 == Shia and their Political Role in Lebanon 1920 - 1958

اسم المؤلف: حسين عبد الحسين عباس الزهيري
اسم المشرف: خضير مظلوم فرحان البديري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The title, “The Shiites and Their Political Role in Lebanon1920 - 1958” is among thecrucial issues in the political history of Lebanon. For it would explore a key component ofthe Lebanese society which has contributed to building political contemporary Lebanesestate. This is evidenced in the hypothesis of this study. The subject matter of this studyfalls within the socio - political history. Knowing that the researcher has come to pick theyear1920, as the beginning of his study,for it was the year in which the Shiite communalitywas forcedly annexed to the structure of the Lebanese state, the French mandate overLebanon was announced and the State of Greater Lebanon was established. Theresearcher has chosen 1958, as the closing year of the study, because it represented theexpiration of the first Lebanese Republic - an event that can be considered as thebeginning of a new era in Lebanon and one that was in many ways unlike previous eras.The study has been divided into an introduction, five chapters and a conclusionalong with a number of annexes. Chapter Oneis an introductory chapter dealt with thehistorical roots of the formation of Lebanese Shiite community well up to 1920. It containsa number of topics. These are the genesis of Shiite sect and its doctrine, the spread of theShiite sect in Lebanon, status of Shi'ite clerics in Lebanon, the Shiites under the 1516 - 1914 Ottoman Empire and finally, the activities of the Shiites in Lebanon from 1914 - 1920.Chapter Twodeals with addresses the efforts of theLebanese Shia in theestablishment of the State of Greater Lebanon in 1920 - 1926. It touches on several topics : the 1920 Conference of the Lebanese Shiites in Hujayr, their reactions on the 1920French mandate, along with the Niger’s campaign of French military against the Shiites ofLebanon in 1920, as well as the position of Lebanon's Shiites from the declaration of theGreat State of Lebanon in 1920, the inclusion of Lebanon’s Shiites in the 1921 census,the Lebanese representation in the Lebanese representative councils from 1922 - 1926, theShiite’s political anti - moves against the French authorities from 1920 - 1926, and down tothe state of division imposed among the Shiite sect over the 1926 Lebanese constitution.Chapter Threededicates to the attitude Shiites of Lebanon about the Lebaneseinternal situations in 1926 - 1936. The chapter referred to the extent of the participation ofLebanon's Shiites in the parliamentary elections from 1926 to 1936, and their seriousdesiresin the government’s representation for the same period, as well as Shiite orientationAbstractBtowards Lebanon union with Syria during the period of 1927 - 1936, the Shiites’ registrationin the 1932 census. The chapter alsodeals with Shiite reactions to French control overtheiragricultural areas leading to the 1936 uprising of Shiites in BintJbeil. The Shiite - Frenchclashes haveprecipitated the conclusion of the France - Lebanon treaty in 1936 - thetreaty which divided up Shia’s attitudes about it, prompting a segment of Shiites to blendinto the then Lebanese Republic.Chapter Four focuses on unification of the Shiites of Lebanon over the interiorissues of Lebanon 1937 - 1946. It has turned out that the rush of Shiites into theadministration of justice to them in elections, subsequent Lebanese Parliament sessions,and their claim to representation in the Lebanese government at the time as well as theShiites rejection of the coercive policy that was used against them during World War II andtheir objection of decrees 49 and 50 of 1943. The chapter as well goes over the 1943National Pact of Lebanon that helped secure the privileges of the Shiite community andtheir legal rights in the representation, the Shiite’s determination to hold on to the Republicof Lebanon following the Lebanon's independence in 1943 and foreign withdrawal thereof.Chapter Five addresses the role of Shiites in Lebanon's internal politicaldevelopments 1947 - 1958. It encompasses themes, chief of which are the Shiites’ movesto ensure their rights in the parliamentary and presidential elections and theirrepresentation in successive Lebanese governments. Shiites role was not restricted tothere, however. Rather, Shiites demands of reforms drove them to their participation in theLebanese uprising in 1952 and in the Lebanese political parties as well as their prominentnational role in the Lebanese revolution in 1958. As for the conclusion, it includes theoutcomesto which the researcher reached.Throughout the study, the researcher focuses on the position of nothing more thanthe Twelfth Sect of Shiite community in Lebanon and no other Shiite communities, such asthe Nasiri, Alawites and Ismaili scattered around Lebanon. Forthe Twelver is the biggestcommunity in number, exposed to the arbitrariness of the ruling authorities and successiveLebanese governments over the period 1920 - 1958. Not only this, the subject matter itselfhas not had its share of study in a separate and scientific academy way. It is thesereasonsthat would lendprodigiousstanding not on the topic only, but for choosing it as well.What is more, the researcher managed to respect the thematic unity in dealing withAbstractChistorical events encompassed by this study, in particular, the theme of the political partiesaddressed in Chapter Five that has been studied in detail, all at one over the study periodin question.The conclusions of this dissertation prove the following : The tyrannical policy against Shias does not change throughout Ottoman regime.Ottoman State attributes their conflict with Persian State to the Shias in all the places itgoverned. In addition, it does not confess Shia as one of the Islamic four doctrines.Besides, it legitimizes killing Shias and looting their money as well as women. However, thelaw of sects which was produced later by Sublime Porte confesses some of Shia's rights.The reason beyond this law was to increase the number of Muslims over the number offollowers of other religions in the Ottoman Empire who helps the great states in the war.This law lasts to the First World War in 1914 and the submission of Lebanon to the French occupation in 1920.New era of the Shiite sect has begun in 1920 when they rejected the French mandate in Lebanon and resisting it powerfully, particularly when the armed groups that led the armed resistance against the French have strengthened. Only the Shiite sect took this position while the others sects restored to more flexible stance so as to gain political benefits. Maronite and Sunni sects have agreed with the declaration of large Lebanon in1920 while none of the Shiite figures were invited to the ceremony because of their rejection to the French policy in Lebanon.The Shia have lost most of the advantages that other Islamic sects have gained because of the Shiite breakup among their leaders who are the representatives of the sect.this leads to surface representation. Besides, their rejection of the political work causes them to get away of the procedures followed by the French commission. Such procedures include blocking Shia from representation in parliament, to be included in the census in 1920, agreement on writing the constitution or declaring the republic in 1926, and finally the second census in 1932 which aggrieves Shia's rights. As such, Shia occupied the third rank in Lebanon since they were the first.Generally, the Shiite sect have not played its exact role in Lebanon because of the resistance of the French authorities who aligned with the other sects against Shia. This resistance was represented by preventing Shia to occupy sensitive positions in the state.This French policy has lasted throughout the occupation period and then to the independence era. Besides, most of the Shiite representatives served their personal affairs because they were feudalists. Thus, the Shiite suffered severe situations; they did not gettheir full political, economic, cultural rights and services. Accordingly, we suppose that Shia's rights have lost because of their representatives did not strived to gain their rights on a high level.On the contrary, the Shiite sect come to view noticeably through political crises in Lebanon, namely in 1943 when Shia led demonstrations reinforced by armed figures in their towns. First, they fought the French forces in the south, Hermel and Baalbek. Second,they demonstrated against the president, Bechara El Khoury, in1952.These demonstrations were large and covered most of Shiite towns. Their demand was to substitute the president by another one. Their efforts ended with nominating Camille Chamoun as the new presidentfrom 1952 - 1958. This event entered Shia a new era.

النقد التاريخي عند مؤرخي التراجم الشاميين في القرن الثامن الهجري == Historical criticism when historians translations Shamian(Syrian) in the eighth century AH

اسم المؤلف: Sifa Sharid Nasir Hussein Al - Rikbi
اسم المشرف: فاضل جابر ضاحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The historic criticism, is truly considered one of the significant subjects which really deserves study and research. It is one of the studies that unveil the historian potency in getting out all ready - made decisions and to search for historic fact according to researchable pillars. that pillars express on the historians directions to correct the historic information and laying on for that the critic decisions and rules.Therefore, the criticism is not the A.H. - eighth century, but there were some historians who did proceed the Esh - shami (Damascus) historians in this scope, and who themselves had been tracking on the historians’ steps who proceeded them.As far as the importance of this abundant subject in criticism which sprang up its fruits by a lot of writings and corrects the track of others, and making straight more.Therefore, we have made up our minds to limit the research sector just during the A.H. eighth century only. paying the attention on the biographical books in the criticism scopes as easily as for revealing through the historians’ tendencies.It is likely a historian may lash out the characters who are against his creed and he may bring on false bibliographies and exaggerated ones against names and characters that might be fabricated and had no relation to reality. Here we have shed some light through narrating historians lives in the A.H eighth century of the same creed and how been effected by the general opinion and authority.It is really considered a good way to know a historian line of working. It is also making questions about the foundation essence which should be relied on, in order to know the historians’ desires and his sect directions. That may be answered through comparing the texts the historian narrated by other historians’ text, to get rid of ambiguity and to know the criticism truth which has been directed to a character and supporting or objecting and clearing the criticism reason.This subject is diverse with characters’ criticism and writers lately and modernized and bibliography criticism. Pointing out that we have limited the historians who dealt with criticism. Also we do mention the rest of Esh - shami historian in this century especially those who did not find out their writings. Also we do not give ahint to those Esh - shami historians in all their writings by just limited to narrating their writings on the bibliography domain due to the abundance of their writings in other specialty which no referred in the research scope.This research contains four chapters preceded by an introduction followed by a conclusion with the most distinguished results. The first chapter deals with describing the Esh - shami bibliography historians in the A.H eighth century. In it we have talked about the criticism concept and its birth. Then we shed lights on the Esh - shami bibliography historians. And we come to know their books and clarify the criticism intents for the bibliography historians.The second chapter deals with criticism of the literature, scientific, managing, and political characters. It is highly proper to say that we relied on comparing what we have mentioned of some of the characters written by the Esh - shami historians in the eighth century corresponding to the A.D. fourth century et cetera of the modern historian or to those who lived of the near period to those characters that criticism directed to.While the third chapter encircles around “the criticism to the writings” and the fourth with “ The historic narration criticism”.Of the most important results reached to here is Esh - shami historians care to the historian criticism as it came of their attention to the modern science. As most of them really care for it but that did not mean that the criticism which has been used is considered as the modernized criticism but as if these various characters has imposed on them using the historian criticism.Most of their writings in bibliography were footnotes about the writings of those who proceeded them such as al - Siqae, al - Katabi, al - Hussaini, al - Barzali, Ibn - Rajab, al - Salami. All those historians their methods are varied in criticism. For an example, al - Mizi who adopted the opinions in his bibliography criticism, without saying his personal opinions positively or negatively in most cases he dealt. While al - Dhahabi was an extreme critic, getting far from being objective so al - Sabki did criticize him.While al - Safadi was rather balanced in his criticism, with a step closed objectivity, but he is considered more as critic than narrating. And al - Salami was not a critic but interested in valuing the bibliography.And a historian has to know the writer sect who has been taking his narrations in case he revealed a character. As this knowledge may provide him how to deal with the texts narrated by the historian dealt with. Therefore, he would acquire an idea about his intents, and opinions then he will compare it with others of the bibliographies. Through criticizing Esh - shami historians to the modern characters they will obtain the truth of these characters especially al - Safadi criticizing to his century elite and those who connected with relations and knew each other’s.

النقد التاريخي عند مؤرخي التراجم المصريين في القرن التاسع الهجري/الخامس عشر الميلادي == Historical Criticism for Historians Translations Egyptians During The Nine Century A.H

اسم المؤلف: احمد عليوي صاحب
اسم المشرف: فاضل جابر ضاحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:

منهج الكتابة التاريخية لكتب المقتل الحسيني حتى اواخر القرن السابع الهجري /الثالث عشر الميلادي == Evolution of historical writing curriculum books fighter Husseini

اسم المؤلف: عباس محيسن حريجة اللامـــي
اسم المشرف: عطا سلمان جاسم
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يعد موضوع الاطروحة الموسوم بــ ((تطور منهج الكتابة التاريخية لكتب المقتل الحسيني )) من اهم الموضوعات التاريخية بل حتـــــى العقائديــــــــة التي تستحق الدراسة والتحليل والتحقيق ، علــــــــى طول الفتــــــــــــــــرة الزمنيه ، لســـــــبب واخر حتى انها ارتبطت ارتباطا وثيقا ومـــــؤثرا لدفــع عجلة النشاط الديني والثقافي والسياسي عند المسلمين عامة واتباع مــذهب اهل البيت (عليهم السلام) خاصة ، وقــــــــــد احيط هذا الموضــــوع (المقتل) وعلـــــى مـــــر الحقـــب التاريخية ببعض الشكوك والغمــوض والملابسات من قبــــل بـــــــعض المؤرخين خصوصا وان لهؤلاء توجهات وميول مذهبية وسياسية مختلفة من المؤكد انها تؤثر على كتاباتهم التاريخية عن المقتل وتحرفها عن مسارها الحقيقي . وقد حاولت هذه الدراسة تسليط الضوء على العديد من الروايات والاخبار التي لا تتلاءم مع منهج النهضة الحسينية والمرتكزات التي سارت عليها ، فضلا عن مخالفتها للحقائق التاريخية والمنطق العقلي . كما خرجت الاطروحة ببعض النتائج المهمة والمفيدة والتي منها1ــ كشفت عن انتساب بعض كتب المقاتل الى مؤلفين لم يكونوا قد صنفوها او الفوها ، كمقتل الامام الحسين (عليه السلام) المنسوب لابي مخنف ، ونور العين في مشهد الحسين (عليه السلام) المنسوب للاسفراييني ، وقد اثبت ذلك بالادلة والقرائن العلمية والتاريخية .2ــ كما ان موضوع هذه الاطروحة بين ان كتب المقاتل لها منهج ومحور خاص كبقية الاختصاصات والتقسيمات من قبيل كتب الطبقات والتراجم وكتب التاريخ المحلي وغيرها .3ــ سلطت هذه الدراسة الاضواء عن العديد من اسماء كتب المقاتل الحسينية المفقودة ، وبحثت عن مروياتها المتناثرة في بطون المصنفات التاريخية ، وجمعتها بعد مناقشة رواياتها التي تتطلب التحقيق التحليل .4 ــ اتضح لنا ومن خلال استعراض مؤلفي كتب المقاتل الحسينية المفقودة او التي وصلت الينا ، انها لم تقتصر على مؤلفي الشيعة الامامية فقط ، بل شملت مجمل مؤلفي المذاهب والطوائف الاسلامية.5 ــ لا يوجد قرن من القرون ــ بحدود المدة الزمنية للاطروحة اي حتى القرن السابع الهجري ــ الا والف المؤرخون كتابا عن المقتل الحسيني وهذا يدل على عدم توقف عجلة التاليف والابداع والتصنيف في حادثة المقتل الحسيني وانها تسري في وجدان المجتمع وتتفاعل معه .6 ــ اختلفت احجام كتب المقاتل وذلك يعود لثقافة وعصر المؤلف وطبيعة الضرف الذي دفعه للتاليف ، فهناك الصغيرة كالتسمية فيمن قتل مع الامام الحسين (عليه السلام) لفضيل الرسان ، وهناك المتوسطة الحجم كاللهوف لابن طاووس ومثير الاحزان لابن نما ، وهناك الكبيرة كمقتل الخوارزمي الذي يقع في جزئيين .7ــ لكل مؤرخ من مؤلفي كتب المقاتل منهجا واسلوبا خاصا في مصنفه في عرضه للمادة التاريخية الخاصة بالمقتل وحيثياته ومقدماته .8 ــ مناقشة وتحليل العديد من الروايات والاخبار والتي منها حادثة الدليليين الذين استاجرهما مسلم بن عقيل ليدلاه الطريق الى الكوفة ، وحادثة تجسس معقل وكشف مكان مسلم بن عقيل ، وخبر ضرب ثنايا الامام الحسين (عليه السلام) في مجلس يزيد بن معاوية وغيرها .9 ــ اشارت الدراسة بالقرائن والادلة التاريخية الى وجود العديد من العناصر الغير كوفية التي اشتركت في حرب الامام الحسين (عليه السلام) ، والتي منها شامية ويمنية ومصرية وحجازية ، ولم تكن الكوفة وحدها من شنت الحرب وقاتلة الامام (عليه السلام) ، وانما الاعلام الاموي والعباسي هو من بث فكرة ان الكوفة هي من قتلت الامام الحسين (عليه السلام) واهل بيته الاطهار (عليهم السلام) وان شيعته من قتلته (عليه السلام) | Thesis topic is marked by longer b ((evolution of historical writing books fighter Hosseinieh approach)) of the most important historical themes and even ideological worthy of study, analysis and investigation, the length of time, for some reason, and another until it been closely associated and influential to advance religious, cultural and political activity at Muslims in general and to follow the doctrine of Ahl al - Bayt (peace be upon them), especially, has been the subject contoured (kill off) and over historical periods with some doubts and uncertainty and circumstances by some historians, especially that of those trends and tendencies of sectarian and political different it's certainly affect the historical writings about kill off and detoured from the real track. This study has attempted to shed light on many of the novels and news that does not fit in with the Renaissance approach Husseinia and foundations that goes by, as well as violating the mental and historical logic of the facts.Thesis emerged as some important and useful results and which onesrevealed the enrollment of some books fighter to authors who were not even classified them or Alfoha, Kmguetl Imam Hussein (peace be upon him) attributed to Abe Mkhanv, and Noor Al - Hussein scene (peace be upon him) attributed to Asefraina, has proved that the evidence of scientific and historical evidence.as the subject of this thesis between the fighter wrote her approach and the focus of the rest of the terms of reference and special divisions such as classes and wrote biographies and books of local history and others.This study shed lights on many of the names of the missing Husseini wrote fighter, and searched for Marwiyaat scattered in the wombs of historical works, and collected after discussing the novels that require investigation analysis.It became clear to us during the review authors wrote fighter, Husseini lost or which has reached us, it's not limited to only the authors of the Shiite front, but the authors included the entire Islamic sects and denominations.No - century of the centuries up to the length of time of the thesis is, until the seventh century, but the thousand historians book about kill off Husseini and this indicates a lack of stop wheel authoring, creativity and classification in the incident kill off Husseini and it applies in the conscience of the community and interact with him.different sizes wrote fighter and this is due to the culture and the era of the author and the nature of exchange paid by the author, there is a small Kaltzmah the one who was killed along with Imam Hussein (peace be upon him) to Fadhil Alrsan, there are medium - sized Kallahov to the son of a peacock and sexy grief for the son grew, and there are large Kmguetl Khwarizmi which is located in two parts.for each of the authors wrote historian fighter approach, a style in his work, in his presentation of historical material and Palmguetl own merits and premise.discussion and analysis of many of the novels and the news and which ones incident Aldlelien who Astojarhama Muslim bin Aqeel to Edlah the road to Kufa, spy incident stronghold revealed place Muslim bin Aqeel, and the news hit the folds of Imam Hussein (peace be upon him) in the House of Yazid and others.The study presumptions and historical evidence to the existence of many non - muffler elements that participated in the Imam Hussein war (peace be upon him), and which ones mays and a Yemeni, Egyptian, Hijazi, was not Kufa alone launched the war and deadly Imam (peace be upon him), but the media Umayyad and Abbasid It is broadcast from the idea that is of Kufa killed Imam Hussein (peace be upon him) and his family pure (peace be upon them) and that of his followers killed him (peace be upon him

منظمة حلف جنوب شرق اسيا (ســـــياتو) 1954 - 1977 == Southeast Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO)1954 - 1977

اسم المؤلف: احمد حاشوش عليوي عبيد الحجامي
اسم المشرف: فاهم نعمة ادريس الياسري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: واسط
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Despite the role played by the South East Treaty Organization (SEATO) in the defence of Western interests in that region during the Cold War, there has to date been no scholarly attempt to examine the development and performance of the organization as a military alliance. This thesis is thus the first attempt to do so and as such seeks to take advantage of the recent release of much SEATO - related official material into the public domain by Western governments. This material throws new light upon SEATO’s aims and achievements, particularly in regard to the first ten years of its existence. Because SEATO was eventually rendered irrelevant by the events of the Second Indochina War (1965 - 1975) a popular perception has arisen that it was always a “Paper Tiger” lacking in substance, and thus easily dismissed. This thesis challenges this assumption by examining SEATO’s development in the decade before that conflict. The thesis analyses SEATO’s place in the wider Cold War and finds that it was part of a rational and consistent response within the broader Western strategy of containment to deter, and if need be, defeat, the threat of communist aggression. That threat was a very real one for Southeast Asia in the aftermath of the First Indochina War and one that was initially perceived in terms of the conventional military balance of power. This focus dominated SEATO’s strategic concepts and early contingency planning and rightly so, as an examination of the strength and development of the PLA and PAVN during this period demonstrates. SEATO developed a dedicated military apparatus, principally the Military Planning Office (MPO), that proved itself to be perfectly capable of providing the level of co - ordination and planning needed to produce a credible SEATO deterrent in this regard. SEATO enjoyed less success with its attempts to respond to the emergence of a significant communist insurgent threat, first in Laos then in South Vietnam, but the alliance did nonetheless recognise this threat and the failure of SEATO in this regard was one of political will rather than military doctrine. Indeed this thesis confirms that it was the increasingly disparate political agendas of a number of SEATO’s members that ultimately paralysed its ability to act and thus ensured its failure to meet its aims, at least insofar as the so - called “Protocol States” were concerned. But this failure should not be allowed to completely overshadow SEATO’s earlier achievements in providing a modicum of Western - backed stability and security to the region from 1955 - 1965.The vision of SEATO expansion disappeared during the Kennedy administration, but the organization did fulfill its primary military purpose in August 1964. Following attacks on US Naval vessels in the Gulf of Tonkin.President Lyndon B. Johnson addressed Congress on 5 August to ask permission for American military action in Vietnam. He justified the request with an invocation of the Southeast Asia Collective Defense Treaty and claimed that the treaty and its protocol on the former Associated States "obligated" an American response. Congress responded with the Tonkin Gulf Resolution on 7 August, and the United States soon became embroiled in its longest war since the American Revolution.The Vietnam War subsequently destroyed SEATO. Britain and France refused to give any substantial military assistance, and Pakistan withdrew from the organization entirely .After the war, the need for SEATO disappeared, and the remaining members disbanded in 1977.

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الامريكية تجاه كوريا الجنوبية (1961 - 1974) == Policy of the United States of America toward South Korea (1961 - 1974)

اسم المؤلف: طارق مهدي عباس الجبوري
اسم المشرف: فؤاد طارق كاظم العميدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Study of the Foreign Policy of the United States of America is a vital and vital studies in the field of modern and Contemporary history as a Policy of divergent and fixed priorities, and the other variable and the importance of this study being linked to one of the most prominent pillars of national security in the North East Asia and the Pacific, Which represents the greatest threat to the safety of the United States of America in the Korean Peninsula, as the Most dangerous Nuclear Weapons Can still explode at any time, in addition to what contributed to the US Policy to find a State of Modernity and development in the Spring Political, Economic and Military generated in the Southern Part of the Korean Peninsula and transforming society from a society of poverty and Underdevelopment to innovation and community regeneration.can be described as poor for such important studies that combine the American orientations with the South Korean developments, Therefore, one of the reasons that led the researcher to choose is placed in the US - South Korean affairs. In addition, the post - Korean period is the beginning of the emergence of the modern South Korean state. It represents a pivotal stage for the beginning of the new history of the US - South Korean alliance, its role in building the South Korean people and its Contemporary historical development. It was in this sense that the subject of the study was chosen under the title "The United States Policy Towards South Korea (1961 - 1974)." John Kennedy first assumed the presidency of the US Administration, accompanied by internal transformations in South Korea and the coming of Park Chung. The end of the administration of Richard Nixon, and what has seen the reign of his administration of the effects of South Korean reality. The thesis consisted of introduction, introduction, three Chapters, a conclusion and a list of sources and references : The preamble entitled "The US Policy Towards South Korea1953 - 1960" included three aspects : The Political aspect concerns Washington's Policy toward South Korea, its Political issues, Diplomacy from the end of the war and its Military operations, with the signing of the truce on July 27, 1953 to 1960, the internal Political change in South Korea following the student revolution, the removal of the Sangman Re regime and the advent of the interim government Led by Chang Miyun. The Second aspect dealt with the role of the United States in rebuilding the economy and infrastructure of South Korea during the years 1953 - 1960.The Third aspect was the activation of the role of the United States Military Forces in South Korea and their use in civil and Economic activities, as well as in the development and assistance of South Korean Military forces during this period. The first chapter dealt with the Policy of the administration of John F. Kennedy towards South Korea 1961 - 1963, divided into five sections : The First part is the John F. Kennedy administration's policy on the internal political developments in South Korea, 1961 - 1962, following the Military Coup and the nature of the US position and Policy. The Second Part discusses John F. Kennedy's Administration's Policy towards the democratic transition in South Korea after Washington's Conditional acceptance of the South Korean Military Council on November 14, 1962, 1963, and the transformation of South Korea into a democratic approach. The Third topic addresses the efforts of the John F. Kennedy administration to normalize bilateral relations between South Korea and Japan, 1961 - 1963. The Economic dimension in the fourth topic, under the title : The role of the United States of America in guiding and developing the South Korean economy from 1961 to 1963, as the main factor in saving South Korea economically. The fifth topic dealt with the Military dimension of policy, John Kennedy, entitled : The Policy of John Kennedy's Military administration towards South Korea 1961 - 1963. Which was characterized by weakness and did not rise to advanced situations between the two countries in this area that the political factor is still in the process of maturation. The second chapter is entitled : Strategic Options for US Policy on South Korea during the Lyndon Johnson Administration 1963 - 1969. The First topic is the administration of President Lyndon Johnson and its success in the normalization of the South Korean relations of Japan 1964 - 1969, which constituted a major and strategic demand for Washington at this stage. The second topic : South Korea and the US strategy in Asia 1963 - 1969. And discussed two important points : First, the South Korean move towards the regional states in Asia and the American position from 1963 to 1969. This was a success for South Korean diplomacy and with the blessing and support of Washington, which led to the convening of the Asian Regional Council's conferences to support the American orientations.II. The nature of US policy towards South Korea in the wake of Pyongyang's provocations, 1966 - 1969.And discussed the third topic : the impact of the economic policy of the United States of America in the development and construction of the South Korean economy during the administration of President Lyndon Johnson 1963 - 1969, where it witnessed the most delicate stages of laying the foundations of the modern economy and renewed South Korea, as well as the best US in providing Economic Assistance and consultation Miscellaneous. He discussed the Fourth Section_ Lyndon Johnson's Military Policy Toward South Korea 1963 - 1969 : First, Lyndon Johnson's policy on the issue of reducing and regulating the status of US military forces in South Korea 1964 - 1969. Second, the alliance between the United States and South Korea in the Vietnam War 1964 - 1969. These aspects have been key factors in increasing the momentum of harmony, understanding and cooperation between Washington and Seoul and opening new horizons for their alliance in the region. The fourth chapter examines Richard Nixon's policy toward South Korea, 1969 - 1974. Three investigations included : The first part was devoted to the study of the Nixon administration's policy on Pyongyang's provocations against South Korea (1969 - 1974), which showed US adherence to the option of escalating Positions with North Korea and pushing all forces toward appeasement and containment of crises. While the second topic discussed the political impact of the Nixon Doctrine on South Korea, 1969 - 1974, which affected several internal and external political aspects, which constituted a real Challenge to the US - South Korean Relations, led to cracks that almost died in harmony between the two sides, South Korean Political reality. The third topic : Nixon's Economic Policy towards South Korea, 1969 - 1974, also set up in some of its stations a climate of mistrust and divergence of views, but remained where the US funds are the biggest hand in supporting the South Korean Economy. The last topic is : The Military Impact of the Nixon Doctrine on South Korea, 1969 - 1974. Where the military transformation of the large and reduce the presence of US forces in South Korea and the resulting Military implications for the Modernization of the military capabilities of the South Korean forces, in addition to government intersections between the executive and legislative US and the impact of its results on Seoul's acquisition of military modernization required, as well as the Korean disengagement South of the Vietnam War following the cessation of Military escalation and acceptance of the truce and foreign withdrawal.

سياسة انكلترا الخارجية 1307 - 1272 == England Foreign Policy 1272 - 1307

اسم المؤلف: محمد عبد الرضا موسى
اسم المشرف: كريم مطر حمزة الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: تعد الدراسات في العصر الوسيط الاوربي من الدراسات التاريخية المهمة, اذ لم يسلط عليها الضوء بشكل كاف والغور في احداث ذلك العصر واشباعه بحثا وتحليلا. ولا شك ان لدراسة تاريخ انكلترا في العصور الوسطى اهمية بالغة نظرا لمكانة تلك المملكة في اوروبا والعالم في العصر الوسيط وما الت اليه تلك المملكة بعد ذلك, فهذه المدة التاريخية التي تناولناها في هذه الاطروحة (1272 - 1307) كانت بداية جادة لتوحيد الجزر البريطانية بقيادة انكلترا تحت مظلة مملكة واحدة موحدة فقد تمكنت انكلترا من السيطرة على ويلز بالقوة والحال نفسه ينطبق على اسكتلندا على الرغم من الصعوبات والتقلبات الي شهدتها السيطرة الانكليزية هناك, فضلا عن تبعية ايرلندا لانكلترا. ومن جانب اخر عد الملك ادوارد الاول الذي حكم انكلترا ابان تلك المدة من ابرز ملوك انكلترا في العصر الوسيط ان لم يكن ابرزهم على الاطلاق, كما تميز عهده الذي امتد طيلة خمسة وثلاثين سنة بوافر من الاحداث ولاسيما على المستوى الخارجي بدءا من الجزر البريطانية ومرورا بممالك اوروبا وصولا الى الشرق الاسلامي. ولعل ذلك من جملة ما دفعنا وحفزنا على البحث والكتابة في هذا الموضوع بعد توكلنا على الله تعالى لاختيار موضوع الاطروحة والموسوم ( سياسة انكلترا الخارجية 1272 - 1307). وقد تضمنت الاطروحة اربعة فصول مسبوقة بمقدمة وتحليل لما ورد في المصادر وتعقبها استنتاجات وملاحق وقائمة بالمصادر, وقد بحثنا في الفصل الاول دور الامير ادوارد في ظل حكم ابيه الملك هنري الثالث لانكلترا (1239 - 1272) اما الفصل الثاني فقد تناول السياسة الصليبية لانكلترا ودورها في حل النزاع الاوربي حول صقلية, وشرعنا في الفصل الثالث لتتبع النزاع والحرب ما بين انكلترا وفرنسا خلال المدة (1293 - 1303) وكان محورها دوقية جاسكوني ومحاولة المملكتين السيطرة عليها, وجاء الفصل الرابع ليوضح سياسة انكلترا تجاه اسكتلندا (1286 - 1307). شهدت انكلترا خلال النصف الثاني من القرن الثالث عشر وبداية القرن الرابع عشر الميلاديين جملة من الاحداث المهمة على الصعيد الخارجي, تمثلت في تطورات ملحوظة في مختلف جوانب الحياة السياسية والاجتماعية والاقتصادية, انعكست على مؤسسات المملكة على كافة الصعد التشريعية والتنفيذية والقضائية والعسكرية, اذ كانت السياسة الخارجية لانكلترا في ذروتها على الرغم ان اغلبها اتسمت بطابع الحروب والقوة والتوسع. ولا شك ان الحروب الكثيرة التي قامت بها انكلترا قد جعلت خزينة المملكة خاوية ومدينة في اغلب الاحيان, وبالتالي فان تكلفة تلك الحروب وقيامها تقع في معظمها على كاهل المواطنين الانكليز عبر فرض الضرائب او جنودا للقتال في تلك المعارك, وبالرغم من ذلك كان هناك قبولا ولو على مضض وهم يرون ان مملكتهم تتوسع رقعتها وتزداد هيبتها, فضلا عن رغبتهم بالحصول على الغنائم ان استطاعوا ذلك وهذا ما ينطبق ومنطق العصور الوسطى. سعى الملك ادوارد الاول في تكوين امبراطورية كان يتوق اليها عبر توحيد الجزر البريطانية تحت سلطة التاج الانكليزي فضلا عن سعي انكلترا للاحتفاظ باخر ممتلكاتها القارية وهي جاسكوني ونجحت في ذلك الى حد كبير, الا ان ذلك جاء نتيجة حروب وقتال راح ضحيتها الالاف من سكان تلك الجزر, وبذلك يمكن القول ان فكرة توحيد تلك الجزر ترسخت اكثر خلال عهده. | During the second half of the thirteenth century and the beginning of the fourteenth century, England witnessed a number of important events on the external level. These were notable developments in various aspects of political, social and economic life, which were reflected in the Kingdom's institutions at all levels of legislative, executive, judicial and military. Of England at its peak, although most of them were characterized by the nature of wars, force and expansion. In the first chapter we discussed the role of Prince Edward under the reign of his father King Henry III of England (1239 - 1272). The second chapter dealt with the crusader policy of England and its role in solving The first was to trace the crusade of England from 1274 to 1291, and the attempts of King Edward I of England, to A crusade to the Middle Islamic and contacts Papacy other foreign powers to do that campaign, and the third section the role of England and its king Edward the first in resolving the European dispute over the Kingdom of Sicily for the period between the year (1284 - 1289). In chapter 3 we began to trace the dispute and the war between England and France during the period (1303 - 1303), centered on the Duchy of Gaskone and the attempt of the two kingdoms to control it. Chapter IV explains England's policy towards Scotland (1286 - 1307). From the above, we can deduce a number of points : - The Character of King Edward I was refined in a good framework and gradually with the stages of progress of his life, the responsibilities entrusted to him at an early age and his participation in the formulation of political events in England as well as personal involvement in battles The parliamentary institution under the reign of King Edward I witnessed a remarkable development by representing large sections of the English people, especially the Model Parliament in 1295, although the king's main purpose was to obtain funds by authorizing the Parliament to impose taxes. That On the other hand put another brick in the evolution of the legislative institution in England to be representative of all strata. King Edward I worked hard to carry out a crusade that would be reprisal and personal consideration after the failure of his campaign with the King of France Louis IX in 1270 - 1272. England and the other European kingdoms had the lead in it, but it did not succeed where the conditions and preparations were not appropriate. The Englishman comes first regardless of his strong desire to carry out this campaign. He can not risk his rule in England for the Crusaders in the East unless he is sure that this does not pose a threat to his rule. Proof of this is his confiscation of money and Crusader infidelity, She desperately needs to meet his expenses Internal or external wars. The Duchy of Gascone was the compass of Anglo - French relations, which was dominated by tension and attraction, especially with the ambition of French King Philip IV to annex the Duchy to his property and expand his influence at the expense of the King of England, which he was able to control already for nearly a decade, but King Edward was able to retrieve With great difficulty after losing a fatal mistake, to maintain at least the last part of English property in France King Edward I sought to form an Empire he longed for by unifying the British islands under the authority of the English Crown. He succeeded in doing so to a great extent, but this was the result of wars and fighting using iron and fire, which claimed the lives of thousands of inhabitants. The islands became more established during his reig.

التطورات التاريخية للنزاع البريطاني الارجنتيني حول جزر الفوكلاند : حرب عام 1982 انموذجا == Historical Developments Of The British Argentian Dispute Over The Falklands Islands 1982 War As A Model

اسم المؤلف: علي عدنان عبد سعد الشمري
اسم المشرف: عصام عبد الحسين نومان الدليمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: In the name of God, the Merciful, the Compassionate,Praise be to Allah, Lord of the Worlds. Prayer and peace upon Prophet of prophets and messengers Mohammad and his progeny and his best followers to the day of judgment, One of the important necessities for any academic researcher specialized in modern European history is to shed light on a subject or important event as long as operates the interest of specialized researchers and learners in the field of modern history, especially the subjects and events that raised argument in the scientific circles as it has no specialized expanded academic universal study. After studying, search, prospecting and discussion researcher has chosen (historical developments in the British Argentinian struggle over the Falkland Islands the war of 1982 as an exemplar). So I consulted my respected supervisor and some of my respected teachers and found a great welcome. I put my trust in God and decided to try in this field. It is clear that for each study there is an aim and my aim of this study is to give a deep and clear idea about the dramatic background that is still vague about the nature of this important historical incident and to shed light on the long exhaustion process the British and Argentinian which has its roots from the age of geographical discoveries till 1833. It is important to notice that the researcher has tried his best to keep a possible objective picture of the facts and analyze events and incidents of the study and make them the core of research which left a wide debate about the real owner of these islands. The researcher depended on data of the historical method in documenting the incidents of this study and its changes and the developments that joined it and the result incurred. The nature of research demanded to be based on three chapters preceded by a preface and followed by conclusion presented the important findings of the study in addition to a list of resources and references used in this study,The preface gives a geographical and historical brief about the Falkland Islands till 1914.So the first pivot is the geographical one and it includes the study of the natural geographical features of these islands,Geographical characteristics of mankind "demographic", while the share of the second axis, a historical axis is the study of the historical roots of international conflict over the Falklands, as well as the study of international disputes and conflicts over those islands,As for chapters study have to stop the first chapter of the importance Elchibolatkih to the Falkland Islands and its location in the area of international conflict, and this chapter included four sections : the first : the Falkland Islands during the period of World Wars I and II, and the second chapter : economic importance to the Falkland Islands and its impact on the British - Argentinean relations, and the third the crisis of the Falklands as part of political negotiations between the British, Argentina and internationalization of the United Nations (1945_1974), and fourth : developments crisis in light of the political negotiations between Britain and Argentina, and its impact within UNITED NATIONS (1975_1982), and ensure that Chapter II study of political and economic developments in the British, Argentina and orientation towards war Falklands has included four Detectives also : first : Political and economic realities in Britain, Argentina and its impact on the Falklands (1981 - 1982), and the second phase of the crisis (March - 2 April 19 1982), and the third : the military operations (April 2 to June 14, 1982), War Results of the Falklands and its impact on reality Britain and Argentina and the Falkland Islands, and there was talk in the third chapter on the international and regional situations of the Falklands war, Has continued on two detectives : first : attitudes international and represented the position of both the UN Security Council, the US position and the Soviet and French and NATO, the North Atlantic and the market of European common, the Vatican and Israel, while the second section : attitudes regional and there was talk of the positions of both the Organization of American States and the position of Brazil, Peru, Chile and Bolivia and Colombia, Costa Rica, Uruguay, and a treatise on its contents based on a wide range of sources varied according to the requirements of chapters, during which many of the official documents published, Especially documents from the United Nations, and documents Foreign and Commonwealth Office, the prime minister British, as well as documents and German foreign ministry and the US State Department, and the White House, US as well as intelligence documents US Central (CIA), as well as documents Wiki Leaks, either the documentation is published are : Archive personal documents Constantine Davidoff, and adopted a researcher at the completion of the treatise on the total sources varied between Arab and foreign books, treatise and theses , as well as newspapers and published research.

حروب الوردتين في انكلترا (1455 - 1485) : دراسة تاريخية == Wars of the Roses in England (1455 - 1485)A Historical Study

اسم المؤلف: رشا مجيد منديل الحاجم
اسم المشرف: ماجد محيي عبد العباس الفتلاوي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Wars of the Roses was the name given to the English civil wars fought roughly between 1455 and 1485. The principal conflicts took place in 1455 - 1460 (First War), 1460 - 1483 (Second War), and 1483 - 1485 (Third War). The wars developed during the reign of King Henry VI (1422 - 1461) , and the outgrowth of the conflict with the Duke of York to be the direct causes of the outbreak of the war,York was killed at the battle of Wakefield. His son Edward IV (1461 - 1483), the first Yorkist king, decisively defeated the Lancastrians in 1461. His reign was punctuated by a Second War, in which Warwick the Kingmaker made Henry VI briefly king again (the Readeption, 1470 - 1471). Edward recovered his throne at the battles of Barnet and Tewkesbury. Following Edward IV’s death and the succession of his son Edward V, in 1483, the throne was usurped by Edward’s uncle, Richard III (r. 1483 - 1485), who was overthrown at the battle of Bosworth in 1485 by Henry Tudor, who reigned as Henry VII (1485 - 1509). Thesis Included, preface, four chapters, further to the introduction and conclusion, preface Devoted, which came under the title (the general situation and the nature of the monarchy in England system until the year 1337) to shed light on the general situation in England since the Norman Conquest until the outbreak of the Hundred Years War between England and France, to address political, economic and social to situations in England during this period and then touched on the nature of the hereditary monarchy system in England and the rules that have been used in the Middle Ages. The first chapter (introductions and the causes of War of the Roses), which consisted of three sections, studied the historical roots of the wars of the Roses, which has its origins traced back to the reign of King Edward III, then explained chapter the effects and reflections of Hundred Years War between England and France on the internal situation in England and being of the outbreak of War of the Roses factors, the illustrate the case of political conflict in the early reign of Henry VI and the outgrowth of the conflict with the Duke of York to be the direct causes of the outbreak of the war. While the second chapter which marked (the first phase of the Roses 1455 - 1460 war) and be one of the three sections discussed by the beginning of the outbreak of war between the Lancaster and the York in the battle of St Albans first and the conduct of battles and military campaigns between the two parties and the victory of York at this juncture and Richard Duke York take over the Regency of England. While the third chapter (the second stage of the War of the Roses (1460 - 1483) and be one of the three sections is also studying the longest duration of this war, which were highlighting the significant role played by Queen Margrethe Of Anjou Henry VI's wife and her leadership to the of Lancasters In their struggle with the Yorks and its defense of the right of her son on the throne against attempts to remove him from the throne and the most prominent military campaigns during this period, which resulted in a loss of Lancaster to the throne and the arrival of Edward the fourth son of Richard Duke of York, to power. The fourth chapter (the end of the War of the Roses and their results (1483 - 1485)) to study the final phase of the wars of the Roses, which almost three years, but it was eventful and developments in the process of conflict consisted chapter of Investigation three also discussed the demise of the House of Lancaster and the arrival of the third Richard to power after that usurped the throne by force of his nephew Edward V and then the emergence of a new prosecutor for the throne of England, but it is Henry Tudor, which was estimated to be the end of the wars of the Roses on his hand and then was showing notable results and effects of the wars of the Roses on England in the various political, economic and socialists aspects . thesis Pena conclusion the main conclusions reached by the dissertation.

العلاقات السياسية المصرية التونسية 1956 - 1970 == The Egyptian - Tunisian Political Relations 1956 - 1970

اسم المؤلف: فاطمة فالح جاسم الخفاجي
اسم المشرف: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Egyptian - Tunisian political relations of the vital topics andimportant in the history of the Contemporary Arab world because ofthe close contact with the emergence of national and patriotic feelingwhich targeted the salvation of colonialism and anti - Europeandomination in all its forms and to obtain independence, as it enjoysboth countries important and influential geographical location, ascharacterized relations between Egypt and Tunisia instability, as it wastense at times and up to the point of severance of diplomatic relationsbetween the two parties, and at other times looking for ways to boostbilateral relations, and for this period of study it has witnessed manystages of the push and pull and tension in political relations, marred bya lot of uncertainty and mutual accusations between the parties aboutthe responsibility of each party to the degradation of these relations.Accordingly, we decided to study the subject and to give a clearpicture of these relationships in an attempt to shed light on the politicalaspect of the relations between the two countries, was identified in, the beginning of the study because it is the public who wasrepresenting Gamal Abdel Nasser took the Egyptian presidency inJune and also saw Tunisia's independence by protocol twentiethfrom March , after the French occupation of Tunisia ended, whenhe came in to be the end of the study being the year in which hedied, Egyptian President Gamal Abdel Nasser, who counted the end ofan important stage of the history of Egypt.Required by the nature of the study, divided into four chapterspreceded by an introduction and followed by a conclusion, relying inthe division on the chronology in the presentation of facts andhistorical events in time and place and to develop the facts of which,analyzed and linked to each other so as to be visible in the historicalcontext, each chapter deals with the subject of an integrated selfcontained,which included the first chapter ((Egypt and TunisianNational Movement - )).The second chapter has reviewed ((Egyptian - Tunisian PoliticalRelations between - )) and be one of the four sections, theAbstractBfirst section discussed the political developments in Egypt in , theTunisian them and position, while the second section focused on theEgyptian position of the United States' policy US to Tunisia in ,through the study of the impact of the Eisenhower Doctrine on theEgyptian - Tunisian relations, spoke of the third section of theestablishment of the United Arab Republic in , the Tunisian themand position, while devoted the fourth section to follow twoassassination attempts Habib Bourguiba in and their impact onthe Egyptian Tunisian relations, the fifth was devoted to the study ofthe position of the United Arab Republic of Tunisia join the ArabLeague in .The third chapter study of the subject ((Swing Egyptian - TunisianPolitical Relations from to )) and the Department of turn foursections, the first dealt with the position of the United Arab Republic ofTunisian - French dispute over Bizerte base from to , camesecond section highlights the Egyptian - Tunisian Solidarity to addressthe problem of the course of the Jordan River diversion in , andthe third section presents Habib Bourguiba project for the settlement ofthe Arab - Israeli conflict in and the reactions of the United ArabRepublic, and the fourth section has touched on the Islamic allianceand the intensification of the Tunisian - Egyptian competition fromto .Chapter IV Treated ((A Reflection of the Arab - Israeli Conflict onthe Egyptian - Tunisian Political Relations ( - ))), which aredistributed to five sections, the first was Tunisia's position on the war inJune and its impact on the Egyptian - Tunisian convergence, asthe second topic included Egyptian efforts - Tunisian to remove theeffects of the aggression in , while the third section dealt with theEgyptian stances and Tunisia from the incident burning of Al - Aqsamosque in , and touched on the fourth section of them to theEgyptian - Tunisian relations, according to US policy in the light of the Arab - Israeli conflict in , it has also allocated fifth topic of study Cairo Conference and the death of Gamal Abdel Nasser in and reverberation it in the Tunisian Republic.In summary it can be observed that the Egyptian - Tunisian relations were not at the same pace but differentiated to some extent by the nature of each issue of international and surrounding circumstances, and relations between the two countries went through during the period ( - ) and tidal, which was dominated by the state of tension and the thing that you should pay attention to him thatinstability and differences in the relations between Bourguiba and Abdel Nasser is probably due to the similarity of the desire of both of them, led by the Arab world, or because of Nasser's the fact that it was supportive of his nemesis Salah Ben Youssef, differing deological Nasiriyah for Bourguibism, as well as personal differences, It is also noted that Tunisia has always been the first to cut off political relations with the United Arab Republic, which is returned by, as days showed Bourguiba experience and statesmanship.

لويس فيليب (1773 - 1850) سياسته الداخلية والخارجية == Louis Philippe (1773 - 1850) His Domestic And Foreign Policy

اسم المؤلف: نرجس كريم خضير الخفاجي
اسم المشرف: نعيم كريم عجيمي الشويلي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: History of the European track of many of the characters prestigious in the community, especially at the Political level to the effect that left on the reality in which they live and the different effects and orientation, according to the environment in which and the Place they operate in our society lived as well as cultural and Social level where it grew up. The subject of the study has a personal political dimensions because of the high Social status are returning to one of the oldest royal families in the European continent, Louis Philippe is due relative to the Orleans family of one the branches of the royal family Bourbon which ruled France for centuries. He is the first and the last of the Orleans family, he rule France after 1830 July Revolution which ended the rule of the Bourbon finally in France and overthrew his cousin Charles X of topping Louis throne of France according to the will of the French people under "King citizen's "name was his 18 years. The last ten years of his reign has seen political turmoil, reflected in the large number of ministries, which amounted about ten ministries, as well as numerous attempts to assassinate the king especially, making it a sign of the fact that the French people have tired of the case that it is the one who has not seen a change from the before, Louis near to him bourgeoisie class and former kings near the clergy and nobility classes. As well as economic situation is not good, low wages and had working conditions and prices on rise. We can not overlook the cultural evolution of the country schools have increased and there were in each region and in creased students obviously, and it began to hear the voices of the speakers in parliament. This expanse of freedom has encouraged people to claim their rights especially the electoral impact of the opposition leaders who have helped increase knowledge and cultural awareness of the French community to claim their rights guaranteed by the constitution, which led the king oath of allegiance.The constitutional king did not learn alesson, which before him and he did not win people to his side, he neglected the poor and workers who deteriorating situation much because the industrial evolution of the country making the community living on a volcano waiting for a time in which explodes. It come that decisive to feel the community on his finished page of the monarchy in France to begin a new era in France, where the new regime is trying to take advantage of the mistakes of the previous eras and rise in the country at all levels and fields. At the same time, at every body hopes to be the next new good on the country for all members of Society without discrimination of sectarian. The study was divided in to four chapters included the first chapter about his life and education as well as impact resulting from the position of the French 1789. The chapter two studied the circumstances that created the situation for Louis Philippe the throne of France and main development in the period of the rule until 1845. The chapter three searched about French foreign policy at the European continent and its position on the Belgian Revolution 1830 and Italian Revolution 1831, and the issue of conflict on the throne of Spain and Portugal during the period of Louis Philippe. The chapter four explained the French internal political developments that led to the outbreak of the Revolution 1848 with mention the biography events Revolution until Louis Philippe waivered about his throne then he left France towards to Britain until his death. The study was based on number of sources to be distributed between documents and sources of Arabic and foreign as well as build on some the previous academic studies that were related to the study as well as other sources have been mention in the of sources.

التيارات الفكرية في ايران 1905 - 1979 == Intellectual Trends in Iran (1905 - 1979)

اسم المؤلف: كاظم دويخ صبيح
اسم المشرف: عباس حسين مجيسر الجابري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of The Intellectual Trends in Iran (1905 - 1979) - which is the timeframe for our scholarly study - fall within one of , or rather the most, important links in the contemporary history of Iran. For it addresses the bulk of contemporary period falling between Constitutional and Islamic revolutions, passing through all eventful and transitional periods of political life in Iran. Besides, the inflow of diverse Western ideas into Iran including that of Liberalism, Nationalism, Socialism, as well as that of progressive Islamic ideas with which various segments of Iranian society have interacted which helped generated afterwards Islamic parties, organizations and associations that have rumbled on Iranian political scene. Hence, the researcher’s choice of the subject matter. He aimed at finding out the historical truth behind the evolution and practices of those schools of thought, investigating all data and information that reflect their intellectual structures along with other studies in order to complete the historical picture or scene of that significant stage of contemporary history of Iran. The study has been organized in an Introduction, five Chapters and a Conclusion. Chapter One presents the economic, social, political and cultural structures and transformations experienced by the Iranian society starting off from the last decades of the nineteenth century down to the end of the period at which this study concludes. For those structures and transformation are of great importance to take stock of the circumstances through which the then society has been going that allowed Western ideas to flow into and spread across Iran. Besides, they would pave the way for demonstrating how those Western ideas found its way in and rolled into the Iranian nation. As for Chapter Two, it deals with the liberal intellectual movement and its evolution in Iran along with the Constitutional Revolution, which represented the first real experience of the liberals through which they were able to lay down the liberal practices on democratic foundations, as exemplified in restricting the king’s power, enacting the constitution and establishment of the parliament. we then go over the development process of the liberals starting from the First World War until the coup against Mossadeq and their oscillating relationships with Reza Shah. The Chapter also presents the most prominent liberal thinkers, liberal political organizations, and the most important issues raised by the liberals.In Chapter Three, dedicated to the national trend, we dealt with religious and national distribution of population in Iran. The Chapter explores also the factors that helped the national trend to rise and develop in Iran represented by several revolutionary movements such as (Nehzat - e Jangal “Forest movement”, Semco, Sheikh Mohammed Al Khiabani ), as well as political movements that took place by the end of World War II in the regions of Azerbaijan, Kurdistan, Arabstan. The Chapter finally touches on the nationalist parties and organizations in Iran, and the efforts of each one of them towards the pro - autonomy and establishment of independent republics of Azerbaijan and Mahabad.Chapter Four discusses the topic of intellectual Marxist trend and follows up on its evolution and activities under the dictatorship of Reza Khan. The Chapter, then, covers the most prominent Marxist thinkers, and Marxist political organizations highlighting their positions at both national and international levels. Chapter Five, which is the final chapter of the study, is concerned with the topic of Islamist intellectual trend (Shiite ideology) in terms of its foundation and evolution, and tracks afterwards its evolving process over the period (1905 - 1941), in light of its interaction with Western concepts infiltrated into the country. The Chapter explores also the religious establishment, its different views on the constitutional revolution, and then the Shiite Islamic thought during the period (1963 - 1979). The Chapter turns to investigate the Shiite Islam during the years (1963 - 1979) represented by the rise of Imam Khomeini on the political scene and his leadership of the Islamo - fundamentalist renewal from whitin the religious establishment. The Chapter then goes on to present the most prominent thinkers of the Islamic revolution, and the evolution of political Islamic organizations, and the most prominent positions and issues that they put forward. As for the main conclusions drawn from the study following a careful analysis of the facts contained in its five chapters, they are : The liberal trend has contributed significantly throughout the contemporary history of Iran in highlighting national thought and drawing the attention of the people of Iran towards the prospects for freedom and independence away from colonial powers and their meddling in Iran's internal affairs. All this in turn pushed to the outbreak of revolutions in the country, such as the Tobacco Revolution, Constitutional Revolution and the Nationalization of the oil industry. This trend also played a role, along with others, in the success of the Islamic revolution in 1979.As for the national movement, it has been destined to be short - lived in the Iranian state, for there was a lack of cultural and social atmosphere that might have helped it to survive and thrive. Besides, the idea of nationalism is a Western import and thus was not derived from within the conscience of Iranian society. Moreover, Iranian nationalism was not preceded by social and economic reforms necessary to establish a comprehensive renaissance as it was the case for Western nationalism.The Marxist trend has been reduced to the Tudeh Party and some small radical parties. Even though the party has an organization structure, educated cadres, and practices of different political activities spread out across the country as well as a remarkable press network, the party did not take advantage of all those factors as required; the party has the least impact on the course of political and social events in Iran.As to the Islamic trend, that is taken root in the Iranian society, the then prevailing circumstances forced it to take a defensive position of Islam as a valid way of life, especially given that the responsibility of underdevelopment whose its consequences experienced by the Iranian society at the time were being rested with Islam.Following the anti - Mossadeq coup in 1953, the Islamic trend has prevailed political and social scenes starting off and establishing the notion of Islamic Revolution led by Imam Khomeini in 1979, and applying the velayat - e faqih (The Guardianship of the Islamic Jurist), which took the Shiite Islam to the farthest it can dig back, namely, the Islamic Government.

التيارات الفكرية في العراق 1908 - 1968 == Intellectual Currents in Iraq

اسم المؤلف: سلمان رشيد محمد الهلالي
اسم المشرف: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The last of the twentieth century in Iraq, a century of multiple disparate intellectual currents. Consider as this country , was over the multi - cultural history starting from the Sumerians and the Akkadians, Babylonians, Arameans, and ending with the early Islamic ages, a pioneer in human achievement and cognitive literary and rationality primitive, democracy and the fields, and the cradle of movements, sects and creeds, religious, philosophical, linguistic and mystical currents, and became during this century recipient key for most of the concepts and trends that have emerged in Europe, especially liberalism and Marxism and nationalism, which interacted with the intelligentsia of Iraq (intelligentsia) positively, as an unilateral way of enlightenment and modernization, and the similarity with the Iraqis learners in order to change and reform the political and social reality, moving towards the rational and civil adoptive. This Thessis is a historical, an intellectual and political study of the three intellectual currents in Iraq. It is, according to the time , the influence and the cultural proliferation (liberalism, Marxism and nationalism) with a review of the historical development of the political and intellectual process of which passed out during the time period prescribed for the study, and the statement of the curriculum, schools and doctrines that investigated these currents resources and the sources of ideology, or those affected by them directly or indirectly and the inclusion of branches accompanying and formats and styles that came out of them, and organizations and partisan intelligentsia affiliate, or those who claimed that, with a review for the main concepts and objectives issues advocated by or promoted during this phase of our contemporary history.The thesis included the introduction, four chapters , a conclusion and a list of sources. The first chapter (the society , the state and intelligentsia in contemporary Iraq from 1908 to 1968). Reviewing social structures in Iraq, which is basically divided into : religious and sectarian structures. The structures of ethnic, racial, ingredients and minorities that followed, and the review of traditional social actors politically such as the family and the tribe, caste, ethnic, and historical evolution of her during the study phase, and the transformations that have occurred as a result of changes in the governance systems, and the emergence of secular currents of thought in the country. While the concept of the state in modern Iraq, and problematic incorporation, as a centre in the second section, with an indication of the general approaches that led to the failure of a project of this state, particularly the influence of political sectarianism, racism and monopolizing power and the intervention of the army in politics. The third section has singled out the Iraqi Intelligentsia, public function, and the factors that contributed to the emergence and cultural resources that advocatedty public perceptions, with the division of multiple cultural generations in the country during this phase.The second chapter, has dealt with the subject of the liberal trend in Iraq, starting with the review of all the historical evolution of the doctrine of the Liberal in Europe and the challenges faced by this movement in the twentieth century, and the role of the renaissance generation in the promotion and consolidation of this concept in the Mashriq. As in the second theme topic is enterested in showing the early liberalism and their four tributaries in Iraq : the French Enlightenment, the Arab renaissance, the constitutional revolution in Iran in 1905 and the revolution federal in the Ottoman Empire in 1908, and the subsequent declaration of the Constitution and the founding of the party organizations and the release of press freedom and political participation through elections. The third section has singled out a review of the historical development of the current liberal in Iraq through the phase 1908 - 1968 and the role of the British Mandatory authorities in promoting this trend and strengthened it by the desire to establish or develop a concept of (state) semi - liberalism, and the formation of the constitutional and governmental institutions and support public freedoms and the party life, with manifestations of regression in the democratization of liberal inclusion of life after the death of King Faisal I in 1933, the accumulation stages of decline that culminated in 1958 by the July revolution, and shed the military and national organizations, later on governance systems until 1968. The fourth section is concerned with the review of regulations and the liberal intelligentsia in Iraq and concepts of democracy and political pluralism advocated by the reform and values and projects that are based on them, and historical reasons that led to the decline of the liberal trend in Iraq.the third chapter is enterested in the Marxist tendency in Iraq, reviewing the historical development of the first socialist currents and the emergence of Marxism in Europe and escalating it spread after the First World War. In the second topic addressed the major tributaries of the International Marxist in Iraq wich are the tributary of Arab and Iranian and foreign and the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia in 1917 and the Third Communist International in 1919, scholarships and Western universities. He specialized in the third section in the show the historical development of the movement of Marxism in Iraq for the first socialist and cells that have evolved in the twenties, and the ground which paved the way for this by dilation secular concepts after the founding of the modern Iraqi state in 1921, and episodes of communism in Baghdad, Basra and Nasiriyah and its union in organizing the Iraqi Communist Party, and it's intellectual adoftire, and the factors that contributed to the spread of the ideas of communism in the country, which narrowed the social, political, economic and cultural factor. And the fourth topic viewed the organizations and the Marxist intelligentsia in Iraq during this phase, concepts and values advocated by, with the objective reasons that led to the decline of the Marxist tendency in the country included.We specialized in the fourth chapter the national trend in terms of review of the startingpoints which was based on nationalism in Europe, and theories (French, German and Marxism) prevailing in this regard, and its development in the Arab Mashreq, the multiple intellectual trends during this phase. As interested in the second section to include the early Arab nationalism in Iraq, and the groups active in this regard, and the patterns that have evolved on the sidelines of events and political developments, and the reasons that led to the adoption of the national intelligentsia National School German without the rest of the theories, and differentiation, which happened between them and the concept of Arabism and singled out the third section the review historical and intellectual development of Arab nationalism in Iraq is multinational and patterns after the founding of the Iraqi state, particularly in the thirties decate which witnessed the affected pointing movements of fascism and Nazism in Europe, and the role of the nationalist sati' Al - Husri and Sami Shawkat and Mufti Amin al - Husseini in the escalation of emotion in this style that reached its peak in May traffic 1941, and to identify the most important national trends after the second World war, which was characterized by the dominance of the socialist and revolutionary character of Nazareth, and the conflict between the various national pavilions after the 1963 coup, and the dominance of the Nazarene go the reins of power during the period (1963 - 1968). In the fourth section concerned with reviewing national organizations, intelligentsia and its subsidiaries (the traditional right - wing and Nasiriyah revolutionary socialist and nationalist) unionist and concepts advocated by, the general premise on which it relied, with self - reported reasons that led to the decline of the national trend in Iraq.At the conclusion of research we offered the most important conclusions we reached through the calendar of intellectual currents in Iraq, the most important general features that characterized and the compatibility of thought and practice during the prescribed period of study

الارمن في لبنان 1915 - 1975 : دراسة في اوضاعهم الاجتماعية والاقتصادية والسياسية == The Armenians in Lebanon 1915 - 1975 Study in their Social, Economic and Political Situations

اسم المؤلف: باسم ريحان مغامس الشميساوي
اسم المشرف: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: ذي قار
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of the history of minorities is a crucial issue because it has a significant impact on the events in the region in which it is located, particularly in Lebanon. This reflects profoundly on the Lebanese identity, which is characterized by ethnic, religious and sectarian diversity. Minorities in Lebanon's sectarian system have found a vital area for their social and political activities, their religious beliefs are much greater, less their counterparts in the region. On the other hand, the presence of large groups of refugees with a particular religious belief in a multi - ethnic country has a direct impact on social conditions Economic and political situation of the host country. The establishment of such refugees may lead to ethnic and religious tensions with local groups opposed to this emergency presence. Therefore, it is important to study the history of the Armenian community in Lebanon in all its aspects and dimensions, an academic study in depth, as it is one of the important communities that left a significant impression on the social, economic and political aspects of Lebanon, despite the recent existence in this country. In a miserable situation that is difficult to describe, they were stripped of everything, suffered the hardships of living in camps that lacked the basic elements of life, and in a country that differed with its inhabitants by customs and traditions, not to mention the language that was a major obstacle to their rapid integration into the new society. However, this minority community was able to preserve its national identity for a short period of time, and to have a great interest in Lebanon on the economic and political level, based on strong social ties. Accordingly, this study titled "Armenians in Lebanon 1915 - 1975 study in their social, economic and political situations" is chosen to highlight on the aforementioned issues of Armenian minority in order to revisit their histories and reach a new conclusions. The structure of the thesis is div ided into an introduction and five chapters and a conclusion.The first chapter examines the situation of the Armenians in the Ottoman Empire up to 1915. Three sections are addressed here : the first of which included the Armenian origin, included the geographical location and historical development, while the second Armenian topic was presented during the reign of Sultan Abdul Hamid II and the internationalization of the Armenian question. The third focused on the Armenians during the federal rule until 1915.The second chapter deals with the Armenian migrations to Lebanon from 1915 to 1939, so each migration is considered in a single section of this chapter. The first of which investigates the Armenian presence in Lebanon in 1915. The second section discusses entitled France's relinquishment of its mandate to Cilicia in 1920 and Armenian emigration Of which, while the third reviews the third migration under the title of Armenian immigration from the Alexandretta Brigade in 1939.The third chapter deals with the social and economic situation of the Armenians in Lebanon, and therefore divided into three sections. The first is the settlement of Armenian refugees in Lebanon. The second focuses on the religious establishment and the educational system. The third deals with the economic situation of the Armenians and their role in developing the Lebanese economy.The fourth chapter examines with the political situation of the Armenians in Lebanon during the French mandate of 1925 - 1946. This chapter is divided into two sections, the first one highlights the Armenian political parties in Lebanon, and the second discusses the participation of Armenians in political life under the mandate.The fifth chapter is devoted to examine the political situation of Armenians in Lebanon 1947 - 1975, divided into two sections. The first topic deals with the intensification of the conflict between the Armenian parties and their reflections on their political reality, while the second topic reviews the political development of the Armenians until 1975.In conclusion, the Armenians in Lebanon succeeded remarkably in the social, economic and political levels. They were driven to their unknown fate. Many were killed on the road of displacement. Others died as a result of sickness, hunger, and even those who remained alive were dead when they arrived in the diaspora. In the refugee camps in Lebanon, poverty was accompanied by their huts and tents. They lacked the most basic needs of a proper life. They were ulnerable to disease and epidemics, killing many, especially children, because of malnutrition. Except living in isolation in a different traditions, language, etc., but they were able to develop their social status to form an Armenian society in Lebanon that is in itself strong and cohesive, maintaining their national identity and positively integrated into Lebanese society. This also applies to the economic aspect in which they have become influential. The economic power of the Armenians in Lebanon has become an important political role. It is important that the Lebanese government refused to return to Soviet Armenia when the Soviet Union launched it for the second time in 1962 for fear of upsetting the demographic balance. It is possible to say that all of this would not have been possible without the extraordinary potential of the Armenian people to cling to life and to re - establish themselves as an significant community in Lebanon and to play a large role in social, economic and political aspects.

فلسفة الخلق بين الكتاب المقدس وكتب التراث الاسلامي : دراسة تحليلية == The Philosophy of Creation between the Scriptures and the Books of the Islamic Heritage

اسم المؤلف: اسراء محسن داود المرعبي
اسم المشرف: عمار محمد يونس الساعدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2019
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The humanity has spent an arduous journey in search for its creator and for the foresight and purpose of its existence. Nowadays and in the past, there is a question could not have been answered by the proposed hypotheses that is why did God created the world? However, searching in the accounts and the verses of the scriptures has revealed that the vision of God in the Old Testament is incarnated in the command, in the New Testament is in the affection and in the Qur'an is in the mercy. Thus, according to the principle of relativity, Almighty God's will in the genesis cannot be precisely realized. But it seems that God's love of his creatures was behind his intent of the creation. So, God knows what else.Anyway, the destination of man in this context is represented in his following the example of God's teachings and morals for the sake of reaching the eternal happiness, the perfection and the salvation. For this reason it has been reported in the narration of the prophet Muhammed (pbuh) that "Oh people, acquire the manners and the characters of God ". Nevertheless, a Qura'nic verse provided that God said "I did not create the jinn and the humans except to worship me"1, suggests to another expression. It refers not only to an earthly worship, but, to the furthest types of cult. Hence, the worldly idols, Adam and his progeny, could have got the highest ranks in getting closer to God, in preference and honor when they could have achieved superiority over the jinns and also could have followed the righteous path till the judgment day. In addition, having been battlingQur'an : The Spreaders\ 56.their inner demons, having been engaged in Jihad Al - Nafs the sruggle against their own desires and limitations and in promoting their values and spirits, those the human line could have chosen to acknowledge to their creator at their will. Consequently, they could constantly and thankfully praised Allah.Finally, we should give the proper answers to the following questions that every person is interested in them : - Where did we come from? Why were we created? And Where are we going?. Indeed, it could be said that we have been created as a result for the divine honor of Adam by science when Allah said " And He taught Adam the names, all of them; then He represented them to the angels and said tell Me the names of these, if you are sincere."2 Therefore, we are as human creatures must represent the Godly morals and behaviors and fill the earth with love and mercy because we are the successors of Allah in his land. So, we are in a glorious march of grace and power towards winning the ever lasting paradise of the blessed havens.

الوزارات المستحدثة واثرها في الواقعين الاقتصادي والاجتماعي للعراق 1958 - 1963 == The Effect of Created Ministries on the Economic and social Aspects in Iraq 1958 - 1963

اسم المؤلف: سعد عبد الواحد عبد الخضر
اسم المشرف: حسن علي عبد الله السماك
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: القادسية
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The newly formed ministries in Iraq for the period from 1959 to 1963 represented the most comprehensive changes in the economic and social aspects. Thus, we can say that the July 14 th is a real revolution and not a military coup through its achievements in the advancement of the society. When laws were enacted, No. 74 of 1959, which included the creation of seven ministries, namely the Ministry of Agrarian Reform, the Ministry of Industry, the Ministry of Oil, the Ministry of Planning, the Ministry of Works and Housing, the Ministry of Municipalities and the Ministry of Commerce and The Ministry of Agrarian Reform came to implement the Law of Agrarian Reform No. 30 of 1958, which resulted in the identification of agricultural property, seeking to raise the level of agricultural farmers, establishing agricultural associations and agricultural cooperatives. In order to address the housing crisis in cities, following the increase of migration from rural to urban, the Ministry of Works and Housing In the cities and the need for different services, the Ministry of Municipalities was established. In order to follow up the factories and factories that the agreements with the Soviet Union and the socialist countries undertook to establish in Iraq, the Ministry of Agriculture, In order to control the oil wealth and exploit its revenues to increase national income and provide social services such as health, education, housing and raising the standard of living for individuals, the Ministry of Oil, which entered into negotiations with foreign oil companies operating in Iraq, issued Law No. 80 of 1961, which freed 99.5% Iraqi control of foreign companies.The government followed the policy of economic planning to achieve balance in all sectors of the national economy. The Ministry of Planning, after the abolition of the Ministry of Construction and the Ministry of Economy, and for the purpose of regulating the import and export process and make it consistent with the philosophy of the state and was serious in converting the citizen to a product more than consumer and limited consumption on the necessary materials and Iraq's trade with thecountries of the world, introduced the Ministry of Commerce, which sought to protect the citizen from exploitation when the adoption of the Government Sales Authorityand welfare.Department of research to the introduction and four chapters and conclusion, the first chapter dealt with the Iraqi Republic and directly the ministries of the Royal Covenant, The second chapter deals with the rapid social developments and their impact on the development of new ministries. The third chapter deals with agreements of technical and economic cooperation with the former Soviet Union and the countries of the socialist camp and the development of ministries to follow up their implementation. The fourth chapter sought to examine Iraq's foreign policy and its effect in developing new economic policies. The results of the study and analysis of the work of the ministries in the period of research, The researcher relied on a variety of sources, including unpublished documents kept in the library and documents of files of the royal court and the files of the Council of Sovereignty and administrative reports and the files of some ministries, then the published documents, the government publications issued by the ministries and publications of the Ministry of Guidance and publications of the Ministry of Justice, Industry and the Secretariat of the Capital, And then come letters and university papers and memos and many books of Arabic and Arab and some foreign books as well as the use of several periodicals, especially magazines and newspapers issued during that period, which was filled by the thesis and the list of sources and has been used for the researcher analytical approach as a method of work and I put the finishing touches in my dissertation, I did not claim that it is free of lapses and delusions because the perfect God only and finally put this dissertation in the hands of my distinguished professors and members of the discussion committee. I hope that their corrections will have a great role to reach the dissertation

التجيبون في الاندلس ودورهم السياسي والفكري في الفتح حتى منتصف القرن السادس الهجري

اسم المؤلف: فؤاد حسين علي التميمي
اسم المشرف: مجيد ماجد محمد الزامل
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2010
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The pages of the thesis introduce some of the Andalus historical facets for Tojibis represent a part of this is history. This study endeavours to show the position of Tojibis in Andalus and motivate the scolars to study the Arab families and charactors in Andalus because any new study will introduce new information and facts to the Andalus library.Tojibis had a political and scintific role in Andalus since the Arab conquest till the middle of Hijri sixth century.This is a cause that made the scholas study this subject and trace this contribution of the Tojibis to this period.And because this period witnessed a political activity from Tojibis which ended in Almeria in 484 A.H/1091 A.D.The Tojibis scintific role lasted till the middle of the Hijri sixth century. The period that followed the death of some scientists like Mohammad bin Ahmed known as ibn AlHaj died in 529 A.H. / 1134 A.D., Ibn Baja - Mohammad bin Yahya died in 533 A.H/ 1138 A.D., Ahmed bin Abdul Rehman bin Eissa died in 563 A.H/ 1167 A.D doesn't witnessed emergence of scientist of that kind.There is no an independent study about Tojibis in Andalus except some references in M.A. thesis named "Al thaghr Al Aa'la Al Andalusi" "The upper frontier of Andalus. A study of political states from 95 - 316 A.H/ 714 - 928 A.D" written by Ibrahim Al samarai and some references as well about their settlement in Andalus in "Islamic Arab conquest and settlement in Andalus and north Africa"; A book written by Dr. Abdulwahid Thanoon Taha. There is a written by Dr. Mariam Qassim Taweel "The Kingdoom of Almeria of the era of Al mu'tasim bin Sumadih 443 - 484 A.H/ 1051 - 1091 A.D.".What is remarkable that the researcher made arrangements of the biographies according to their alphabet order when he studies the contribution of the Tojibis to the scientific process.This study in volves four chapters in addition to a production : Chapter one is divided in to three parts. The first part studies the origin of Tojibis and their contribution to conquest of Andalus then I studied the Tojibian Salamas in Huesca.The third part in volves the political role of Tojibis in the upper frontier through the principality 138 - 316 A.H/ 755 - 928 A.D., the caliphate era (316 - 422 A.H/ 928 - 1030 A.D) and what is called "the states of sacts" era 422 - 484 A.H/ 1041/1091 A.D.Chapter two is dedicated for religious studies which has something to do with Holy Quran. These studies involves reading and interpretation sciences. Then I took the Holy Hadith of Prophet Mohammad, of "AlRai" who have their own opinion to under stand and explain the Holy Quran and Hadith, matter of religious instructions, science of documents and finally some other Tajibis biographies.Chapter three is indicated for Arabic language studies including grammar and literature. Literature in volves poetry and prose. Prose, as well, includes oration letters and then I mentioned the Tojibis who had their own role in prose field and finally eloquency come.Chapter four includes rationalism and experimentalism that involve philosophy, medicine, engineering, history biographies and music. This study admitted a group of modern Arabic resources and others trduslated from another languages Arabic. Searches, assays, letters these and other foreign resources are available in this chapter as well.In conclusion : I reach some conclusions the most important of them one : Tojib tribe is one of Arab tribes that contributed to the Andalus conquest.Mousa bin Nossair's compaign implied so many leaders and officers of this tribe. Tojib tribe settled in the northern east of Andalus particulary in Saragossa, Droca, Huesca, Calatayoub and Almeria as well. Two families of this tribe emerged on the political stage. The first family of Abdul Rehman Al Tojibi appeared at the upper frontier. The second one is the family of sumadih in Almeria. The Tojibis role is not reduced to the political side but extended to scientific and religious life as well. Al Baji was one of the famous scholars among Tojibis in Andalus. Religious men such as Abu lzhaq Al albiri interested in poetry and philosophy as well. Al zarqali and other scientists that contributed to the scientific movement in Andalus

الامام الحسين (عليه السلام) في كتاب الطبقات الكبير لمحمد بن سعد ت230ه == Imam Hussein in Great classes book of Muhammad bn Saad(230 H.D)

اسم المؤلف: سالم لذيذ والي الغزي
اسم المشرف: شكري ناصر عبد الحسن المياحي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2019
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Praise be to Allah, Lord of the worlds and peace and blessings be upon our master Muhammad and his good and pure family. Of the well - known that Imam Hussein had played a major and pivotal role in the events of Islamic history. This role has had a great and wide impact all over the globe to this day . Many historians took up his revolution and his biography according to their method and intention , some of them , used the summary, others used details . Among them was Mohammed bin Saad al - Basri ( 230 H.D \ 844 A.D) , the fact that this author was known in leadership in writing history of the first and second centuries A H . moreover, his book " great classes book of Ibn Saad " is one of the first books that classified in the strata of the companionsand those who came after them until his time. Although the book has been printed several times since 1904 AD, but all these editions have been removed from the translation of Imam Hussein , and the information of the book did not appear to the scholars, researchers and readers only after one hundred year after its printing. So scholar thought it had not translated about Imam Hussein.The study included a preface, five chapters and conclusion . The boot came to show the author and his writing in general , his book and the general classes in particular , which include the resources and methodology of Imam Hussein. The first chapter included three topics dealing with social dimensions, worship and politics , which focused on his birth, name , sons and his wives. The second chapter included Imam Hussein's preface to the event through his dealings with the Amawyeen authorities and his supports and Shiites and the transmission of books and messengers and how to deal with the obstacles that faced his revolution.B As well as his way of responding to those who were advised by those who differed the ways of thinking, which most mentioned Ibn Saad . that Imam Hussein used several methods to respond to them. The third chapter the writer focus on the armed options in the revolution and how he faced enemies , which included his arrival in Karbala and his killing and martyrdom with his all family. The fourth chapter explained the implications of Husseiniya Revote on the Amawyeen and Islamic societies, and how this led to the destruction of the rule of Umayyads. The fifth chapter focused on the importance of Ibn Saad's novel in historical sources which indicated the importance of his novel to historians, who were in his time or who came from beyond. Including Ibn Asakir in his book " History of Damascus " and Sibtt bin Jawzi in his book " Reminding Characteristics " . the conclusion showed the most important results reached by the researcher.Adopted the study on two hundred and sixty major source and secondary references .In conclusion, this effort modest is an attempt to define the character sacrificed everything for the defense of religion and save the nation of injustice and slavery.

الموالي في العراق دراسة في احوالهم العامة حتى سنة (132 هـ) == The pro - Iraq study in their general conditions until the year (132 AH

اسم المؤلف: سوسن عباس حسين الجابري
اسم المشرف: انتصار لطيف حسن السبتي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Mawali (non - Arab Muslim allies) represented one influential factor in the Arabic - Islamic community. The significant intellectual achievements they left in diverse sciences and arts, especially the religious and the literary, made them a salient signpost.The term "Mawali" appeared before Islam due to the circumstances that prevailed as a result of the wars that swept the Arabian Peninsula. However, it prevailed after non - Arabs converted to Islam; those came to be known as "Mawali". The Arabic singular "Mawla" also referred to an Arab alley, a usage that diversified the meaning of alliance. There is a significant amount of research on the Mawali. Researchers investigated the social and economic aspects of their life as well as their political role, in addition to their intellectual achievements. The Gharrawi study put a detailed bibliography on the names of authors who tackled the intellectual influence of the Mawali during the Ummayad Era. The study included the Mawali all over the Arab Islamic State. In this study, the researcher investigates their intellectual influence in Iraq; shedding light on their contribution as a group which was said to be marginalized and whose simple humanitarian rights were denied, as such, they resorted to make up the inferiority by excelling intellectually. The researcher presents a positive picture of the Mawali's intellectual activities since the Early Islamic Era until the end of the Umayyad Era.The study consists of five chapters with an introduction, conclusion, and a list of bibliography. The meaning of the term "Mawali" is explained in chapter one, with the Mawali's social and economic life. Chapter two is entitled The Influence of the Mawali in the Religious Sciences, these sciences include the sciences of the Quran, interpretation, Quranic readings, prophetic tradition (Hadith), and Kalam (Islamic scholastic theology). In chapter three tackles the Mawali's contribution to the military, while chapter four examines their achievement in the social sciences like the Arabic language and the science of Qasas (Quranic stories). And chapter five focuses on the Mawali's most important administrative positions after the Umayyads policy change because of their need for the Mawali's services, administrative and leadership skills. This had led to the Ummayads assigning important and critical roles to them; roles which were assigned only to the loyal members of the Ummayad house.

التطورات الاقتصادية والاجتماعية في المملكة العربية السعودية 1953 ـ 1975 == Economic and Social Developments in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 1953 - 1975

اسم المؤلف: سوسن جبار عبد الرحمن شريف
اسم المشرف: زهير علي احمد النحاس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2011
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة الموصل
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: في دوامـة الفقر معتمدة على بعض الاستثمارات ، ناهيك عن التخلف الاقتصادي وتدني مسـتوى معيشة الفرد السعودي الذي انكفا على نفسه كفافا ، كما ان ندرة المياه وطبيعة الحياة الصحراوية القاسية فرضت على معظـم السعوديين حياة البداوة والتكتـلات القبلية ، وبعد تاسيس المملكة عام 1932 ، عانت الاخيرة من نقص الموارد المالية ، ففي عام 1934 ، لم تتعد ميزانية المملكة (احد عشر ) مليون ريال ، الا ان المملكة تحولت خلال عامي ( 1953 ـ 1975 ) من صحراء جـرداء تفتقر الى المـوارد الاقتصادية الى بـلاد غنية بالمـوارد الطبيعية بفضل اكتشاف النفط عام 1938 ، واستثماره بشكل تجاري ما بعد الحرب العالمية الثانية ( 1939ـ 1945 ) ، وكان حـدثا مهما مهد للتحـول الاقتصادي والاجتماعي الكبير الذي مزاالت تشهده المملكة العربية السعوديـة ، فقد كان لهـذه التحولات والتطورات اثـر كبير في نقل المجتمع السعودي من مجتمع صحراوي بدوي له طبيعة قبلية الى دولة حديثة بمؤسسات عصرية ، وتتمتع بمكانة مهمة في المنطقة العربية ، وضمن هذا الاطار تابعت الدراسة وقائع هذه التطورات والتحولات ومسارها التاريخي ، فركزت على جهود المملكة وانجازاتها لتحقيق هـذه التطورات ، وعلى كافـة الاصعدة والقطاعات ، ومعالجتها للعراقيل والمعوقات التي كانت تقف امام تحقيق هـذه التحولات ،ولا سيما ما يتعلق بالتحولات الاقتصادية والاجتماعية والتطور العمراني والحضري وبقية القطاعات الاقتصادية والاجتماعية . وبهدف الاحاطة بتلك الاحـداث والتطورات الاقتصادية والاجتماعية ، تم وضع هيكلية للدراسة انتظمت بتمهيد واربعة فصول وخاتمة فقد تناول التمهيد التطورات الداخلية في بداية تاسيس المملكة العربية السعودية عام 1932 تناول الفصل الاول النفط واثره في دعم التحولات المالية للمملكة العربية السعودية 1953 ـ 1975 ، والمسار التاريخي لاستثمار النفـط السـعودي .وعني الفصل الثاني بالتحولات الاقتصادية الحاصـلة في المملكة ( 1953ـ 1975 ) فيما يختص بالقطاعات الاقتصادية . وخصص الفصل الثالث لاثر التحولات الاقتصادية على التكوينات الاجتماعية والحركة العمرانية في المملكة العربية السعودية .اما الفصل الرابع والاخير ، فقد خصص للتحولات الثقافية التي شهدتها المملكة العربية السعودية وما لها من دور بارز ومهم في تطور المجتمع وتقدمه | Saudi Arabia has witnessed developments and economic and social transformations during the period between the years (1953 - 1975). Concerning the economic aspect, there were no natural resources in the country by this date. This country lived in poverty and backwardness for many centuries depending on small investments. Moreover, , water scarcity and the nature of the harsh desert life had been imposed the tribal system on the lives of most Saudis. After the kingdom was founded in 1932, it suffered from a lack of recent financial resources. In the year 1934, the budget of the Kingdom did not exceed (eleven) million Riyal. But the kingdom has turned during (1953 - 1975), from a barren desert with strong shortage of economic resources to a rich country with natural resources, because of the discovery of oil in 1938 with more commercial investments during the post - World War II (1939 - 1945). It was an important event which paved the way for economic and social transformations that are still great in the kingdom of Saudi Arabia.These events have their impacts on the Saudi society because this society has been changed from a Bedouin society into a modern state with modern institutions and it enjoys its place in the Arab region. Within this framework comes the significance of this study to follow the proceedings of the changes and transformations and historic developments. The study emphasizes the efforts of the kingdom and achievements in many sectors and to overcome the obstacles and constraints that were parked in front of the achievement of these changes, particularly with regard to transformations of economic and social and urban development. Accordingly, the present study is divided into four main chapters preceeded by an introduction and ended with a global conclusion. The introduction deals with the administrative organization of state since the founding of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in 1932 and until 1953, with the arrival of King Saud Ibn Abdul Aziz into power. The first chapter throws light on oil and its impact on the financial support transitions to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 1953 - 1975, and Saudi oil investment and the historical development of the Saudi financial system with the establishment of the Saudi Monetary Agency in 1952. The second chapter studies the economic sectors namely the agricultural one. With regard to economic sectors, including the agricultural sector, the chapter deals with the most important problems and obstacles faced by this sector, as indicated by the chapter, it moves into the modern industrial firm and the importance of the sector trade the latest economic developments. The third chapter is devoted to social developments in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and what has come from changes in the social structure of the kingdom, the emergence of new categories in Saudi society, as well as the efforts of the Kingdom in the fields of social development. In this chapter, other points are also discussed namely transport routes, means of transport, various communication and its impact on urban developments in the kingdom, particularly after the reconstruction of the Holy Places amd mosques to secure the confort of pilgrimage.As for the fourth chapter, it treats the cultural transformation occurred in the Kingdom and especially in the field of education.As a matter of fact the sector of public health has also seen a tangible progress besides the mass media and the press. Finally, the present study ends with a conclusion which focuses on the most important findings that emerged from the thesis, and the implications of the economic and social developments in Saudi Arabia. It should be mentioned that one of the outstanding negative points is the reliance on one resource namely oil. The Kingdom has to rely on the revenues of other resources in order to revitalize the other economic and social sectors.

الصراعات السياسية في حقبة التسلط البويهي (334 - 447هـ/945 - 1055م) == Political Conflicts in Millennium of Buwaihid Domination (334 - 447 A.H./945 - 1055 A.D.)

اسم المؤلف: عمر احمد سعيد محمود الحمداني
اسم المشرف: موفق سالم نوري الجوادي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2011
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة الموصل
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Political conflicts in the millennium of the Buwaihid domination (334 - 447 A. H./945 - 1055 A.D) are regarded as the striking aspects because of their aggravation in this period , whereas the appearance of the Buwaihid on the field of political events, their upside down the balances of affairs through their control on the reins of authority in Iraq, especially Baghdad, the competition of the caliph in his powers and privileges , negligence of the public and private in whole of their social and economic conditions, all of those things entered the country in the continuity of conflicts which do not scarcely end up or stop at a certain limit , so these conflicts were internal relating to the structure of authority and the problem of administration of affairs of political, economic, social, and intellectual aspects, then extended out to every direction whereas any aspects can not be excluded from these conflicts. And if this phenomenon were an extension of what the military chaos witnessed, control the leader of soldiers, and their domination in the millennium (247 - 334 A.H./861 - 945 A.D.), then this extension became more serius because of the multiplicity and diversity of the centres of power, that resulted from these conflicts, which threatened the structure of society and state in a considerable danger. So, I found that studying this phenomenon which extended for a century is necessary and pertinent for the research in its nature, then the nature of its falls.Therefore, it was neither a passing state , nor a partial and a secondary thing.In spite of extension of the subject, and the considerable diversity of its sources, the research did not face any actual and serious difficulties, that was achieved by favor of the God He raised far alone who he helped me to iron out any obstacles to let the research takes its complete scope in convering these conflicts.And for achieving the comprehensiveness of the research, encircling its all, and convering it in study and analysis, so it was divided up into a preface and four sections each section consisted many chapters. The preface the historical introductions of the originating the Buwaihid domination. The first section included the conflict between the Abbasid caliphate and the Buwaihid principality. The second section handled the conflict on principality inside the Buwaihid family. The third section dealt with conflicts inside the ruling establishment. The fourth section searched in the conflict among the social and intellectual powers with the Buwaihid authority.The outcomes of this study can be summarized in the following points : - Some caliphs played sometimes an effective role to face the actions made by the Buwaihid, in spite of their being falling under their domination. - The Abbasid Caliphate did not subject to the currents of conflicts alone, these currents have drifted the establishment of the Buwaihid principality so the Buwaihid family subjected to conflicts especially after the death of the first generation of the strong princes. - As to the military establishment, it entered also in the continuity of the conflicts. - The conflict infiltrated also into the civilian establishment. - This millennium witnessed a deterioration in the social and economic aspects which led to the prominence of the role played by the various social levels and categories. - These conflicts left their clear effects on falling down the Buwaihed's state which continued more than a century in internal conflicts the heat of which does not go down

سبط ابن الجوزي مؤرخا للحروب الصليبية : دراسة في سيرته ونصوصه التاريخية == SIBT IBN AL - JAWZI AS A HISTORIAN OF THE CRUSADES A Study of his life and his Historical Narrative

اسم المؤلف: شكيب راشد بشير ال فتاح
اسم المشرف: جزيل عبد الجبار شيت الجومرد
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2007
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة الموصل
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: منذ ان اخذت الحروب الصليبية حيزها في الدراسات التاريخية ، كانت لدراسة المصادر العربية عن تلك الحروب مكانتهوااهميتها ، ولاسيموااننا نجد في معظم الاعمال المنشورة قد خصصت جزء من مقدماتها في نقد ودراسة تلك المصادر ، ولعل ابرز من قام بدارستها كوحدة منفصلة لا في مقدمات الكتب المنشورة هو المستشرق الانكليزي هملتون جب (Hamilton Gibb) ومن بعده الانكليزي ايضا بنيمان وورسلي (Pennyman Worsloy)، لكن كلا المستشرقين نجد ان ابحاثهما لا تخرج عن نطاق الفترة المبكرة للحروب الصليبية ، وعن المقارنات ما بين ابن القلانسي (555هـ/1160م) من جهة وبين العماد الكاتب (ت597 هـ/1200م) وابن الاثير (ت630 هـ/ 1232م) من جهة اخرى .فضلا عما سبق فمنذ زمن ليس بالبعيد اتخذت الدراسات التاريخية بما يخص الحروب الصليبية في جامعة الموصل خطوات لها ايجابياتها في دراسة المصادر العربية لتلك الحروب كان الهدف الاساسي منها الوصول الى نتائج علمية حول الرؤية العربية الاسلامية المشرقية لتلك المصادر التي تناولت وعرضت مفردات ما عرف بالحملات الصليبية ، وكشف مدى فهم المؤرخين المسلمين المعاصرين لسير المواجهة وشخصياتها الاسلامية والصليبية معا.واستكمالا لسير هذه الخطوات تم اختيار بحثي الموسوم (سبط ابن الجوزي مؤرخا للحروب الصليبية) ، ويعد الاخير شخصية جديرة بالدراسة والبحث ، اذ ولد في بغداد من اصول غير مثيرة للاهتمام ، في حين ان جده من امه ابن الجوزي المشهور قد عوض ما فقده في ذلك الجانب ولذا سمي (سبط ابن الجوزي) ، وعاش في كنفه ما يقارب العقدين الاولين من حياته ، وعندما ضاعت حظوظه بعد وفاة جده سنة (597هـ /1200م) فقد السبط سنده وفرصته ، فضلا عن وفاة بنفشا ام الخليفة الناصر لدين الله (575 - 622هـ/ 1179 - 1224م) فيما بعد والتي كانت ترعاه بعد وفاة جده مثلما حرصت على رعاية الاخير، وبذلك لم يبقى له سوى السفر الى بلاد الشام التي يحكمها افراد البيت الايوبي.وبشكل او باخر فقد نقل السبط مواهبه وامكانياته في الوعظ الى الاماكن التي رحل اليهواقد احسن عرضهواوظفها بما يخدم مكانته العلمية ومواجهة الصليبيين وبلوغه مكانة عالية عند ملوك وامراء البيت الايوبي. فضلا عما سبق فان نتاجاته العلمية الاخرى لا تقل اهمية عن مكانته في الوعظ لاسيما في مجال التاليف ومنها كتابة المعروف (مراة الزمان في تاريخ الاعيان) والذي هو مادة البحث لهذه الاطروحة . اما بالنسبة لمحتويات البحث فقد قسم الى بابين ، تناول كل باب عدة مباحث ، وقد فرض هذا التقسيم نفسه لان في حالة جعل خطة البحث على شكل فصول ستكون هذه الفصول متباينة في حجم مادتهواغير مترابطة ، وتكون الخطة قد اغفلت ذكر الكثير من العناوين المهمة التي وردت في كلا البابين ، فضلا عن ذلك فان سيرة السبط لا يمكن حصرها بفصل واحد وذلك لكون الاخير قد عاش في اكثر من اقليم وعاصر عدة ملوك ، بالاضافة الى تحويل مذهبه وعزارة نتاجه الثقافي .اما بالنسبة للباب الاول فقد تناول سيرة سبط ابن الجوزي وقد قسم الى ستة مباحث اولها نسبة ولادته ، ثم اسرته ، في حين عرض المبحث الثالث نشاته في بغداد وكان في غاية الاهمية للكشف عن ثقافته الاولية ومواردها ، ولم يكن المبحث الرابع اقل اهمية اذ تعرض لرحلاته واستقراره واثر تعامله مع السلطة في ذلك ، اما المبحث الخامس فقد كان تقليدواعرض فيه شيوخه وتدريسه ومؤلفاته ، في حين تكمن اهمية هذا المبحث في مناقشة اسباب تحول مذهبه واستعرض مجالس وعظه التي يمكن القول ان المبالغة نسبيا في عرضها لها ما يبررها . اما المبحث السادس فهو علاقته بالبيت الايوبي ، ولا بد للاشارة هنا ان اهمية هذا المبحث تظهر الكشف عن اسقاطات السبط في التدوين من خلال هذه العلاقة ، ولا سيما عند تدوينه اخبار الحروب الصليبية .ام بالنسبة للباب الثاني فموضوعه في انشاء ومضمون النص ويحتوي على ثمانية مباحث قسم كلا منها عدة فقرات ، وقد تطلبت الضرورة لذلك ، اذ ان من الصعب اختزال هذه العناوين لان في تفصيلهواتكرار مادتها احيانا فائدة في احتواء المادة وهضمها لاسيمواان مثل هذه المواضيع تظهر فيها صعوبة ايجاد لغة تصل الى القارئ بشكل مباشر من دون وجود استطراد واحالات ، وقد يلاحظ ان هوامش البحث بصورة عامة قد اثقلت ، وهذا ما تطلبه لفهم المتن وتوثيقه علميا .وقد تناول المبحث الاول من هذا الباب ترتيب اخبار الحروب الصليبية في سياق الحول الواحد ، اما المبحث الثاني فقد ورد فيه منهج السبط في ذكر زمن الحدث سوء ذكر السنة او الشهر او اليوم ، فضلا عن الكشف بما قام به من حذف الزمن عندما ياخذ روايات من مصادر قد سبقته ، اما المبحث الثالث فقد كان عن الموقع الجغرافي في نصوص السبط وموارد عنده من تعريفات وايضاحات وما اجراه من تغير على اسماء المواقع واثر روح عصره في ذلك ، فضلا عن المواقع التي انفرد بالا شارة اليها . في حين ان المبحث الرابع تناول اعداد الجيوش والاسرى والقتلى والمبالغات التي فيها ، واستعماله لالفاظ التكثير ووصفه لتلك الاعداد . اما المبحث الخامس فقد ورد فيه اسباب حذف بعض مقاطع الروايات التي ياخذها من مصادر سبقته والدوافع الذاتية لذلك ، بالاضافة الى اسلوبه في التدوين العام وعرض الروايات . ولم يختلف المبحث السادس عن فكرة معرفة اسباب الاختصار الذي قام به عندما ينقل روايات مصادر اخرى ، لكن ما هو مختلف ان الاختصار قد لا يغير من مضمون الرواية مثلما نجده في الحذف .اما المبحث السابع فقد استعرض ما ذكره السبط عن الشخصيات الاسلامية التي لها نشاط في الحروب الصليبية ، وكيف ان السبط قيم هذه الشخصيات وفق مقياسه الذي بمقدار جهادها ضد الصليبيين يكون وصفه لها بالشكل الايجابي وكان لنور الدين محمود والمعظم عيسى حيزا في نصوص السبط .ولعل اهم ما في هذا الباب هو المبحث الثامن الذي ورد فيه عرض الشخصيات الصليبية في نصوص السبط وكيف انه ذكر اسماءهوامناصبهواالكشف عن الاخطاء او التصحيف عند ذكرها ، فضلا عن ما انفرد به من معلومات عنها . ويمكن القول ان السبط من اكثر المؤرخين الذين اهتم بهذه الشخصيات اذ ورد عندما يقارب عشرين شخصية قدم عنها معلومات لها اهميتها | Since the crausad wars have taken a significant space in historical studies; the study of Arabic sources about these wars have gained an important space and position. We find that most of the published works have set a side a part of its prefaces to study and criticize these sources. Perhaps the English Orientalis Hamilton Gibb and Pennyman Worsloy were the most prominent of these who studied theses sources separately not within the introductions of the published books. However; we find that their research don’t go beyond the early period of the crusade wars and the comparisons between Ibn - Alqalansi (555 A.H./ 1160 A.D.) from one hand, Alimad - Alkatib (597 A.H./1200 A.D.) and Ibn - Alatheer (630 A.H./ 1232 A.D.) from the other. In addition to what we’ve early said. Not long ago, historical studies in the University of Mosul on the Grusade wars have adopted positive steps in studying the Arabic Source of these wars, the basic objective of which was to attain scientific findings about eastern Islamic Arabic vision upon these sources which have tackled and displayed the terms of what has been called “The Crusade Wars” and revealed how contemporary Islamic historians have perceived the procession of confrontations and the Islamic and crusade characters together. In completion of these steps; my research entitled “Ibn - Aljawzi Grandson (Alsibt) of the crausade wars”. The latter is regarded worthy of study and research. He was born in Baghdad from unsignificant origins; while his grandfather the famous Ibn - Aljawzi was a great compensation for what he had deprived from in this regard, therefore he was called “Ibn - Aljawzi Grandson (Alsibt)”. He has grown up under his patronage for about the first two decades of his life. After the death of his grandfather; he lost the support and the opportunity. Later by the death of “BAnfsha” the mother of the caliph Alnasir Lideenilah (575 - 622 A.H./ 1179 - 1224 A.D.) who was looking after him after the death of his grandfather as well as the latter, he decided to trarel to Damascus which was governed by the Ayoobi Family members. In a way or another, the grandson (Alsibt) has conveyed his talents and abilities to the place he traveled to and excellently and exploited them in such a manner served his scientific position in confrontation with the crusaders and in attaining a high rank upon the kings and princes of the Ayoobi Family Basides what has been already mentioned, his other scientific works are not less important than his position in preaching especially in book composition such as his famous book “Time Mirror in the History of Notables” which is the subject of this dissertation. As for the research contents; they have been divided into two sections each one has dealt with several topics. This division was unavoidable; as if the research plan had been put in chapters, they would have been differing in the size of material and would have seemed unconnected. And thus, the plan might have disregarded many of the important topics mentioned in both sections. In addition to that, the biography of the Grandson (Alsibt) could not be confined to a sigle chapter as he had lived in more than one country and was a contemporary of several kings as well as his belief conversion and the abundance of his cultural works. As to the first section it has dealt with the biography of Ibn - Aljawzi Grandson AlSibt. It was divided into six topics. The first was about his birth and the second one about his family. The third topic displayed his early life Baghdad. It was the most significant among other topics as it revealed the resources of his earlier culture. The fourth topic was of the same significance as it tackled his trips and settlement and the outcome of dealing with the authority in this regard. The fifth topic was a tradition and has demonstrated his teachers, education and his compilations, its importance lies in the discussion about the reasons of his belief conversion and the display his preaching sessions; the relative overstatement of the display could be justified. The sixth topic was about his relation with the Ayoobi family. Here we must mention that the significance of this topic lies in revealing the omissions the Grandson (Alsibt) made in writing due to this relation, especially when he wrote down the events of the Crusade wars. The second section’s subject is about the text content and composition. It contains eight topics, each one is divided into many paragraphs for the necessity, it was difficult to reduce these titles, since the details and the repetition of its material sometimes are helpful in under standing it; and such subject are of particular difficulty in finding a direct reaching the reader with no digression and references. It is generally noted that the research footnotes have been overburdened which was necessary to perceive the text and for scientific documentation. The first topic of this section has dealt with the events sequence of the crusade wars in a one - year context. The second topic has discussed the Grandson’s (Sibt) methodology in mentioning the date whether the year, the month or the day of the event as well as revealing the omissions of dates he had made when reciting from sources prior to him. The third topic approached the definitions and explanations of the geographical location in the Grandson’s (Alsibt) texts, the changes he had made on the names of locations and the impact of his age spirit on that, as well as the locations that were only reported by him. The fourth topic has dealt with the numbers of armies, captives and killed in the battles, associated exaggerations and the use of multiplication terms in describing these numbers. The fifth topic has mentioned the reasons and self - motives behind the omission of some of the narration parts that he used to recite from sources to him, as well as his technique in general recording and narration display. The sixth topic discussed the same idea about realizing the reasons of brevity he had made when he recited from other sources. However what is different is that brevity might not change the content of the narration as omission does. The seventh topic was a review of what the Grandson (AlSibt) had mentioned about the Islamic characters actively participated in the crusade wars and how he had evaluated them according to his criterion and have positively described them according to their holly fight against Crusaders. Noor Aldeen Mahmood and E’asa Almuadham, for example occupied a remarkable space in the Grandson’s (AlSibt) texts. Perhaps the most significant in this section is the eighth which has included a review of the Crusade characters in the Grandson’s (AlSibt) texts; their names, ranks the revealing of the errors occurred during misreading and the unique information he had reported on them as well. In short, the Grandson (Alsibt) is among the most historians who was interested in such characters. He reported important information about nearly twenty them. Placed at the head the characters. He reported important information about nearly twenty of them. Placed at the head the characters of the Pope and Fredrick the second, the leader of the sixth Crusade campaig

العلاقات الليبية التركية 1969ــ 1989 : دراسة سياسية ـ اقتصادية

اسم المؤلف: نبيل عكيد محمود المظفري
اسم المشرف: محمد علي داهش
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2007
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة الموصل
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Turkey forms one of the most important states in the region for it gets a geostrategic weight and it neighbors the Arab Home land and at the same time it has relations with the western states . This has prepared for Turkey suitable conditions to achieve an important role in the region . Arab - Turkish relations has passed through various stages and Libya is one of those states which has relations with Turkey . Relations between them has witnessed a turning point in 1975 and included various aspects discussed in this study . The study consists of five chapters . The first presents a summery for historical ties between Libya and Turkey . The first section deals with the Ottoman conquest of Tripoli in 1551 , aspects of general relations between both sides during Karmanli era (1711 - 1835) , the participation of people in this Williat inside Ottoman Mabuthan council , the relations of Ottman state with Sanusi . The second section speaks about relations of both sides after the Italian occupation of this Williat and the resistance by the Libyan people compined with large number of Turkish officers and soldiers . The third section tackles Turkish - Libyan relations during independence starting from the Turkish attitude towards the Libyan issue inside the United Nations till it got its independence in December 1951 and the subsidiaries presented by Turkey to Libya , after the independence as well as economic relations between two countries till 1969 . The second chapter is dedicated for political relations . The first section deals with the Revolution of September Its, 1969 and the Turkish attitude from it . Turkey has passed through a critical position for when the revolution had taken place , King Idris Al - Snusi was making a tourist round in Turkey and the latter should have taken a definite position towards the revolution and the King . The second section speaks about political relations of both countries and the principles of foreign policy of Libya and his factors which affect this policy including Arab - Turkish relations in general , and the visits made by officials of both countries . The third chapter sheds light upon foreign affairs which affect Libyan - Turkish relations and at the beginning of these affairs was the Palestine issue , it often play a large role in the politics of Arab states towards the others especially those which are joined with good relations with Israel . The issue of Cyprus was a key of good relations between both countries especially after the military intervention of Turkey in Cyprus in 1974 and the Libyan support for it as well as the issue of Turkish minority in Bulgaria which have occupied a huge space in the attention of Turkish politicians . In addition , there were other issue which entangle the relations of both sides and the most significant ones was the continuos assaults of U.S.A upon Libya and the negative attitude of Turkey from this . Economy was the main aspect in bilateral relations of both countries . Thus , the researcher has specialized the last two chapters to search in to economic relations . The forth chapter tackled economic relations in fields of oil and trade . The researcher handled in the first section oil exploration in Libya and the beginning of production and export to the states . Turkey was one of states which made good efforts in getting the Libyan oil . Oil relations has developed since 1975 after the political release in their relations . While the second section talked about commercial relations between both sides and the factors which affected its development including the speech about kinds of commercial goods and trade balance . The last chapter , the researcher stood on other economic aspects in their relations and at the beginning was the joint investments in the fields of industry and agriculture . So , many joint companies and enterprises between both countries have been set up like fertilizers , and machinaries factories and setting up workshops and factories for maintenance as well as joint companies like the joint company for agriculture and husbandry . Then , the researcher talked about the Turkish companies working in side Libya particularly inside contracts sectors and those companies played animportant role in the field of construction and building roads and other things .the third section ,the researcher spoke about investments and financial aids presented by Libya to turkey like providing easy loans , joint banks, and tourism and how it supports the Turkish economy, the last section sheds light upon Turkish workers who work in Libya and their own role in establishing different projects and handling some problems in which the Turkish economy was suffering from and at the first was unemployment and deficit in Turkish budget various resources have been used in preparing this study and in front of them were published and unpublished documents ,official publications for both Libyan and Turkish governments ,united nations publications as well as books in various languages and scientific researches published in periodicals and newspapers

الردة في جنوب شبه جزيرة العرب (10 - 12هـ) : دراسة تاريخية == Apostasy in the South of Arab Peninsula (10 - 12 A.H) Historical Study

اسم المؤلف: عمر امجد صالح
اسم المشرف: هاشم يونس عبد الرحمن
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2009
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Islam in A.D. seventh century was considered a great event, but rather a great reforming movement which has been witnessed by the world along its long history; and many sequential reforming movements have been appeared in the world, but they did not success in changing the prevalent corruptive situations, and crushing the anxious circumstances which were facing the world in that time. Islam has affirmed since its beginning, that it is a general universal religion, which is suitable for every time and place, and even for every gender and mind, and for every degree of civilization; and with its nature represents a comprehensive civilization, which leads the human to the highest ranks of life, and achieving the development of humans, and solving the political and social problems, and it calls for unity, brotherhood, liberty and equality. Whatever the Arabs had have a great civilization heritage and a prominent role in the old ages, but their great historical role appears clearly in the state they made after Islam, and in the prosperous civilization whom they made its bases with their guidance and supervision till it extends behind their state's borders. Because Islam was considered a great event, it was to face a conflict and hostile movements, and Islam has faced in the era of the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him) many conflict movements; the first one was led by Quraish leaders in Makka for thirteen years, then the migration of the prophet Mohammed with his followers to Madina, and then Islam has faced two other conflict movements; the first was the hypocrites movement, and the second was the Jewish tribes movement, but Islam was able to defeat them. In the last days of the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him) another conflict movement becomes to appear and it was considered one of the most dangerous movements facing Islam, it was the apostasy movement (al - rida) which called for getting rid of the central state in Madina, which grew quickly and became dangerous after the die of the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him), and became wide in many areas of Arab peninsula, and had have many forms, and became different with its bases, styles and means, but it was agreed on that it was the most dangerous on the religious, social, political and economical unity of the Arab peninsula, and this led the Islamic Arabic state to make a wide war to defeat it. Studying the subject of apostasy is considered one of the most important subjects in the Islamic Arabic history, that this historical period is connected commonly with the Islamic Arabic existence which became threatened with the absence of the real founder, and shifting the mission of power to the Caliph Abu Bakr (may Allah be pleased with him). As well as, this movement is considered one the critical subjects in the Islamic history for its coming results, and for its involving events dealt by the references which were different in its understanding, and varied in its presentation and events and making judgments. Also the researcher felt the importance of the subject through its looking into the historical studies made around him, either reliance on the old reference or the modern ones. Although the short period of the apostasy movements starting from (10 - 12A.H./631 - 633A.D.) but the continuous events were important and connected with the existed situation in Arab peninsula regions with its tribal formation which moved many of the events facing the growth of mission (Da'wa), which gives us religious, political, economical and social sides conncted originally with the psychological and mental formation of the Arabic personality, which was affected with the live in environment. Although, the first appearances of apostasy movements in Arab peninsula were in the south, and with its claimer Al - Aswad Al - Ansi in Yemen, but it is noted that the last movements were in the south regions too, and the apostasy of Kenda, Hathermot tribes leaded by Al - AshaathBin Qais Al - Kindey, so the apostasy movements in the south took along time and that led to its widen its dangerous on the central state in Madina. It is noted that many of the studies made by the modern researchers dealt with apostasy movements in general with ambiguity and enumeration without and addition or analysis, as well as the shorten of displaying the different sides of the subject, also some of these studies dealt with apostasy movements in the middle and east regions of Arab peninsula, from this starting point the researcher proposed to deal with the apostasy movements in south regions of Arab peninsula, and the thesis was entitled with "Apostasy in the South of Arab peninsula (10 - 12A.H) Historical Stud ", where it dealt with apostasy events in Yemen, Hathermot, Mohra, and Oman for they represent the south and south east of Arab peninsula, and for that nobody of the researchers has dealt with in an academic and scientific study. From this point, the researcher saw necessary to deal with this subject and giving a comprehensive and clear image for every part of its parts and solving its historical studying problem. The researcher did his best to make this study appears in the frame of historical, descriptive method of the historical events, so he presented a very accurate description for it. This study consisted of four chapters, the first one deals with "The Geographical and Human Situations in the South of Arab peninsula", and it depended on two main axes; the first axis talked about(The Geographical Situations) of south regions in Yemen, Hathermot and Oman, shedding light on the geographical position, name, elevations, and the weather, and the most important cities of these main regions. While the second axis talked about (The Human Situations) with its social population formation in the south, and also the religious and conductive formation of the Arabic tribes in the region before Islam, giving a detailed kinship about every tribe and its origin and name, and its social, political and economical life beside dealing with the religious thinking nature of these tribes, and the old celestial religions like Jewish and Christianity and so on. Concerning the second chapter, it dealt with (The Administrative and Financial Situations in the South of Arab peninsula); and its depended on three axes : the first and second ones dealt with the bases and principles of Islam, explaining the entry of many Arab peninsula regions in the new religion, and the coming of the Arab tribes to the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him) declaring homage and obedience for him (peace be upon him). While the third axis talked about the new administration systems in the Message era, explaining the administration of the prophet Mohammed for these regions through sending the envoys, brigades to achieve security and stability, and then sending rulers and designating them to collect charities and managing the peoples' affairs. Concerning the third chapter, it displayed (Apostasy Movement, Beginning and Reasons), and this chapter depended on four axes : the first one dealt with the meaning of apostasy, and the linguistic and terminological meaning in Koran and Sunna; while the second one dealt with the first beginnings of it in the Message's era, with its claimer Al - Aswad Al - Ansi in Yemen in the last days of the prophet Mohammed (peace be upon him) life, the third axis dealt with apostasy in orthodox caliphate era and the surrounded situations of electing Abu Bakr Al - Sedeeq (may Allah be pleased with him), and explaining the way of apostasy movements beginning, and the tribes whom they committed apostasy. While the fourth axis dealt with the religious, political, economical and social reasons behind that. The fourth chapter dealt with (The Procedures and Measures which made by the Caliph Abu Bakr Al - Sedeeq to Crush the Apostasy Movements and the Important Results) and on the same method, the chapter depended on many axes : the first one, the military efforts of the Caliphate in the north, and it concentrated on the mission of Usama Bin Zaid in Syria, and the security measures of the Caliph to protect Madina, and he collected the eleventh brigades to face apostasy. While the second axis talked about the military efforts of the Caliphate in the south, and showing the important military efforts which participated in crushing the apostasy in Oman, Mohra, Hathermot and Yemen, besides finding out the important religious, political, economical and social results of these apostasy movements. This study was not easy or empty of difficulties, where the researches faced great difficulties during the preparation of this study, the most important of it was the shortage of references and sources which dealt with this subject directly, where most these references represented a general history of the period except some of those which specialized with this subject, the subjects of the thesis were disarranged inside the references and sources with great efforts, and one of the most difficulties which faced the researcher was the difference of editions and shortage of the historical references, and this made the researcher to travel to the neighbor countries to get the necessary scientific subjects to cover this study, and the researcher depended on many of the well known scientific encyclopedias which involved electronic libraries contain thousands of the historical references where they were brought from outside to fill the gap resulted from the shortage of references, and manuscripts in the Iraqi libraries as well as, the researched depended on a number of the personal libraries for a number of the professors. I have fulfilled the scientific subject (historical) of this thesis through many and different sources dealt with the subject of the thesis from many sides, varied in the plenty of its subjects and methods and the way of formulation, where some of them shed light on many historical facts, where some of them dealt with certain points or refer to certain events, besides this variation and harmony the researched tried to check the historical subject, especially that the information or reports transferred from many Muslims historians in this subject have been affected to some extent with the religious and thinking directions of their owners

العراق في السياسة الامريكية المعاصرة 1980 - 2003 == Iraq in the American Contemporary policy 1980 - 2003

اسم المؤلف: عادل محمد حسين العليان
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم خليل احمد العلاف
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2011
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: ذكرنا في صفحات هذه الاطروحة ان الولايات المتحدة الامريكية اهتمت بالعراق منذ مدة طويلة سبقت احتلالها له في مفتتح القرن الحادي والعشرين لا بسبب اهمية موقعه الاستراتيجي فحسب ، وانما بسبب وجود موارد نفطية هائلة فيه ، وكونه احد اخر دولتين تنضب فيهما الثورة النفطية في العالم . هذا فضلا عن امتلاكه لثروة بشرية ولعمقه الحضاري المعروف . وقد حاولت الولايات المتحدة الامريكية الاستفادة من الحروب التي خاضتهواانتصرت فيهوامنحتها هذه الحروب الاولوية في ان تعيد تشكيل خارطة العالم بما يحقق لها التفوق في السياسات الدولية ، ويمنح شركاتها النفطية امتيازات هائلة على حساب الدول المنافسة لها ، فقد كان الهدف الاستراتيجي الاكبر للولايات المتحدة في منطقة الشرق الاوسط ابان فترة الحرب الباردة هو تامين تدفق النفط باسعار متدنية اليهواالى حلفائها الغربيين، لان النفط كان عنصرا مهما وحاسما في النواحي الاقتصادية والعسكرية ، وبدون النفط الذي عد (( شريان دم العالم )) فان الاقتصاد الامريكي يضعف ومعه الاقتصاد الغربي ، وبضعف الاقتصاد فان القوة العسكرية تصبح غير قادرة على محاربة الاتحاد السوفيتي ومواجهته ، لان السوفيت كانوا متفوقين على الامريكان والدول الحليفة لهم في هذا المجال لوجود المنابع النفطية في الارض السوفيتية . ولم يكن بامكان الامريكان مواجهة السوفيت خلال النصف الثاني من القرن العشرين الا من خلال ايجاد نظم وحكومات حليفة لها في منطقة الشرق الاوسط مثل ايران ، والمملكة العربية السعودية ، ومصر واسرائيل التي كان عليها مواجهة النفوذ السوفيتي وعرقلة توسعه في هذه المنطقة الحيوية من العالم ، لاسيما ان حروب التدخل الامريكية اثبتت فشلها ، واثارت الوضع الداخلي في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية بسبب الخسائر التي تمخضت عنها ، مثل حرب فيتنام التي كانت درسا قاسيا للامريكان ، فتم تبني الحرب بالنيابة او ((سياسة العمودين المتساندين)) او غيرها من السياسات التي رسم معالمها عدد من اساطين السياسة الامريكية المعاصرة . بالمقابل اثبتت الحروب العربية - الاسرائيلية ضرورة تحييد العراق ومنعه من تقديم الدعم اللازم للمنظمات الفلسطينية ولدول المواجهة ، لكون جيشه شارك في كل الحروب التي خاضها العرب ضد اسرائيل ، وبالتالي فان اضعافه او جره الى حروب اقليمية من شانه ان يسمح لمخطط ( السلام ) ان يتحقق ، او ان يفسح المجال امام حوار فلسطيني - اسرائيلي يجعل امن اسرائيل حقيقة واقعة بدلا من ان يبقى هذا الامن مهددا باستمرار ، فجاءت التغييرات التي شهدتها ايران عام 1979 ووصول المؤسسة الدينية الى السلطة فيها فرصة لجر العراق الى حرب اقليمية لا منتصر خارج منهواتستنزف فيها امكانات العراق الاقتصادية والعسكرية . وقد ادى خروج العراق من الحرب مع ايران ( 1980 ـ 1988 ) بخبرات عسكرية، كبيرة وعدم اهتزاز امكانات جيشه رغم مرور ثماني سنوات عليها الى ان تفكر الولايات المتحدة الامريكية بجر العراق الى حرب ثانية ، لان اهدافها في حرب الخليج الاولى لم تتحقق باكملها ، فبحثت عن ادوات لها ، فوجدت في بعض النظم الخليجية ، لاسيما الكويت ، ضالتها المنشودة ، واستغلت ردود الفعل السريعة لدى الرئيس العراقي واندفاعه واعتقاده ان ظروف الحرب مع ايران مازالت قائمة ، وان احتلاله للكويت لن يواجه برد فعل قوي من قبل الولايات المتحدة الامريكية ، لانه سيرضي مصالحها النفطية ولن يهددها في حالة ضم الكويت اليه ، فوقع في الفخ الامريكي ، لياتي دخول العراق الى الكويت واحتلاله لها فرصة ذهبية للامريكان ، لكي يتجاوزوا ازمتهم الاقتصادية التي وصلت الى عجز يقدر بنحو (220) مليار دولار عام 1990 . لقد كان غرض الولايات المتحدة الامريكية من تحشيدها للدول الغربية وغيرها في شن الحرب ضد العراق عام 1991 وتمويل حملتها من حلفائهوامن دول الخليج العربي هو تحولها من دولة مدينة الى دولة دائنة ، والهيمنة على هذه المنطقة الحيوية وتدمير العراق كقوة عسكرية مهمة لصالح اسرائيل ، وتهيئة الخليج العربي لاستراتيجية امريكية جديدة بعد ان استخدم الامريكان وحلفاؤهم ما يوازي حجم المتفجرات التي القت على هيروشيما اليابانية ثماني مرات قاتلة حسب ادنى تقديرات الصليب الاحمر الدولية . وجاءت احداث الحادي عشر من ايلول 2001 التي تباينت الاراء حولها ، والاهداف التي من ورائها لتمنح الامريكان والرئيس بوش ( الابن ) (( فرصة العصور )) لوضع المخططات المتوافرة لمهاجمة العراق ، وادخاله في (( محور الشر )) مع ايران وكوريا الشمالية ، وبالفعل تم اطلاق مشروع ((مستقبل العراق)) الذي جعل الكونغرس الامريكي يقر مشروعا اعطى لبوش سلطة استخدام القوة في العراق (( كلمرااى ذلك ضروريا ومناسبا )). ولم تكن الامم المتحدة ومجلس الامن التابع لها بعيدة عن الهيمنة الامريكية ومخططات صانع القرار الامريكي في ضرب العراق واسقاط نظامه السياسي ، فاسهمت بدورها في اصدار القرارات الواحد تلو الاخر ضد الشعب العراقي ، وحذرت النظام العراقي من عدم التعاون مع فرق التفتيش الدولية عن الاسلحة التي اثبتت كل الوقائع اانها كانت ذريعة استخدمت من اجل تحقيق الاهداف الامريكية ليس الا . وهكذا سعت الاستراتيجية الامريكية للتخلص من النظام السياسي في العراق وانهاء حكم صدام حسين له من خلال حملة سريعة عرفت بعملية (( حرية العراق )) وخلق حكومة موالية للولايات المتحدة الامريكية في بغداد ، وانشاء قواعد امريكية تسهل عملية الهيمنة عليه، لان وجود مثل هذه الحكومة سيسمح للولايات المتحدة باجراء تعديلات وتغييرات في الخارطة السياسية في منطقة الشرق الاوسط .لقد كانت عملية احتلال العراق عام 2003 خطوة رئيسية باتجاه اجراء تغييرات في معالم الشرق الاوسط ، ومنها منح الانظمة المعارضة للولايات المتحدة الفرصة لاصلاح مواقفها او ازالتها نهائيا لان احتلال العراق واسقاط نظامه السياسي كان درسا لتلك الانظمة فاقدمت ليبيا ، على سبيل المثال لا الحصر ، على تفكيك مشروعها النووي والتخلي عنه نهائيا، ومحاولة فتح صفحة جديدة مع الامريكان ، فضلا عن ذلك فان الامريكان سيتخذون من ( درس العراق ) تهديدا لدول الشرق الاوسط من انها تدعم الارهاب الدولي ، وان هذه الدول يجب تغيير انظمتها السياسية لانها بعدم مكافحتها للارهابيين تشكل خطرا بالغا على الامن القومي الامريكي . واخيرا فان احتلال العراق كان في بعض جوانبه ضمانا لامن اسرائيل ، فلقد خرج العراق من خانة المهددين لها ، واضحى تاجيل اقامة الدولة الفلسطينية الى حين هدفا لها . وبهذا فان تطوير العراق لاسلحة نووية ووجود صلات بين النظام السابق في العراق وتنظيم القاعدة الارهابي ، وكون الرئيس العراقي الاسبق (( مغامرا )) كبير لا تضمن نتائج افعاله ، واقامة دعائم الديمقراطية في عراق ما بعد صدام حسين لم تكن الا ذرائع استخدمتها الولايات المتحدة الامريكية من اجل احتلال العراق واسقاط نظامه السياسي لصالح تنفيذ خطط الاستراتيجية الامريكية في منطقة الشرق الاوسط ، والتي عملت من اجلها اكثر من نصف قرن . | Iraq was - and is still, yet - the focus of attention of super power during its recent and contemporary history. Iraq, since the first beginning of its history, was a passage between East and West. Its borders reflected interests of the super power, during the I World, and not hopes of its people and that stayed as defiance for it with neighbors. As for its economic well - off, huge oil resources, peculiar and strategic position; Iraq was exposed to foreign domination attempts and a competition field for different power under various excuses and claims. The British came after a backward Ottoman domination which was unable to make Iraq as a modern country. The establishment of Iraqi state happend together with British influence, even if it was not purposed, was slight within identified aspects and they had a bearing upon Iraqi society and structure in varied aspects. And yet, the United States was not faraway from Iraq, or the latter was not within its strategy, or was as a secondary number in its consideration; rather Iraq was, since the American taking care of the Middle East region, as a significant state for American policy maker who has considered, as for others, the Middle East region is as the center of the Globe; the one who controls it would control all over the world; nevertheless, that dose not mean the insignificance of other region for American politicians; which is emphasized by various American administrations when draw its strategies and foreign goals. By virtue of the great importance for Iraq within American strategy and concentration to put under their hegemony till it reached a stage where more than one ruling American administration have asserted on need of direct occupying under this allegation or that whether individually or by an international alliance up to a point where it became occupied, also ending its political regime and its international independence on April 9, 2003, owing to that I have selected the subject " Iraq in Contemporary American Policy 1980 - 2003 " as to be my dissertation title. Many factors have contributed to choose this theme; first of all was the importance of the subject, non - being of independent academic studies that approached it until now, however, there are some academic these and dissertations which tackled Iraqi - American relation 1945 - 1958, Iraqi - American relation 1967 - 1987, and the U. S policy toward Iraq 1958 - 1963; but they have which policy connected with historical events so as the political change in 2003 to be a fundamental and comprehensive alteration for all that have been planned by occupying it practically and overthrowing its political regime and substituted for a pro - U. S. A regime; hence, studying such a filled with events and variables is considered as scientific and practical task at the same time; that acquires its significance from the nature and vitality of the subject itself. The thesis composed of an introduction four chapters, and a conclusion. Chapter one discussed the historical bases for Iraq's relations with the United states since the second half of 19th century to the end of 1968, The chapter also discussed handled Iraq's position in the American policy between 1968 and 1980. In 1980 Iraq - Iran War broke out for many reasons; some of them are ideological differences between the tow political regimes in both countries, the desire of both to prevent the other from imposing its will on neighboring Arab Gulf States, continuity of border problems and the inroads upon borders between them especially by Iran which always was putting forward the necessity of ( Revolution Exporting ) to Iraq and Gulf States and interfering in internal affaires, and the like of reasons that moved them to engage in war that lasted eight years during which the tow countries presented heavy losses and casualties that did not serve but the super powers interests particularly the United States which participated in drawing out the war to weaken both parties, besides the destruction of their infrastructures for the interest of the Zionist schemes in the region, took up American policy tendencies and its development toward Iraq in 1984 - 1988. All of this was the focus of Chapter tow of the thesis. Chapter three involved Iraq's position in the American strategy between 1988 and 1993, where it studied the attitude of Washington towards Iraq in the wake of Iraq - Iran War up to bait Iraq in order to occupy Kuwait in 1990; and the eruption of the Second Gulf War in 1991; also, the subsequent resolutions by the United Nation. While chapter four which is the latter indicated to the United States policy toward raq since 1993 until occupation of it and ending its political regime on April 9, 2003. The information included in the thesis proved that the United States watched over Iraq for along time before occupying it in the beginning of the 21th century not only due to the importance of its strategic position, but in view of its vast oil resources and as being one of tow states which will be the last in case of oil's running out around the world. The U.S.A attempted to profiteer from wars that carried and gained by it and gifted with priority to reshape the map of the world from where it achieves its superiority on international policies, and to give its oil companies tremendous capitulations at the expense of other rival states; where the greatest and strategic target for the U. S. A in the Middle East during the cold war is ensure oil flow with low prices for it and its western allies insomuch as oil was substantial and crucial in economic and military aspects; without oil, which is regarded as (( word's blood artery )), the American and western economies will became weak as a result of that military power will lose strength so that it will be unable to combat and confront the Soviet Union by reason of that the Soviets proved superior to Americans and their Allies in this field as the oil wells were within the Soviet lands. The Americans were not in a position to defy during the second half of the 20th century except by creating allied regimes and governments in the Middle East like Iran, Saudi Arabia, Egypt, and Israel which had to encounter the Soviet extension and hampering it in this vital region of the world specifically when the American intervention wars proved its unsuccess and irritated the internal situation in American because of the losses brought about the war in Vietnam which a rigorous lesson for the Americans then they took up the war on behalf of or (( The collaborated pillars )) or other policies drawn by the experts of contemporary American policy. In return the Arabs - Israel wars established the necessity for neutralizing Iraq and restrain it from presenting the proper support for Palestinian organizations and confrontation states because its army engaged in all wars battled by Arabs against Israel, accordingly, Iraq weakening or pulling it into regional wars would make the scheme of ( peace ) to come true, or to step aside for Palestinian - Israeli talks that make the Israeli security actual state of affairs instead of being threatened unceasingly; thus, changes in Iran in 1979; arrival of religious foundation to power, were as an opportunity to pull Iraq into regional war without any victorious during which and to exhaust Iraqi economic and military potentials. Iraq's getting out of war with Iran with considerable military expertise's and an army with unshakable capacities although after eight years of war; all that prompted the U.S. A to pull Iraq into a second war since its purposes through the first Gulf war had not fulfilled completely; that is why it searched for its means and then found that some Gulf regimes, in particular Kuwait, as its long - sought goal; then it exploited the hasty reactions of Iraq's president Sadam Husein and zealousness; believing that conditions during war with Iran were still existent and his occupation of Kuwait would not be faced with a strong reaction by the U.S.A on the grounds that he would satisfy its oil interests and would not be threatened in case of annexing Kuwait to Iraq; then he got stuck in the American trap, thereupon, Iraq's entering and occupation of Kuwait became a golden chance for the Americans to overcome their economic crisis where it endured a deficit estimated at about 220 $ billion in 1990. The American aims behind, concentrating Western states and others to wage war against Iraq in 1991; financing its cam pain by its Allies and Arab Gulf states, are to be changed from an indebted state to a creditor state; to prevail over this pivotal region; to destroy Iraq as a crucial military bower in favor of Israel and preparing the Arab Gulf for a new American strategy after Americans and their Allies using to explosives that are equal to eight times of that bombed over the Japanese city of Hiroshima according to minimum estimations by International Red Cross Organization.The events of the eleventh of September 2001, in which the views were varying, were the objects behind came to give the American and the president Bush ( the son ) (( opportunity of ages )) to lay available plans for attacking Iraq and include within (( evil center )) with Iran and North Korea, actually the project of (( Iraq's future )) was launched which made the American Congress to adopt a resolution that authorized Bush to use force against Iraq (( whenever that necessary and adequate )). The United Nations and the Security Council were not far - off the American hegemony and the schemes of the American policy makers to attack Iraq and to overthrow its political regime, and then it contributed to issue resolutions one after one against Iraqi people and warned Saddam Hussein's regime from being not cooperative with international inspection teams about weapons where all true state of affairs that they were not but a pretext used to implement American goals.As such, the Hussein's strategy to get rid of the political regime in Iraq and to end Saddam Hussein's rule through a swift campaign called the operation of (( Iraq's freedom )) , to create a government that is to be an adherent to the U.S.A in Baghdad, establishing American bases to facilitate its domination over it since such a government would permit for the United States to make amendments and changing's in the political map of the Middle East particularly in Saudi a Arabic at worst like the rise of an anti - American in AL Riyadh.The operation of occupying Iraq in 2003 was a principal step to make changing's in the features of the Middle East including giving the regimes that oppose the United States the chance to reform its attitudes or to be removed entirely for occupation of Iraq and toppling its political regime was as a lesson all these regimes where Libya, as an example and not exclusively, dismantled its nuclear project and up it absolutely, also attempting to start a new stage with the Americans, furthermore, the Americans will use ( Iraq's lesson ) as a threat to the Middle Eastern states as for that they support international terrorism and the political regimes of these states must be changed because when they do not struggle the terrorists then they will be a serious against American national security.Finally, occupation of Iraq was in some of its aspects a guarantee for Israeli security where Iraq is no longer a threat to Israel and delaying the establishment of the Palestinian state for some time because as a target for it. thereby, Iraq's developing nuclear weapons, finding connections between Saddam Hussein's regime and the terrorist organization of AL - Qaeda, and that Saddam is a great adventurer and his action are not ensured, also establishment of democracy pillars in the Iraq of period after Saddam, all that were not but excuses used by the U.S.A to occupy Iraq and to bring down its political regime to implement the American strategy in the Middle East region

الحياة الفكرية في الثغور والعواصم حتى القرن الخامس للهجرة / الحادي عشر للميلاد == The Intellectual Life in Thugh?r and Aw?sim Until the Fifth Century of A.H. / the Eleventh Century A.D

اسم المؤلف: سناء عبد الله عزيز الطائي
اسم المشرف: طه خضر عبيد صالح العبيد
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2007
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The intellectual life in Thughúr and Awásim started with the beginning of their rise , specifically after 84 A.H. / 705 A.D. Thughúr and Awásim are regarded as important provinces in Islamic Arab state due to their location role and importance . The Study covers the period extending from until the end of the fifth century of Hegira / the eleventh century A.D. Such limitation is attributed to the bad conditions which the cities in Thughúr and Awásim witnessed . Thughúr and Awásim became the embodiment of the developed civilization after . They were provided with the requirement needed for such suitable intellectual atmosphere . Hence Thughúr and Awásim attracted scholars and neo scholars of different intellectual and scientific specializations in the other provinces of the caliphate . Many Scholars (Ulamaa) and Students come to them and there appeared hundreds of scholars . The Study includes an introduction , four chapter , a conclusion and an index containing the names of scholars . The First chapter encompasses two sections . The First deals with the concept of and Awásim in Arabia and Bilad Al - Sham with reference to their classifications . The Second section treats the natural conditions such as the water resources , rivers , lakes and mountains in order to draw a picture of the surrounding circumstance . Chapter two deals with the factors that helped in the development of the intellectual life in Thughúr and Awásim , which are divided into internal factors which contain the religious , social , political , economic factors , the role of Caliphs and Walis , and the nature of the scientific travels , and the external factors consist of the impact of the military campaigns , the rule of prisoners , of embassies and of the scientific delegations in addition to the emphasis laid on the nature of Thughúr and Awásim from different sides such as the geographical location , especially they were on the Byzantine borders . Chapter three , on the other hand , has two sections , the first dealing with the most important centers in the cities of Thughúr and Awásim , which are the religious centers such as mosques , churches , abbeys , the role forts , schools and teaching symposia . The second tackles the teaching methods like listening , reading , as well as scientific leaves . Finally , the forth and the last chapter includes the walks of the intellectual life in Thughúr and Awásim which are categorized into religious sciences of which are readings , tafiseer hadith , fiqh and the linguistic sciences which involve poetry , prosaic epics , grammar , history . At last , there were the exact sciences like medicine , astronomy , mathematics . The study ends up with important indexes containing the names of scholars and philosophers and additional information about them

مرويات الكوفيين في السيرة النبوية حتى منتصف القرن الثالث الهجري == Novel Kufic The Prophet Biograph Mid - third century of Hijrah

اسم المؤلف: هنادي مهدي كريم الياسري
اسم المشرف: شاكر مجيد كاظم الحواني
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Throughout our study of the prophetic life, and according to the Kufian study, we have come to a number of conclusions : 1 - Al Kufa is regarded as one of the first Islamic cities which was erected as well as Basra at the beginning of Islam as a natural process for the Muslim Arab to raise the banner of jihad and spread it for the sake of Allah. So Al Kufa took upon itself the responsibility of liberating the eastern lands of the Islamic caliphate.2 - Kufa included several intellectual radiant centers which attracted the scholars and the pioneers to its workshops and councils. The mosque is the most important one. For instance, the mosques in the city and Basra played a central cultural role in the early era of Islam. The importance of Kufa became greater when imam Ali (PBUH) settled down in it to make it the capital of the Islamic state in (36AH/ 656AD). He worked on developing the scientific movement and reciting the correct prophetic biography by delivering some of the eloquent speeches in the mosque of Kufa, and these speeches are all included in his book Nahj Al Balagha (The Approach of Rhetoric).3 - The study has come to a result that without the school of Ahl al - Bayt (the prophet’s close family) PBUT and their Shiites, Muslims have known nothing about the messenger of Allah as well as the Islamic sciences. Despite the persecutions which Muslims had suffered throughout history, they were able to provide a clear vision of the character of prophet Muhammad in the Kufian community which is compatible with the image mentioned in the Quran. In fact, the Shiites of Kufa relied in their stories and information on the prophet’s close family, such as Imam Ali PBUH, the prophet’s cousin and the husband of his daughter, who had lived in Kufa. His affinity and familiarity with the prophet enabled him to be the best person to relay the teachings of the prophet, and it also made him a witness to all the contemporary events which he presented in detailed documented stories to the narrators of Shiites in Kufa.4 - The narrators of Kufa gave a great attention to the documented Hadith, and they were known to be the first to research the authenticity of the Hadith at a time the concepts about the criticism of Hadith and its documented source was not familiar or known to others. As a result, the public narrators who were known as impartial and fair relied on the stories and Hadiths of the Kufian narrators due to their accuracy and validity. Thus these documented Hadiths and stories were known as the most authentic and reliable sources.5 - The people of Kufa had a role in showing the utmost care in reciting the biography of the prophet through the honest and true stories which were reported by Imams, the prophet’s selected sons.6 - It has become clear through this study that despite the Kufian environment which was persecuted by the governmental authority, the stories of the Kufian narrators have been foundedand based on the texts of the Quran. The reason behind this creditibility is that the narrators studies at the school of Ahl al - Bayt, the prophet and his close family or because some of them were interpreters of the Quran the reason which made those narrators interpret the prophetic biography depending on their explanation of the Quran.7 - The narrators of Kufa were very accurate in reciting and their understanding of the special story about the prophetic biography. Although some of those narrators got influenced by previous narrators and this influence due to the allegiance to the governmental authorities at that time, most of those narrators endured the hardship of travel to the city to make sure of even one character in the story to ensure its accuracy and authenticity.8 - Some rulers tried to insert some Israeli fake stories into the Kufian story during the period of their rule, but they faced rejection by the narrators of Kufa which led to the dismissing of those rulers.9 - The Kufian records gather the topics of the prophet’s biography. Many written works appeared on various topics of the biography, and this refers to intellectual and cultural environment which they raised in it.10 - The study leads to certain findings which asserts to the possibility of writing the biography of the prophet depending on the Kufian story since it views the subject in detail and to the full

المرويات الشيعية في دراسة تاريخ العرب قبل الاسلام حتى نهاية القرن التاسع الهجري == Shiite Narratives in Studying the History of the Pre - Islamic Arabs Till the End of the Ninth Century AH

اسم المؤلف: عـلاء حـسـن عـلـوان المحمداوي
اسم المشرف: هشام جخيور ميري الربيعي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2015
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The Shiites were interested early in the heritage of the Imams of the prophet Mohammed's House PBUH , and what was raised in the fields of human knowledge, their writings came to include multiple aspects of knowledge, and those aspects of attention to history in all stages, whether it preceded them or those who experienced it, so it became a huge heritage, but unfortunately the paths of the ruling power at that time were against this important scientific heritage and among which that included in the information of this heritage, is the history of the Arabs before Islam according to a vision reflected by the thought of the Imams of the prophet Mohammed's House, or those who adopted their blogging knowledge. This is why my study is entitled (Shiite Narratives in Studying the History of the Pre - Islamic Arabs Till the End of the Ninth Century AH) according to a knowledge - based proposition that do not often go along with what is mentioned by the other sources because of the different structural visions of the formulation of the historical narrative, in addition, it was not preceded by a study entitled this trend, to be the first pioneer of study the history of the Arabs before Islam through Shiite narratives till the end of the ninth century AH.In my study I tried to study the origins of things before Islam and their impact in the Arab society then, so that the movement can be understood before and after Islam. In my research, I rely on a relationship - related approach in the conclusion. Due to the study capacity and multiple joints, it was necessary to divide it into only five chapters and they are : The first chapter dealt with the study of the social aspect where two subjects were included the first dealt with moral values with a sacred foundation such as generosity, covenant, hospitality and neighborhood, and the second topic, we dealt with genealogy with ideological dimension such as Arab and Hashemite descent, Persian , Nabataean and other descents. In the second chapter, we devoted it to study the religious aspect , it included a prelude to the religious names of Arabs before Islam with three sections, the first topic dealt with religious beliefs Such as monotheism, Prophet hood, reanimation and resurrection. The second topic dealt with the practices of the Arabs before Islam such as prayer, fasting and others .The third topic dealt with religions and worship such as monotheism, Magician and Judaism, Christianity and its Sabean religion and idolatry worshiping Hubbal, Allat, Aluzza, Assaf and Naelah.Chapter three deals with the political aspect of the Arabs before Islam and has been divided into two sections , the first topic came under the title of influences in the political event such as the impact of the future news in the political event, and the impact of the geographical location of the political event. The second topic deals with the tribal leadership and prescriptions and the leader and the position of the Arabs to combine the two leaderships.Chapter four is devoted to study the economic aspect and it was divided into three sections , the first section dealt with agricultural activity, the second dealt with the commercial activity and the third section dealt with industrial activity. The fifth chapter was devoted to study the scientific aspect of pre - Islam Arabs and it was divided into two sections : the first one is entitled the title of science with the otherworldly dimension, such as poetry, magic and priests.The second section is entitled sciences with applied dimension such as medicine, veterinary medicine, singing, music and others

اثر السعاية والوشاية في الدولة الاسلامية حتى سنة 247هـ/861م == The Result of AL - Saiya and AL - Wishia in the State of Islam until 247A.H| 861A.D

اسم المؤلف: حسام صبار سلمان الدعمي
اسم المشرف: جاسم ياسيـن محمد الدرويش
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Slander is one of the ancient phenomena in human existence due to hatred and competition among people or for gaining praise and rewards. This study aims at exploring the effects and consequences of slander like killing, imprison, isolation, torturing, and the like. Such consequences are terrible since many well - known figures are exposed to slander.Some people use different types of slander to reach their goals. Some people use slander to displace others from their positions in order to get such positions for themselves, to get some rewards, or to become closer to some authorized people. Sometimes, slander is used to get rid of someone who really does some terrible mistakes, such as using his power to gain personal benefits. A kalifate may take an action against one of his Rulers if this Ruler does something wrong against people whom slander him to kalifate. In some other cases, slander may take the form of fabrication and exaggeration. This is, for example, due to convincing the kalifate of the danger of some people surrounding him. Slander has been widely considered in the era of Umayyad and Abbasside states since these two states have many opponents. Therefore, slander plays a very active role in strengthening their authorities. Consequently, slander is widely accepted at that time as a means that can reveal the intention of many opponents who are considered to be against the regime and the kalifate. It also helps to capture those who did certain bad deeds and disappear. The regimes of these two states have encouraged slander and grant rewards and money to those who slander and make them closer to them. This study consists of an introduction, four chapters, a conclusion, and a list of references. Chapter one deals with the concept of slander and its historical stages. The first chapter is divided into three sections. Section one deals with the definition of slander linguistically together with some vocabulary and terms related to slander. Section two deals with slander in religion (first testament, second testament, and Islam). Section three deals with slander in some nations before Islam such as Greeks, Romans, Persians, and Arabs. Chapter focuses on the effects of slander in the process of extermination. This chapter is divided into two sections. Section one deals with men of authority such as ministers and the like whom are exterminated as a result of being victim of slander. Section two deals with opponents exterminated as a result of being victim of slander. Chapter three tackles the prison punishment due to slander. This chapter is also divided into two sections. Section one deals with authoritative people being imprisoned due to slander. Section two deals with opponents being imprisoned due to slander. Chapter four deals with physical and spiritual effects of slander. This chapter is divided into three sections. Section one deals with isolation punishment that rulers, leaders, and judges have suffered from. Section two deals with torture punishment. Section three deals with exile and fines punishments together with escape and hiding effects due to slander. Historical events are chronologically arranged and studied.

حـزب عمال ارض اسرائيل (الماباي) 1930 - 1968 : دراسة تاريخية == Workers Party of the Land of Israel (Mapai) (1930 - 1968) A Historical Study

اسم المؤلف: جاسم محمد شغيت الكـعبي
اسم المشرف: ابراهيم فنجان صدام الامارة
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Political parties are the catalyst upon which the political regime has reckoned in Israel. The presence of these parties is seen as important traits of the modern political systems. The aim of this study is to shed light on the topic of considerable importance regarding the Israeli internal affair through tracing the origin and development of the labor party, identifying its thinking techniques, and its role in the Israeli political and martial institutions in Palestine before the declaration of Israel state. This study also tries to come to terms with that party's political role in Israel. These areas of investigation have motivated the researcher to analyze this party under the title " The Israeli Labor Party (Mapai) 1930 - 1968) : A Historical Study". The scope of this research is restricted to inspecting the development of this party when originated in 1930 up to 1968 . The year of 1930 is the birth of this party up to its end in 1968 after its coalition with other Israeli labor parties resulting in forming the Labor Party (Mapai). The present work is divided into four chapters. The first one is devoted to explaining the Jewish affairs in Palestine before 1930 comprising three sections. The first section is about Jew's migration to Palestine and the conditions that encouraged them to migrate. The second one is concerned with the labor parties and their political and martial contribution in Palestine. The third section is devoted to Jewish religious parties in Palestine. Chapter two is entirely related to the structural and ideological aspects of Israeli labor party (Mapai) and its political and martial attitudes in Palestine from 1930 up to 1948. This chapter is divided into three sections. The first one is about Israeli labor party in relation to its frames, ideologies and contribution in the Israeli institutions, the second one is about this party's role in the political development in Palestine, and the third section is concerned with the martial activity of this party in Palestine. Chapter three addresses mainly Israeli's Mapai party and its political and martial role from 1948 up to 1957, comprising three sections. The first one is concerned with the Mapai party's role in the foundation of Israel state (1948 - 1949), the second one is about its role in the establishment of the state constitutions (1949 - 1955), and the third section explains the political and martial role of this party in the war of 1956 against Egypt. Chapter four mentions the political and martial development in Israel and the Mapai party role from 1957 up to 1968. This chapter includes three sections. The first one is about the political development in Israel and the Mapai party's contribution from 1957 to 1957, the second one states the martial development in Israel and the Mapai party's role in 1967, and the third one is concerned with Lafone case and its impact on the unity of the Mapai party in 1968. The conclusion summarizes the important results.

البشاشة في فكر ائمة اهل البيت (عليهم السلام) == Cheerfulness according to Ahl - Albeit (peace be upon them

اسم المؤلف: ايـة بـدر مالك
اسم المشرف: حميد سراج جابر الاسدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The present subject, which is entitled " Cheerfulness according to Ahl - Albeit (peace be upon them), studies the concept of cheerfulness, which is a mode of life or a valued system when communicating with others on the moral and materialistic levels. These are built on the direct frames pertained to humans' activities besides the psychological aspects and systematized convulsion that are linked to thinking which leads to a complete style exemplified by Ahi - Albeit as a deep central strategy. This has embraced and collected every prospect of life concerning happiness such as smile, rejoicing, cheerfulness, and congratulation besides others. This can be justified by Ahl - Albeit's thinking beyond tradition and hadith, putting it in its framed system to attain reconciliation with all its items. This is done as an attempt to make this thinking style excluded from the style of limitation, cornering and religious inveigling which lack structural activity and animation. These features were framed by Ahl - Albeit according to religious developmental rules. The research is divided into four chapters preceded by an introduction and closed with a conclusion. The first chapter is about the concept of cheerfulness and the related items. This chapter treated the subject from the linguistic point of view. Chapter two presents the aspects and signs of cheerfulness, which are varied and different, as well as its scope from the moral and materialistic perspectives. This chapter is also concerned with its conditions put forward by Ahl - Albeit. Chapter three discusses the resources of cheerfulness that spot the moral and materialistic aspects in a variety of social, scientific and ritualistic situations. Chapter four is about the facts and effects of cheerfulness that represent the results attained by the goals put by Ahl - Albeit (peace be upon them

الامامة القيادية في فكر الامام الحسين : دراسة تحليلية

اسم المؤلف: احمد فاضل حسون المسعودي
اسم المشرف: انتصار لطيف حسن السبتي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:

المفسرون واثرهم في اقصاء الامام علي (عليه السلام) عن فضائله كتاب مفاتيح الغيب للفخر الرازي (ت606هـ) : دراسة تحليلية == commentators and their impact on the exclusion of Imam Ali for his virtues book mafatih alghayb of Fakhar al - Raazi (606) Analytical study

اسم المؤلف: احمد فاضل عبد زيد الشريفي
اسم المشرف: ماجد عبد زيد احمد الخزرجي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The policy of intellect exclusion practiced a gainst Imam Ali (A.S) dated back to the early Islamic history and then be cam a policy based on poletical and ideological tramme work . The influence of this policy was on the narrators , tellers , commentators and historians , so they used to exclude Imam Ali (A.s) from every virtue and historians , then this issue was developed in the Abbasid period until it became as a normal issue Books of Quran interpretation were most important works that their auther practiced eaclusion gainst Imam Ali (As) and affected by the preceding tellers and narators .Alfakher Alrazi was not only one of them to show his exclusion because the previous of them relied on others in the tolling without expressing their opinions , but he was expressing his opinion which represent his clear and purposed exclusion. He was discussing the narration that concerns the virtues of Imam Ali (A. S) , and tried to attribute it to others . He compared the rirtues of Imam Ali (A.S) and others , then to diminish the impotance of these rirtues the search turned to make an analytieal Study dealing with exclusion he had done agniest Emam Ali (A - S) through his interpretation .He had serral methods in that attiude including : comparisision , participation,exclusion and disregarding for virtue.Imam Ali (A.S) was the point around which the objective of Alrazi werer to reduce the virtues of ALI (A - S),and to raise Abu Baker to be the best and the most worthy of Imamate and caliphate. These rirtues were the reason for establishing a debate about the Imamate and working on the exclusion of Imam Ali (A - S) in order to make Abu Baker the first ,the most right and the best . The researcher addressed these methods and opinions that Alrazi had launched .This thesis represented a debate between Alrazi and the researcher. The thesis entihed the interpreters and their impact on "the exclusion of Imam Ali(A - S) from His virbues, Book of Alrazi , who died in 606(A - H) " in an analytical study. Thesis also included four chapters one of Hem devoted for Alrazi biography and three for his exclusion study against Imam ali

اثر مدرسة الامام الرضا عليه السلام في الفكر الاسلامي حتى سنة 260هـ/873م == Effect of Imam Al - Ridha School on Islamic Thought Until the Year (260 A.H - 873 A.D )

اسم المؤلف: احمد عدنان عبود وتوت
اسم المشرف: عامر عجاج حميد
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The purpose of the thesis is to explain the effect that Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) had left on human thought.The thesis starts with an introduction that shed light on the meaning of effect or influence in the doctrine of Ahl - Bayt, presented by what Imams (peace be upon them), had been mentioned. The introduction includes also the personality and biogrphy of Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) including his Imam as being crown prince of the Abbasid Caliphate.The thesis includes four chapters : Chapter1 consists of two Topics, the first of them deals with Imam al - Ridha's interpretation of the Holy Qur'an, where the Imam relied on the divine science and the interpretation of Qur'an by Qur'an.The second topic focuses on the effect of the Imam on the Hadith and correction of its narrations.He also addressed the prophetic Hadith in language and terminology.Chapter 2 deals with the effect of Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) on jurisprudence and theology. The Chapter consisted of two topics, the first is his effect on the jurisprudence in terms of act of worship and transactions, through prayeing, fasting in all its kinds, alimony, jihad, moneylending and the will before death. Second topic dealt with the effect of the Imam theology which flourshed in the Abbasid era.That was through debates of Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) with senior clergy of Christians, Jews and sabean in themes of monotheism, hereafter, prophecy, justice and Imamate.Chapter 3 deals with the influence of Imam al - Ridha (peace be open him) on other sciences through three topics, the first his impact on medicine where the (Golden Thesis) was a model for this theme.Second topic deals with his influence on languages, where there was clear evidence in the Arabic language through prose, debates and poetry.He was also fluent in other languages such as Indian, Persian, Turkish and Roman The third topic focuses on economics according to Islamic law and it's doctrine.Chapter 4 deals with effect of Imam al - Ridha (peace be upon him) on his companions, it also includes three topics, the first focused on the Imam influence on those companions through interpretation of Holy Qur'an and Prophetic Hadith, the second dealt with the Imam influence on them through jurisprudence and theology, and the third topic focused on the effect of Imam Al - Ridha (peace be upon him) on his companions through other sciences such as medicine, Arabic language and economics.

السياسة السوفيتية تجاه قضايا المشرق العربي فــي ضوء كتابات مجلة السياسة الدولية المصرية 1967 - 1990 == SOVIET POLICy TOWRDS ARAB Orinet ISSUES IN THE LIGHT OF WRITINGS OF THE JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONL POLITICS EGYPTIAN 1967 - 1990

اسم المؤلف: فلاح مجيد حسون العارضي
اسم المشرف: عاصم حاكم عباس الجبوري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: القادسية
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The dissertation deals with the politics of the Soviet Union from the issues of the Arab Mashreq. This region is of great importance to the Soviet Union because of its geographical proximity to the southern borders of the Union and its direct threat to its national security in the presence of American military bases in the region, and because of the Soviet dream of ever reaching the warm waters of the Mediterranean. Although the revolution of October in 1917 brought about significant changes to the Soviet politics, the Soviet attitude towards the Arab Orient about the Arab Orient focused on good - neighborly relations with the countries of the region. Until the end of the Second World War, the Arab Mashreq had no less interest in the Soviet policy. Internal building Sea. From the perspective of the Soviet politics, the Arab Mashreq has received little attention for its preoccupation with the internal construction process. In the midst of competition between the East and the West, especially the United States, the Soviet Union sought to find a foothold in the Middle East through the Arab - Zionist conflict, having vigorously sought the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, believing that it would be a soft instrument in the hands of the Soviets against the Imperialism politics and it would be a base for spreading the Soviet ideology in the Middle East. But they were disappointed after the Zionist entity directed towards the United States, which led the Soviet Union to strengthen its relations with the Arab countries in their conflict against the Zionist, represented by the Soviet weapons deal in 1955 after the West refused to supply the Arabs with weapons. The Soviet positions continued to stand by the Arabs in their conflict against rather than offensive, fearing that this would lead to a collision with the US, and the possibility of another world war.The Arab - Soviet relations deteriorated in the wake of the October 1973 war, and thousands of Soviet experts ran away from the Egyptian territories. Egypt also signed the Camp David Treaty with the Zionist after having the blessing of the United States of America. The Soviet Union sought compensation after losing its influence in Egypt by strengthening its relations with Iraq, Syria and Libya. However, the Soviet position was fluctuating in its support for Iraq during the Iran - Iraq war in 1980. With a neutral stance at the beginning of the war, the Soviet turned to support Iran and denounce the Iraqi aggression on the Iranian territory. Iran was an important strategic center in the Soviet politics for security considerations because it represented the southern neighbor of the Soviet Union, fearing that the Islamic thought of the Republic would be transferred to the Islamic republics of the Soviet Union.Then it supported Iraq after its withdrawal from the Iranian territory in 1982 and provided Iraq with defensive, rather than offensive, weapons and equipment without allowing Iraq to achieve a sweeping victory over Iran while the Soviet Union was satisfied with the policy of condemnation and denunciation in the wake of the Israeli invasion of Lebanon.The next stage witnessed many changes in the Soviet foreign policy. With the changing of the Soviet leadership in the mid - 1980s. After Gorbachev took power, the Soviet policy was confined to the internal reconstruction of the state, abandoning its public support for the Arabs, leaving its role to the United States and the West to be unique in solving the problems of the Middle East, leaving its role to the United States in the peace negotiations, and leaving its global role after the Soviet Union witnessed the experience of dying prior to the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait in 1990.

ايران ودول الخليج العربي (1968 - 1978) : دراسة في العلاقات السياسية == Iran and Arab Gulf Arab States (1968 - 1978) A study In Political Relations

اسم المؤلف: محمد داخل كريم السعدي
اسم المشرف: خليل علي مراد
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2006
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: الموصل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: Arab Gulf area being characterized by vital characteristics which made it one of the most important places in the world. One of these characteristics was the geostrategic location and the economic importance represented by the huge oil wealth in the area which had become one of the attractive places in the political and economic international dimensions. Due to this, the relations between this area and the states or with the other states in the world especially the relation between both parts of the Arab Gulf, Iran and the Arab Gulf states have got a great importance in developing the political position of the area and defining the political future for these states. The period between 1968 - 1978 has been characterized by so many important developments and political events reflected on the Iran - Gulf relations and were the reason behind choosing the topic of the study.The nature of the study and the important events taken place in the area obliged us to divide the subject into four main chapters and each one contains many sections. The first chapter gives a historical show for Iran - Gulf relations till 1968. it describes the geographical location of the Arab Gulf and also an economic show for Iran and the Seven Arab Gulf states as well as describing Arab Gulf as water shallow located among these states. The second section deals with the Iraqi - Iranian relations which included the two direct neighboring states in the area as well as the problems and confusions happened on these boarders which kept exposed to continuous change due to the continuous competition among states which ruled both Iraq and Iran especially during ottoman and safawid aras till 1968 with reference to the effect of these problems upon political relations between both states. Then there is the signature of some treaties and agreements concerning the boarders. The third section in this chapter presents a historical show for the relations between Iran and the western Coast of the Arab Gulf represented by many Arab Emirates on the long of this Coast Since the beginning of the 19th century till 1968. Britain was the major power in the area and it represented the political decision for all these Emirates.The British withdrawal from East Suez and the complete withdrawal from Arab Gulf whether its military forces or its political influence on the area states at the beginning of 1968 and this withdrawal will end late in 1971 to be the beginning of a new ara of the area. This has created a new relation between Arabs and Iranians. Therefore, the second chapter has come under the title, "Boarders problems and the struggle on Sovereighty". It has been divided into four sections. The first tackles the problem of land and river boarders between Iraq and Iran and creates a state of tension in their relations reached in sometimes the state of armed conflict till the Signature of Algeria treaty in 1975.The second section spotslight on the problem of Sea boarders Between Iran and Arab Gulf states included an important fight which concerns determiming regional or international waters for the states located on the Gulf. The third section presents a study for the Iranians pretensions in Bahrain which continues for decades. Iranian governments were insisting on the right to Soverign Bahrain and this created a tension for the Iranian - Gulf relations till the independence of Bahrain in 1970.the last section concentrates on the conflict between Iran and United Arab Imarates about the three Arab islands Abu - Musa, Tunb Al - Kubra and Tunb Al - Sughra and it was along conflict on the sovereignty in Gulf Seashore which ended by a severe tension in Iran - Gulf relations relation and the occupation of these islands by Iran in 1971.The third chapter deals with issues of interference in internal affairs and its effects in Iran - Gulf relations. This includes three basic cases the most important of which is the political relations between Iran and Arab Gulf states. The first concerns with Iran's in setting up and developing the Kurdish movement in Iraq and the results of this movement which ended in breaking out an armed conflict between both parts and ended in signing the treaty of Algeria in 1975 and Iran stopped its support for the armed movement. The second interference by Iran has come from the big Iranian minorities spread in Arab Gulf states as well as the graet effect of these minorities upon economic and social reality of these states. There is also the political effect upon relations between Iran and Arab Gulf states. The third interference was the military one by Iran against the armed movement in Al - Thafar Region in Oman sultanate by which oman was able to put an end for this movement in 1975.The fourth and the last chapter has come under the title, "Regional Affairs which affect Iran's relations with Arab Gulf states". These affairs have got an international dimension which includes three basic sectors. They are armament and the big competition between Iran and Arab Gulf states especially Iraq and Saudi Arabia and under the impact by both U. S. A and U. S. S. R. which they have seen that the process of armament to these states might represent a support for their influence in the area. The second sector mentions the security topic in Arab Gulf after the British declaration and exposing the Iranian, Arabic and international proposals. This might affect Iran - Gulf relations. The third sector showes Iran - Gulf attitude towards Arab - Israeli conflict and this attitude has its own effects upon this relation and the cooperation accompanied it which has risen during this conflict.

رعاية الرقيق في فكر وسلوك ائمة اهل البيت == Slavery Care in the Thought and Behavior of Ahlulbayt Imams (Prophet's Family) (PBUT)

اسم المؤلف: محمد احميد عبل الركابي
اسم المشرف: نزار عبد المحسن جعفر الداغر
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The phenomenon of slavery is a social, economic, political and legal phenomenon of civilizations, nations and States that preceded the emergence of Islam for centuries. It is one of the episodes of human development and has produced impressive results for the history of mankind. The concept of slavery denotes ownership and slavery, and making a man a slave for another person as a reason for, which is different according to the laws of the nations and their laws. The meaning of slavery and its essence is the loss of a person's liberty and a man becomes a commodity owned by another person called the owner. So the slave is vulnerable to the act deprivation of life through killing or punishment and torture. Slavery may be lied in the husband and his family of the slave and disqualifies him from owning and disposing without a warrant from the owner.Islam represents a stage of human transition that humanity has never known before in dealing with slaves as human beings, not as a commodity with a spirit, and presents a problem that Islam has not prevented slavery. It will not be fought or abolished slavery at the beginning. , which is contrary to the general philosophy of Islam, which is based on freedom and equality. Islam is a religion reconciled between the beliefs and customs inherited at the beginning of its appearance and its laws, despite being temporary.Thus, the abolition of slavery as a normal economic situation in societies before the advent of Islam in dealing with the slavery system explained an intention of Islam to drain the sources of slavery and resources until the end of this system - with time - to cancel and without a social unrest.As for the care of Ahlulbeiyt Imams (PBUT) of the slave, it was a humanitarian message whose chapters are integrated with the essence of Islam and its principles in the glorious Quran and the purified Sunnah. As far as its integration is concerned, it is accurate and comprehensive covering all walks of life in society. After the death of the Prophet (PBUH) and the covenants that followed and the rule of sons of Abbas and Umyyad, even if this message was formed and presented in normal social, economic and political conditions and without difficulties and obstacles and without sacrificing lives and lost their humanitarian impact, it would become meaningless.Its principles, conditions, philosophy, and objectives were formulated under harsh and painful conditions, which were paid by the Imams of the Ahlulbayt Family and their followers, who were killed, displaced and persecuted. Yet the bitterness of these circumstances produced good and promising results. These results preserved the essence and existence of Islam and proved the merit and competence of the Imams of the Ahlulbayt (PBUT). This revealed eligibility and leadership of Ahlulbayt Imams (PBUT) in leading the nation including slaves, who represent the most vulnerable social, poor and humiliated groups. So the whole care paid by Ahlulbayt Imams (PBUT) to slaves has become a wonderful example of the humanitarian deal from which the International Conventions of Human Rights and International Humanitarian Law derived the content of its texts and practices in the context of International relations and the world

الفكر الاقتصادي الاسلامي بين النظرية والتطبيق حتى 14هـ

اسم المؤلف: احمد جايد بدر الحسناوي
اسم المشرف: زمان عبيد وناس
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: This thesis examined the Islamic economic thought between theory and practice in the most important era of Islamic history, namely the era of prophecy and the caliphate until 41 AH / 661 AD. The research hypothesis of the question : Is Islamic economic theory valid to work to date in terms of the system of ownership and philosophy of work and production relations between employees of Muslims and non - Muslims or not? Was the economic thought and application in the Islamic state in theera of the caliphate a continuation of the prophetic era or are they different from each other? Then I answered these questions through two part and four chapters and a preface in which I explained the linguistic and theological meaning of the words ofthe title of the research, The first part is devoted to the definition of Islamic economic theory as stated in the Holy Quran and the Sunnah. The first chapter examines the system of ownership and work in the era of the Prophet (peace be upon him), The secondchapter is the economic function of the Islamic state or the political economy in accordance with the work of the Prophet in the fields of economic security and the regulatory system and economic development, And the second chapter was written bythe economic thought in the era of succession through the first chapter of the research sources of economic thought and issues and goals, and the second chapter illustrated the impact of hybrid thought formed in the era of the Caliphate on the theory andeconomic applications presented by the Prophet

النبي محمد (صلى الله عليه واله وسلم) في مؤلفات مونتجمري وات عن السيرة النبوية دراسة تحليلية مقارنة == The Prophet Mohammed (P.B.U.H.) In Montgomery Watt's Authoresses, about Prophetic Biography, a Comparative Analytic Study

اسم المؤلف: ماهر جواد كاظم الشمري
اسم المشرف: عادل اسماعيل خليل العبود
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2018
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الاسلامي
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The oriental studies have been extended to include all the aspects of the eastern heritage in general and specifically the Islamic heritage . In these studies , the interest in the prophet 's life has been increased in an exaggerated way . Some of these studies were fair and agree with common opinions in the Islamic sources and some are not depending on the different oriental schools and according to opinions and beliefs of the orientalists. However , they used to use the weakest narrations in their writings to harm the prophet's character which was the subject for the studies of Muslims and orientalists. One of the most known orientalists in the twentieth century was the British Professor Montegmry Watt who devoted his life to study Islamic religion and the history of the prophet . He wrote about the prophet in his books ( Mohammed in Mecca , Mohammed in Al - Madina and Mohammed the prophet and the man of the country " the politician " ) . In this dissertation , these books have been studied , analyzed and compared with the Islamic sources . The dissertation has been divided into a preface , five chapters and the conclusion which included the findings of the study . The chapters are different in the number of pages according to the demands and the importance of each chapter . The first chapter which is entitled ( orientalism in historical glance ) has tackled the linguistic and terminological meanings of Orientalism , the stages of the development of orientalism and the reasons and aims behind it . It also gives a summary of the most known British orientalists , and their roles . Then it presents the life of Montegmry Watt from birth to death passing through his academic and ideological education in the church , the positions which he took up , his works , his way of writing about the prophet and the resources which he depended on . The second chapter is entitled (the prophet Mohammed's (P. B. U. H) Life before the Mission) . This chapter is devoted to study the prophet's life in an a chronological order and the opinions which Watt has presented , we agree with some of these opinions and disagree with others . The chapter started with the prophet's name and his honorable kinship . It tackles his birth , childhood , his work in trade , his marriage and his happy life with his wife Khadeeja ( piece be upon her ) who helped him before the mission and supported him after the mission . Then the chapter shows the role of the prophet in public life in spite of being young , when he took part in Al - Fujaar war , his presence in Hilf Al - Fudhul , presenting the solution to solve the dispute between the Qurashi people about raising the black stone and taking part in building Al - Ka'ba , the house of God . The third chapter sheds light on (the prophet Mohammed's (P.B.U.H) Summons in Mecca ) . The mission passed through two stages ; the secret stage and the public stage that witnessed the defeat of paganism and polytheism . The chapter starts with the stage when the prophet began to meditate in isolation in a cave called Hira and the opinions about the reasons behind that isolation . It also discusses the dispute whether the prophet Mohammed was ignorant or could read and write like other prophets . It also deals with the proof of the prophet's prophecy represented by the inspiration which Watt's deny . It also deals with specific verses ( ayyat )called satanic verses which Watt supports . The chapter presents the most important events that happened in Mecca like the apposition of Qureysh to the prophecy , the Muslim's migration to Al - Hebesha which Watt thinks that it took place for economic reasons , then the siege of the Muslims in the reef of Abi Talib . The siege ended by a miracle which God told the prophet about so that the idolaters believe in his prophecy . Watt ignores that miracle . Then the prophet's going to Al - Taef was an attempt to spread out the Islam beyond Mecca . Finally , the chapter ends up with the prophet's success in making an agreement between Al - Aws and Al - Khazraj in Yathrib which became the city of the prophet . The fourth chapter is entitled (the prophet Mohammed's (P.B.U.H) Summons in AL - Madina with Militarism and Political Sides) .This chapter is devoted to the transformational stage in Al - Madinah that starts by the Migration to Yathrib which became Al - Madinah Al - Munawara after the prophet's arrival . It witnessed the building of the honorable prophetic Mosque which was a distinctive sigh for the appearance of the Islamic cities , followed by writing the document which was the constitutional law that regulates the life of people in Al - Madinah and determines the relationship between the Muslims and other people in Al - Madinah , the Muslims themselves with each other , and the relation between the prophet and the Jews ( Bani Qureytha , Bani Al - Nadhir and Bani Qeynuqaa ) .To spread out the Islam , the prophet contacted the Arabic tribes in the Arabian Peninsula . Watt claims that the prophet contacted the tribes only in the northern part of the Arabian Peninsula . The prophet has also sent messengers to kings to inform them about the new religion . When the Islam has become a great religious and political power in the Arabian Peninsula , delegations came to announce their Islam . This made Watt raise doubts about the prophet ad minimize his role . Then he draw the picture of the prophet as a raider and he mixed the Arabian raids with Al - Jihad in the Islam . The fifth chapter ( The Prophet Mohammed's (P.B.U.H) Summons in AL - Madina with Sociality and Legislative Sides ) is specified to the works of the prophet in Al - Madinah . It starts with the fraternity between the supporters and migrants to help the migrants and lessen their feelings of bitterness of being away from home . In regard to the prophet's marriages , Watt explained them in terms of only one impetus and that is the political impetus . He tried to describe the prophet as a politician who cares for nothing except fulfilling his political ambitions . In fact , Watt ignored all the other impetus for the prophet marriages like the social , religious and social impetus . As for the last period of the prophet's life , Watt ignored a lot of its aspects in spite of its importance . Moreover , he ignored a lot of the prophet's innate peculiarities ,and raised doubts about the Qur'an and its collection and regards it as the creation of the Prophet Mohammed . The study has arrived at many conclusions like Watt's denial of the inspiration and regarding it as a kind of super consciousness , raising doubts about the Qur'an and saying that it was created by the prophet for some periodical demands , Claiming that the prophet has taken a lot from previous religions : Judaism and Christianity , saying that the prophet has a political impetus for his multi - marriages and accusing the prophet of taking Al - Jihad for the sake of God as a way to earn financial benefits and to spread beyond the Arabian Peninsula

الموقف الامريكي - السوفيتي تجاه الحرب الاهلية الانكولية 1975 - 1991 == The American - Soviet Position towards the ANGOLAN CIVIL WAR 1975 - 1991

اسم المؤلف: خلف عبيد حمود الدليمي
اسم المشرف: كريم مطر حمزة الزبيدي
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: One of the interesting topics is to study the US - Soviet position towards Angola civil war 1975 - 1991, Such topic deserves attention from the researchers and historians, That period saw a matchup between the United States of America and the Soviet Union politically, militarily and economically in the framework of the cold war and has spilled its influence to Angola, one of the countries in South Africa, It is a subject of a high degree of importance because it gives the impression of the policy of the poles in the Angola which forms an extension to the third world countries, and have had negative and positive effects on those countries. The competition between the poles reflected on the overall international political system, as reflected in both countries about each relationship on all bilateral relations with the rest of the world, Angola's share of that competition was great and notable, where both countries have sought to strengthen their influence in order to deprive the other party from the possibility to take advantage of them, and deal with its neighboring regions on one hand, and to fix their interests of the other. The general structure of this study consists of an introduction, five chapters, and a conclusion, and as follows : The first chapter is titled Portuguese colonialism to Angola and the Angolan's resistance, It consists of four sections, the first section deals with the location of Angola and its significance, natural looks, and the Angolan's economical wealth in addition to the social structure of Angola, The second section talks about the beginning of the Portuguese colonization to Angola and the sectarian colonializing policy towards the population, And the third section covers the early Angola's national movement, and its emergence after the World War II during the period 1945 - 1960, The fourth section highlights the outbreak of Angola revolution against the Portuguese colonialism during the period 1961 - 1975, which was ended by signing Al - For agreement on the fifteenth of January 1975 under which Portugal declared the end of colonial rule, and Angola was granted its independence, and this has been reviewed very briefly, for the purpose of introducing the reader to Angola, and the developments that led to its independence. The second chapter deals with the internal developments of Angola through 1975 - 1976, and it consists of four sections, the first section explores the origins of Angolan civil war, its causes and the out breaking of that war after Al - for agreement, and the Portuguese position on the war, The second section tackles with the civil war from the formal announcement of independence till its end in 1976, In addition, we review the role of mercenary in Angola and highlight the roots of the emergence of this phenomenon, and the attempts to fight them, and the trial of mercenaries in Luanda that is considered a courageous step to put an end to the use of mercenaries in Africa, The fourth section covered the problems faced by Angola after the declaration of independence, which concerned the internationally recognition of its independence, and internal problems due to the effects of the civil war. The third chapter is entitled the American and the Soviet situation on Angolan civil war 1975 - 1976, It consists of four sections ,The first section tackles with the American position to Angola where the researcher explains the beginnings of American intervention and its motives in the civil war and the situation of United States of America after signing the Independence agreement in 1975, in addition to the role of America in using mercenaries, The second section deals with the US's position after declaring formal independence 1975 - 1976 which highlighted the position of the legislature and executive authority on the civil war and the methods used by the administration of US President Ford to achieve its goals in Angola ,The third section is about Soviet position on Angola and the researcher explains the roots of Soviet's relation with Angola, the motives of the Soviet intervention in the civil war, and its efforts to support the MPLA movement which had the big effect to win the conflict, The fourth section focused on the Soviet Union's position from Angola in 1976 in terms of support for the government of MPLA, and its relations with Cuba in Angola, These sections take up a large space because of the large number of events where the big two states come to a competition for the sake of intervention in Angola civil war when both of the states try to gain the conflict for its side. The fourth chapter is entitled Angola's civil war developments from 1977to - 1991, and it consists of four sections, The first section shows the undeclared war 1977 - 1979, and what accompanied it of domestic developments and the foreign and domestic threats. The second section deals with the second civil war during the period 1980 - 1984, which was escalated by the encouragement of the United States, The third section studies the civil war during the period 1985 - 1987, and the fourth section is devoted to the study of the civil war and the peace negotiations during the period 1988 - 1991, it covers the escalation of the civil war, and the negotiation that ended the international intervention in Angola, which ended with the end of the second civil war in 1991. The five chapter deals with the American and Soviet's position towards the Angolan civil war 1977 - 1991,This chapter composes of four sections, the first one of them studies the position of the Carter administration 1977 - 1980 in which we explain the methods used by the administration of President Carter in Angola that led to fueling the conflict in Angola, The second section deals with the US position during the period 1981 - 1991, It deals with President Reagan's policy toward Angola that fueled conflict in Angola, as we have clarified the attitude of President George W. Bush's junior administration in during the period 1989 - 1991 of the events in Angola, which ended the intervention of US involvement Angola in 1991, The third section deals with the Soviet position during the period from 1977 to 1980, We reviewed the Soviet Union's relations with the government of MPLA from political, military and economic respects, The fourth section studies the Soviet Union's position during the period 1981 - 1991 and in which we explained the position of the Kremlin from the escalation of the civil war, and the ongoing support for the government of MPLA in cooperation with Cuba, and we explained the change of the Kremlin's policy towards Angola during the period 1985 - 1991, which ended with the disintegration of the Soviet Union, and the end of its interfering in Angola. I have reviewed in the conclusion the most important points I have arrived at. The Portuguese colonial policy of Angola, which lasted for four centuries, had a negative impact on the Angolan community, It had torn the Angolan community, provoked internal rivalry and helped the tribalism that characterized the Angolan community. The social structure of Angola, which was composed of several ethnic groups, was not merged and made up of tribalism, and the rivalry of tribal leaderships for power led to a long civil war that was fueled by tribalism that the country was unable to dispose of. The external intervention in Angola after the end of the Portuguese colonization played a role in stirring the conflict that led to the outbreak of the Angolan civil war, The continuation of the external intervention was a major cause for sustaining its continuation for a long period of time, This left negative effects on Angola leaving its people to poverty, wondering in the neighboring countries, and the country has been hit by economic collapse, despite the possession of huge economic wealth, and destroyed infrastructure.

العلاقات الهنديـة السوفيتية 1972 - 1984 == Indian - Soviet Relations 1972 - 1984

اسم المؤلف: طارق نجم عبد الواحد
اسم المشرف: يحيى كاظم حمود المعموري
الموضوع العام: التاريخ
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: التاريخ الحديث والمعاصر
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بابل
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study of Indian - Soviet relations is of great importance to the Asian continent to know the nature of the alliances in West Asia between the Soviet Union and its allies on the one hand and the United States of America on the other, especially that the duration of research was during the Cold War, which was the largest among the major powers in Asian Region. In fact, the Indian - Soviet cooperation was not limited to political aspects, but extended to many. The relations of the two countries have developed economically and militarily. The Soviet Union has supported India economically through the establishment of projects that benefit the economy and grant them loans and aid for a long time. Military cooperation between the two countries greatly during the period of study and the period that preceded it. 1972 was the beginning of research as a result of the study that preceded this period studied at the University of Basra and reached the year 1972, the end of the study was in 1984 as a result of the emergence of an important event with a significant impact in the relations between the two countries is the death of Indira Gandhi with absolute loyalty to the Soviet Union. The first chapter deals with the relations between India and the Soviet Union, beginning with the relations between the two countries at the beginning of the nineteenth century, through the relations between the two countries during the First World War 1918 and the aftermath between the two wars and mutual relations during the Second World War and the Soviet position of independence India in 1947. In addition, the researcher dealt with the economic and military support of the Soviet Union in India, and touched on the Soviet position of Indian - Chinese relations, especially the 1962 war between India and China. Which represents the Treaty of Peace and Friendship Indo - Soviet Treaty in 1971, which was the basis for the regulation of relations between them, and mentioned in this chapter also the Indo - Pakistan war in 1971 and the consequent independence banekladsh from Pakistan and the role of the Soviet Union in support of India. The second chapter entitled "The Indo - Soviet Relations 1972 - 1975" included three topics. In the first part, we discussed a small agreement between India and Pakistan and the role of the Soviet Union in that agreement when it was the main engine of all that took place. The second topic dealt with Soviet economic assistance to India, During the economic crisis that hit India for the period from 1972 to 1974 and the visit of Brezhnev to India in 1973. This visit has a significant impact on India's economic and military support. In the third part of this chapter, the most remarkable achievement in India's history is its first nuclear bomb and the Soviet role Miz in supporting India to get that bomb. The third chapter entitled "The Indo - Soviet Relations 1975 - 1980" included three topics. The first topic dealt with the Soviet position regarding the declaration of the state of emergency in India in 1975 as a result of the unrest in the country and the Soviet support for this Indian step. The second part of this chapter also discussed the position of the Soviet Union in the 1977 elections and the subsequent loss of Indira Gandhi, the rise of the Janata Party, the opposition of Indira Gandhi, the Congress Party, the position of the Soviet Union, Andy, despite losing the election and the subsequent relations between the two countries during the government of Janata. This topic also included military relations between India and the Soviet Union and Soviet military support for India from advanced aircraft, tanks and missiles. The third part of this chapter examined the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan and the Indian position opposing this invasion during the Soviet presence in Afghanistan. The fourth chapter, titled "Indian - Soviet Relations 1980 - 1984," dealt with three issues. The first part discussed the position of the Soviet Union on Indira Gandhi's return to power in India in 1980, as well as the Soviet attitude toward India's relations with China, the United States and Pakistan. The Soviet Union was trying to distance India from this tripartite camp so as not to drag India away The second part of this chapter examined the economic relations between India and the Soviet Union 1980 - 1984 and the Soviet support for India, especially from the Soviet President Brezhnev. From this chapter, the Soviet military support is unique to India in terms of its support for the latest weapons to counter the US - China - Pakistan axis. At the end of this study it seems clear that the Indo - Soviet relations have gone well. These relations have been at the political level by exchanging official visits of the leaders of both countries at the level of prime ministers and foreign ministers. The two countries also entered into economic agreements that worked to develop economic conditions between the two countries. The military side can be s

دور ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي في الحد من مخاطر نظام مقاصة الصكوك الالكتروني ACH : بحث تطبيقي في مصرفي الرافدين والرشيد == The Role of Federal Board of SupremeAudit in Restricting Automated Clearing House System Risk(ACH) Applied research in Rafidain And Rasheed BankS

اسم المؤلف: ميثاق هادي هاشم
اسم المشرف: خولة حسين حمدان
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: المحاسبة القانونية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة بغداد
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The use of electronic systems in the banking sector and in particular the Automated Clearing House System (ACH)in the electronic funds transfer operations, which include high remittances value between the participating banks in this system, This requires the need for the existence of an audit program based upon the Federal Board of Supreme to examine the Automated Clearing House System that takes into account the electronic systems included in Basel for the management of electronic bankingrisks as well as the framework COBIT requirements under the IT environment, which led to the occurrence of manipulation E - Cheque risk led to the loss of public funds by the concerned system. And thus occurrence of embezzlement, This aims to search through his hypothesis to the effect "the design audit program for Automated Clearing House System, and application on according to Basel for the management of electronic banking risks, as well as COBIT requirements under the IT environment contributes to the reduction of systemic risk and as reflected in the improvement of the level of service banking ", so he touched on in his theoretical conceptual framework of the system and the risk of Automated Clearing House System as well as to address to the issue of control over the electronic information systems, while research has sought in his application, to review of the actual reality of the experience of the government of Iraqi banks (Rafidain Bank and Rasheed Bank) to use Automated Clearing House System, And then propose an audit program and applied to the sample, and the search is over a set of conclusions, most notably : 1 - the lack of auditing program at the Federal Board of Supreme Audit includes check use Automated Clearing House System (ACH) applied in Iraqi banks because not having research sample banks a comprehensive system bank.2 - This system does not provide an integrated and comprehensive electronic processing of all the functions required by a clearing operation of a corresponding operations and settlement of incoming and outgoing cheques 3 - failure of the internal audit department in the research sample banks (Rafidain and Rasheed) participation process check on the transactions that take place through the Automated Clearing House System (ACH).The main recommendations were as follows : 1 - adopt the proposed audit program in an audit carried out by the Federal Board of Supreme Audit control over the Automated Clearing House System (ACH).2 - the need to make necessary and which enables the system to carry out the electronic address integrated and comprehensive of all the functions required by a clearing process and without human intervention updates.3 - The need for the internal audit department in the research sample banks (Rafidain and Rasheed) participation process check on the transactions that take place through the Automated Clearing House System (ACH).

دور خدمات الامداد الانساني في تحسين فاعلية ادارة الكوارث : مرتكزات نظرية الفوضى متغير تفاعلي : دراسة تطبيقية مقارنة بين وزارة الهجرة والمهجرين والمنظمات الدولية الانسانية العاملة في العراق == The Role of the Humanitarian logistic services in the improvement of the Disaster Management effectiveness : Chaos theory pillar as a moderating variable An applied study comparison between Ministry of Emigration & Displacement and International Humanitar

اسم المؤلف: خليل ابراهيم عيسى الخالدي
اسم المشرف: محمد حسين منهل العيساوي
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: ادارة اعمال
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة البصرة
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: البصرة
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study aims to measure the Impact the humanitarian logistic services to improve the effectiveness of the management disaster in the light of the moderating variable of the Chaos theory pillars , correlations were measured between the independent variable (the humanitarian logistic services ) and its major independent dimensions ( the speed of start , the reason of disaster, the context of the operation and the scientific methods ) . They are all indicators oriented to measure humanitarian logistics and the dependent variable ( the effectiveness of the of disaster management ) and its dimensions ( pre - alarm regulations system , safety and readiness system , damages controlling and deterring system , balance and activity recovery system , strategic sustainable education system ) . They are all indicators used to measure the effectiveness of the disaster management . Moreover , the analysis shows the importance of variables with each major dimension of both independent and by - variable with the items of the dimension of each . The interactive role ( of Chaos theory pillars ) in their eight dimensions was measured which they handle the complex and chaotic systems . The sample of the study was represented by a group of officials ( High Administrations ) , managers from various levels , engineers and technical technicians who work in humanitarian logistic services sector in the Iraqi Ministry of Emigration and Displacement and international humanitarian organizations in Iraq since they are specialized in the field of humanitarian logistic support in the event of disaster after the problem is to be diagnosed efficiently through visiting the camps of the displaced from the disastrous Iraqi Governorates .The Research is based on two basic hypotheses. The first is (there is a statistics - siguificant influence for the humanitarian logistic services through their collective dimensions to improve the effectiveness of the disaster management) . The second is ( there is an moderating influence for the Chaos theory bases in the relation between the humanitarian logistic services through their collective dimensions and crisis management ) .The researcher depends on the descriptive methodology in the theoretical side and statistical analysis in the applied side . An adequate and promoted questionnaire application was developed to serve this purpose . The study concluded certain conclusions , the most important of which is the comparison that shows the role of the international humanitarian organizations recognized by their being of high level of experience in providing humanitarian logistic services in such a way that it would reduce the melancholy of the displaced.Then , the role of the Ministry of Emigration &Displacement has come to serve this goal that it has its own influence to improve the effectiveness of the disaster management in the organizations under study. The intercommunicative relations revealed different outcomes and being of contrast as per officials ' opinions in the Ministry of Emigration & Displacement and the international humanitarian organizations. Moreover, the study summed up some recommendations and suggestions, one of which is the confirmation on the role and the importance of humanitarian logistic services in the event of the crisis or disaster occurrence and its significant influence to improve the disaster management especially in the organizations which are the subject matter of the study .

تحدي محاسبة التكاليف الملائمة للاستخدام في ظل الذكاء الصناعي ودورها في تحقيق رضا الزبون : بحث تطبيقي في شركة الصناعات الالكترونية == The challenge of cost accounting Fitness for use in under the artificial intelligence and its role in achieving customer satisfaction An application study in the Electronic Industries Company

اسم المؤلف: وسام عزيز شناوة الساعدي
اسم المشرف: رياض حمزة البكري
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: المحاسبة - التكاليف
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة بغداد
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: يعد تحقيق رضا الزبون اهم عوامل النجاح الرئيسة في الوحدات الاقتصادية , اذ انه يختصر كل الاسبقيات التنافسية التي تعتمد عليها الوحدات في مواجهة منافسيها في الاسواق المحلية والعالمية , بسبب التغيرات التي طرات في بيئة الاعمال والمتمثلة في شدة المنافسة , والتغير في اذواق الزبائن والتطور التكنولوجي , فينبغي على الوحدات الاقتصادية التوجه نحو تطبيق المفاهيم التي تؤدي الى تحقيق رضا الزبون , فمتى ما تحقق رضا الزبون فان ذلك يعني ان الوحدات الاقتصادية ستحقق جميع اهدافها.اكتسب البحث اهميته من الاعتماد على تقنيات الذكاء الصناعي لتحقيق الملائمة للاستخدام من وجهة نظر الزبون , من خلال برنامج مقترح يساعد الوحدات الاقتصادية على تحقيق رضا الزبون وبالتالي تتمكن من زيادة حصتها السوقية , ونمو مبيعاتها , وتحقيق اهدافها.يهدف البحث الى تبني مفاهيم الملائمة للاستخدام من وجهة نظر الزبون والاعتماد على تقنيات الذكاء الصناعي التي تساعد الوحدات الاقتصادية في تقديم منتج ينسجم مع توقعات الزبون واحتياجاته من المواصفات والتكنولوجيا الملائمة.يستند البحث الى فرضية رئيسة مفادها ان الاعتماد على مفهوم الملائمة للاستخدام من وجهة نظر الزبون في ظل الذكاء الصناعي يساهم في تحقيق رضاه بصوره اكثر كفاءة.خلص البحث الى مجموعة من النتائج , ابرزها ان مفهوم رضا الزبون ترك اثره في محاسبة التكاليف ونظم التكلفة من حيث المفاهيم والدور الذي تقوم به, وان الاعتماد على تقنيات الذكاء الصناعي يساهم في تحقيق الملائمة للاستخدام من وجهة نظر الزبون وبالتالي يؤدي الى تحقيق رضا الزبون. واختتم البحث بمجموعة من التوصيات منها , ينبغي على ادارة الوحدات الاقتصادية تبني المفاهيم الملائمة للاستخدام من جهة نظر الزبون والذكاء الصناعي لغرض تحقيق رضا الزبون وكذلك تبني النظام المقترح والعمل على تحقيقه من خلال تهيئة الكوادر المدربة والمؤهلة وبناء قاعدة بيانات خاصة بتغذية النظام. | Achieving customer satisfaction is the most important key success factors in the economic units, as it sums up all the competitiveness of priorities on which they depend units in the face of its competitors in the domestic and global markets, due to changes in the business environment and of the intensity of competition, and changes in the tastes of customers and technological development, should be the economic units to go about the application of the concepts that lead to customer satisfaction, when what has been achieved customer satisfaction, this means that economic units will achieve all its goals.Research gained importance of relying on artificial intelligence techniques to achieve Fitness for use of the customer's perspective, through a proposed program that helps economic units to achieve customer satisfaction and thus be able to increase its market share, and sales growth, and achieve their goals. The research aims to adopt Fitness for use concepts of the customer's perspective and rely on artificial intelligence techniques that help economic units to provide a product in line with customer expectations and needs of specifications and appropriate technology.Research is based on the key assumption that rely on Fitness for use concept of the customer's perspective in light of artificial intelligence contributes to the satisfaction more efficiently. The research found a set of conclusions, most highlighted that the concept of customer satisfaction to leave its impact on the cost accounting systems cost in terms of concepts and the role that you do, and that rely on artificial intelligence techniques contribute to investigation of Fitness for use of the customer's perspective and thus lead to customer satisfaction. Finally the Research showed a set of recommendations which should be on economic units management adopt Fitness for use concepts from customer's perspective, as well as the adoption of the proposed system and work to be achieved through the creation of cadres trained and qualified and building database specially for feeding syste

دور ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي في تدقيق الدور الاشرافي للبنك المركزي العراقي على المصارف الخاصة == The Federal Board Of Supreme, Role Audit The Oversight Of C.B.I On Private Banks

اسم المؤلف: هناء عواد حسين المحياوي
اسم المشرف: علي محمد ثجيل المعموري
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2016
الموضوع الدقيق: المحاسبة القانونية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة بغداد
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: في ظل عالم اليوم المتسارع والمليء بالمخاطر يعد القطاع المصرفي من اكثر القطاعات الحيوية عرضة للمخاطر ، وعلى الاجهزة المعنية بالرقابة الاشرافية على عمل المصارف ان تاخذ دورها الفاعل والمؤثر في وضع المصارف على المسار الصحيح والمتوافق مع المناهج المعتمدة عالميا . ويعد ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي الجهة الحكومية الرئيسية للرقابة المالية في العراق اذ يقوم بالرقابة المالية المنتظمة على الوحدات الاقتصادية المملوكة للدولة بما فيها المصارف العامة ولا تجيز له التشريعات الاتحادية بتدقيق ورقابة المصارف الخاصة ، لكن يجوز للديوان الرقابة على البنك المركزي العراقي ومن مهامه تدقيق اداء الدور الاشرافي للبنك المركزي ومسؤوليته تجاه المصارف الخاصة . لذا هدف البحث الى بيان الاطار العام للدور الاشرافي الذي تمارسه البنوك المركزية على اعمال المصارف ومنها المصارف الخاصة ومحاولة فهم اليات تدخل المؤسسات الاشرافية في مراقبة النشاط المصرفي ، والقيام بتنفيذ مهمة تدقيق الاداء على وفق معايير التدقيق للاجهزة العليا للرقابة المالية والمحاسبة ودليل تقويم الاداء للبرامج والسياسات الصادر عن ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي لسنة 2013 ، وبيان دور ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي في تحسين مستوى اداء الدور الاشرافي للبنك المركزي العراقي على المصارف لاسيما المصارف الخاصة . وتكمن مشكلة البحث في ضعف الدور الاشرافي للبنك المركزي على المصارف الخاصة ، ومحدودية عملية تدقيق الاداء المنفذة من قبل ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي في تدقيق الدور الاشرافي للبنك المركزي بالرقابة على المصارف وفقا لاساليب تدقيق الاداء الذي تتبعه الاجهزة العليا للرقابة المالية والمحاسبة , واستند البحث في حل مشكلاته الى فرضيتبن الاولى فاعلية الدور الاشرافي للبنك المركزي العراقي في الرقابة على الجهاز المصرفي على وفق معايير الرقابة الاشرافية المتبعة دوليا يساهم في تطوير المنظومة المصرفية ويقلل من تعرضها لمخاطر تهدد استمرارها او تقلل من مستوى مساهمتها في تحقيق التنمية الاقتصادية المستهدفة في البلاد . والثانية يسهم تدقيق اداء الدور الاشرافي للبنك المركزي في تفعيل دوره باتجاه تطوير الياته الاشرافية والرقابية وضمان الارتقاء باساليب الرقابة على المصارف بما يكفل النهوض بالقطاع المصرفي ودعمه.وقد توصل البحث الى مجموعة من الاستنتاجات اهمها : 1. ان من الاهداف الرئيسية للاشراف المصرفي التاكد من ان المصارف لديها نظام مصرفي قادر على تلبية احتياجات التنمية الاقتصادية والاجتماعية ضمن الاطر القانونية والارشادات التي يعمل في ضوئها العمل المصرفي في البلاد لتتمكن كل وحدة مصرفية من العمل في نظام مصرفي سليم يتمتع بالقدرة والكفاءة الادارية التي يستطيع من خلالها من ادارة موجوداته ومطلوباته بكفاءة ، ولها الملاءة المالية المناسبة لتحقيق كفاية راس المال , والحصول على السيولة المناسبة بالقدر المناسب وفقا للمعايير والقوانين المصرفية .2. ان الدور الاشرافي للبنوك المركزية على المصارف لا تنحصر في مجال توجيه الائتمان الممنوح من قبل المصارف من خلال تنفيذ اهداف السياسة النقدية ، وانما تشمل اليات واساليب تسعى في مجملها الى ضمان امن المودعين وتحقيق استقرار النظام المصرفي .3. يساهم ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي في دعم اداء الجهات التي تنظم عمل القطاع الخاص في العراق لرفع مستوى اداء هذا القطاع للمشاركة في بناء اقتصاد عراقي متين قادر على تلبية احتياجات التنمية الاقتصادية المستهدفة للبلاد .4. وفي ضوء الاستنتاجات فقد تم التوصل الى مجموعة من التوصيات من اهمها : 1. قيام الجهات المشرفة على القطاع المصرفي بوضع الخطط المستقبلية للنهوض بالعمل المصرفي الى المستوى المطلوب والذي يتناسب مع تحقيق التنمية الاقتصادية والتطور الاقتصادي المستهدف والمستجدات العالمية في البيئة المصرفية. 2. على السلطات الاشرافية المسؤولة عن مراقبة النشاط المصرفي التحقق من قيام المصارف بالالتزام بالاحكام القانونية والتنظيمية وفحص شروط استغلالها والعمل على تحسين جودة اعمال تلك المصارف دون عرقلة اوتدخل في سير اعمالها.3. ان اشراك ديوان الرقابة المالية الاتحادي في متابعة اداء الجهات التي تنظم عمل القطاع الخاص في العراق يتطلب استحداث شعبة متخصصة بالشؤون الاقتصادية ضمن قسم الدراسات الفنية والبحوث في دائرة الشؤون الفنية والدراسات من اصحاب الخبرة العملية بالاضافة الى حملة الشهادات العليا في الدراسات المالية والاقتصادية لكي يقع على عاتقها اداء هذه المهمة بمهنية عالية للاسهام في رفع مستوى اداء هذه الجهات وتقديم الدعم المطلوب لتنشيط القطاع الخاص في العراق . | The Banking system, with the risky world of today, is the riskiest .The institutions that conduct oversight and control over banks should play their vital and influential role in bringing them to the right track that is consistent with globally accepted approaches.Federal Board of Supreme Audit is the governmental institution responsible for financial control in Iraq .It conducts regular auditing of state owned economic units including state banks .FBSA is not allowed to audit private banks, as per legislations, but it can audit central bank of Iraq .Auditing the oversight role of CBI over private banks is one of FBSA's missions. The objective of this research is to address the oversight role of CBs over the works of banks namely private ones and understand the interference mechanisms of oversight institutions in controlling banking activities as well as analyzing performance audit with the view to identify obstacles and remedy the resulting problems of audit. More over highlighting the role of FBSA in improving the performance of the oversight role of CBI over banks and private ones in particular. The research problem is the poor oversight role over banks in general and private ones in particular .The performance audit conducted by FBSA on the oversight role of CBI over banks is limited according to the performance audit techniques followed by SAIs. The research, in addressing these problems adopted two hypotheses .The first is that the Effectiveness of the supervisory role of the Central Bank of Iraq in control of the banking system, according to the supervisory control standards followed internationally contributes to the development of the banking system and reduce exposure to risks to continuity or reduce the level of its contribution to the achievement of the target of the country's economic development. and reduce its contribution to the targeted economic development in the country. The second is that performance audit of the oversight role of CBI contributes to the activation of the role so as to develop its oversight in addition to upgrading control techniques over banks in a way that ensures the improvement and support of banking system. The research comes up with the following conclusions, the most important of which are as follows : 1. that of the primary purposes of the Banking Supervision to make sure that banks have a banking system that is able to meet the economic and social development needs within the legal framework and guidelines that works in the light of the banking business in the country to be able to all banking unit of work in a sound banking system that has the ability and administrative efficiencies that can through which the administration of its assets and liabilities efficiently , and have the appropriate financial solvency to achieve the capital adequacy , access to adequate liquidity to the extent appropriate , in accordance with banking standards and laws.2. subdue an audit carried out by the Federal Office of financial control for the role of supervisory CBI analytical process to the extent of their contribution to raising the level of his performance , and to execute the task of auditing the performance according Auditing Standards of Supreme Financial Control and Accounting Guide performance evaluation of the programs and policies adopted by the Board of performance Federal financial control for the year 2013 .3. contributes to the Federal Audit Court in support of the performance of those who govern the operation of the private sector in Iraq to raise the level of performance of this sector to contribute to building a strong Iraqi economy able to meet the target of the country's economic development needs. The research has come to the most important set of conclusions1. do their supervising the banking sector develop future plans for the advancement of banking work to the required level and commensurate with the economic development target and global economic developments in the banking environment and development2. The supervisory authorities responsible for monitoring banking activity verification of the banks to abide by the legal and regulatory terms and conditions of use and examination work to improve its quality without blocking Aotdechl in the conduct of its business .3. Involving BSA Federal monitor the performance of those who govern the operation of the private sector in Iraq requires the creation of a specialized division of economic affairs within the technical studies and research at the Department of Technical Affairs , studies the owners of practical experience in addition to the campaign to senior certificates in the financial and economic studies to falls upon themselves to do the job professionally to contribute to raising the level of performance of these entities and to provide the support needed to stimulate the private sector in Iraq.

اثر المخاطرة القطرية في محفظة الاسهم المثلى : دراسة تطبيقية في سوق العراق للاوراق المالية للمدة 2005 - 2015 == The impact of country risk on the Optimal Stock portfolio (Applied Study in the Iraq Stock Exchange for the period 2005 - 2015

اسم المؤلف: نور صباح حميد الدهان
اسم المشرف: حاكم محسن محمد الربيعي | ميثاق هاتف الفتلاوي
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: العلوم المالية والمصرفية
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: As a result of the financial and economic shocks and repeated crises experienced by the global economy in the last decades of the twentieth century and the beginning of the twentieth century atheist and, Faced and facing most countries with a foreign debt of many problems in the debt service and the owner of a big find at the domestic level on the one hand and the outside on the other hand, pushing for more attention to variables and terms very important Consistent with these data, Among the most important of these variables are the country risk and which summarizes the country's commitments to creditors, and therefore the risk of longer - Faisal on the side of domestic and foreign investment is the main determinant in attracting or avoid those investments based on that variable or indicator (country risk).The advantage of the financial sector are generally higher risks and the large size and number of securities and financial aspects of the investment, which is characterized as an uncertainty in the side returns, so the problem of any investor - centric nature of the securities that it is possible to form through the investor portfolio among a large number of possible investment portfolios and so came the drafting of the study the problem as follows : 1. What are the stocks that make up the optimum investment portfolio in the Iraq Stock Exchange during the years 2005 - 2015?2. Does the return and risk of the investment portfolio is characterized by relative stability, optimal in every year for the period 2005 to 2015?3. Is there a correlation between the country and the impact of the risk of Iraq and between return and risk of2the investment portfolio during the optimum period of study?Depending on the study, the problem of the main hypotheses of the study were as follows : 1. similar stocks within the optimal portfolio for each year in the Iraq Stock Exchange.2. The return and risk in the investment portfolio optimum Iraq Stock Exchange of stability during the period (2005 - 2015)3. There is a correlation and significant effect between country risk for Iraq and between return and risk of the investment portfolio during the optimum period of study.This study aims to build an optimal portfolio in the Iraq Stock Exchange for each year of the study identified from 2005 until 2015, and analysis of data each portfolio separately and stocks involved in building the optimal portfolio in a manner simple arrangement. And thus measure the impact based on the evidence of country risk country risk (ICGR) in the optimal investment portfolio expressed as a yield and risk investment portfolio on an annual basis.In order to achieve the main goals of the study, the study was divided into four chapters, which included the first chapter of country risk investment portfolio and the ideal : a knowledge. As part of the second chapter came under some previous systematic study of cognitive efforts address. The third chapter singled side applied to the study, including measuring the impact of country risk in the investment portfolio optimal, came by three Investigation boss, the study concluded that a set of conclusions that emerged from the study and in the light of which were drafted a number of recommendations were formulating it all in the fourth quarter.

تاثير قواعد السياسة المالية على فاعلية السياسة النقدية في العراق == The impact of fiscal policy rules on the effectiveness of monetary policy in Iraq

اسم المؤلف: شاكر حمود صلال العبيدي
اسم المشرف: محمود محمد محمود داغر
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الاقتصاد
الدرجة: دكتوراه
الجامعة: جامعة بغداد
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: بغداد
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: The study aims to find a relationship between fiscal discipline expressed in Fiscal Policy Rules and the effectiveness of monetary policy expressed by the supply of money and the exchange rate in Iraq for the period 1990 - 2015.The study starts from the supposition that the fiscal policy disorder has a significant impact on the effectiveness of monetary policy in Iraq, and through the adoption of fiscal rules can eliminate or reduce the impact of the financial turmoil, especially that Iraq depends on oil revenues to cover general budget expenses, making its economy vulnerably to shocks and its impacts on the reduction of general revenues of the state and thus increase the budget deficit and the accumulation of public debt, which have a reciprocal effect on the variables of monetary policy.The structure of the study was divided into four chapters to verify the hypothesis of the study , the first chapter discussed the entrance of the conceptual to the rules of fiscal policy and its relationship to monetary policy, the second dealt with the turmoil of the fiscal policy in the Iraqi economy and the possibility of achieving financial sustainability, the third chapter dealt with the prospects for the application of fiscal policy rules in the Iraqi economy, while the fourth chapter dealt with explaining of the methodology used in the standard analysis and display the results of the study, as used the test of (ARDL) and (VECM) to analyze the relationship between fiscal policy rules, which represent fiscal discipline and variables effectiveness of monetary policy (money supply, the exchange rate), and these models are the latest models in econometric , which depends on the stationary of the time series, and then test the joint integration whether there is a long - term of relationship between the variables or not and test the causal relationship of those variables.We reached the result of accepting the hypothesis that the absence of any fiscal discipline under the financial policy rules in Iraq which mainly affected on the effectiveness of monetary policy (money supply, exchange rate) for the period (1990 - 2015). Through a review of the evolution of the monetary policy variables (money supply, exchange rate) during the study period (1990 - 2015), we observed that the money supply and the exchange rate are linked with positive and proportional relationship with government spending, so we marked that the first half time of our sturdy’s time period that the rise of deficit, was covered by the new cash release, which in turn led to an increase in money supply and exchange rate (decrease in the value of the Iraqi dinar), while thebsecond half period of the study, it was marked by a higher government revenues associated with oil revenue which in turn stimulated the government to increase its spending, which in turn led to an increased in money supply without the exchange rate because of the ability of the Central bank to maintain the level of the exchange rate by using foreign currency auction and this has been confirmed by the results of the econometric study. The study recommended the adoption of fiscal rules benchmarks which contributed to determine the maximum acceptable level of government spending by GDP growth as a fiscal rule, because of the prominent role of the spending during the years of study on the money supply and inflation. As well as addressing the structural imbalance in public spending items and items of general revenue and reduce dependence on oil revenues to cover the current expenditure, and work to establish a sovereign fund for accumulating the realized financial surpluses in the years of abundance and investing them to develop the financing sources of the public budget .

دور الاحتياطيات الدولية في تحقيق الاستقرار الاقتصادي للاقتصادات الريعية تجارب دول مختارة == The Role of International Reserves In Fulfillment the Economic Stability to Rentier Economies The Experiments of Selected Countries

اسم المؤلف: سلام كاظم شاني الفتلاوي
اسم المشرف: عدنان حسين يونس الخياط | صفاء عبد الجبار علي الموسوي
الموضوع العام: الادارة والاقتصاد
السنة: 2017
الموضوع الدقيق: الاقتصاد
الدرجة: دكتوراه
اللغة: العربية
مكان الجامعة: كربلاء
الصفحات الاولى:
المستخلص: مع تزايد الازمات المالية (المحلية والعالمية) وتاثيراتها السلبية في اغلب الاقتصادات وخاصة الريعية، اصبح من الضروري الاحتفاظ بحجم مناسب من الاحتياطيات الدولية لمواجهة هذه الازمات، اذ ان الاحتفاظ بمستو كاف من الاحتياطيات لا يقلل من تاثير الازمات فحسب، بل يجعلها اقل احتمالا. وهذا يمكن النظر اليه بوصفه محور التعديل الوقائي مما يعكس الرغبة في التامين الذاتي ومواجهة التوقفات غير المتوقعة في المستقبل. يتم ادارة الاحتياطيات الدولية بالشكل الذي يضمن كفاية هذه الاصول، التي يجب ان تكون تحت تصرف السلطة النقدية وتسيطر عليها من اجل تحقيق مجموعة محددة من الاهداف، ووفقا لذلك ان كيان ادارة الاحتياطي عادة يكون مسؤولا عن ادارة المخاطر المرتبطة بها. وعادة ما يتم حيازة الاحتياطيات لدعم مجموعة محددة من الاهداف التي تسعى السلطة النقدية الى تحقيقها. ووفقا لذلك، سارعت اغلب البلدان للاحتفاظ بحجم كاف من الاحتياطيات الدولية وان اختلفت وجهات النظر في تحديد هذا الحجم وفقا لمؤشرات محددة الا ان كل منها يعتمد على طبيعة النظام الاقتصادي في البلد ومستوى التطور الاقتصادي الذي وصل اليه. وتتباين الاقتصادات من حيث مصادر تكوين الاحتياطيات الدولية، اعتمادا على تطور بنية الناتج المحلي ومدى مساهمة مكوناته في الصادرات، فضلا عن مدى مساهمة الحساب الراسمالي والمالي. اذ تتنوع مصادر الاحتياطيات الدولية في الاقتصادات ذات الهيكل الانتاجي المتعدد. بينما ياخذ القطاع النفطي النسبة الاكبر من مصادر تكوين الاحتياطي في الاقتصادات الاحادية الجانب. اما من حيث الحساب الراسمالي والمالي فهذا يعتمد على مدى مساهمة الاستثمارات الاجنبية المباشرة وتدفق رؤوس الاموال قصيرة الاجل. ينطلق البحث من فرضية مفادها، بامكان الاقتصادات الريعية وفي ظل الادارة السليمة والكفوءة للاحتياطيات الدولية من تحقيق الاستقرار الاقتصادي عبر الموازنة بين المنافع والتكاليف، ويتباين هذا الامر بحسب كفاءة هذه الادارة وطبيعة ودرجة التطور الاقتصادي والذي يضمن الاستخدام الامثل للاحتياطيات والاكثر فعالية. وقد جاءت اهمية البحث لبيان دور الاحتياطيات الدولية في اقتصادات دول العينة وخاصة العراق. ومن اجل التحقق من فرضية البحث تم تقسيم الاطروحة الى ثلاثة فصول. اذ تناول الفصل الاول التاصيل النظري للاحتياطيات الدولية ودورها في الاستقرار الاقتصادي للاقتصادات الريعية. وتناول الفصل الثاني تطور الاحتياطيات الدولية وانعكاساتها في الاستقرار الاقتصادي لدول العينة. اما الفصل الثالث فقد تضمن قياس دور الاحتياطيات الدولية في تحقيق الاستقرار الاقتصادي لدول العينة. اذ استخدم اختبار (VAR) في قياس هذا الدور. وتعد هذه الطريقة من الطرق الحديثة في القياس الاقتصادي التي تعتمد على استقرار السلاسل الزمنية. ثم اختبار التكامل المشترك اي فيما اذا كانت توجد علاقة طويلة الامد بين المتغيرات ام لا واختبار السببية ثم تقدير متجه الانحدار الذاتي (VAR) لمتغيرات البحث. ومن اهم الاستنتاجات التي تم التوصل اليها، هي ان الادارة الكفوءة للاحتياطيات الدولية تضمن الاستخدام الامثل وبالشكل الذي يحقق الموازنة بين المنافع الناجمة عنها والتكاليف المترتبة عليها مما ينعكس دورها في تحقيق الاستقرار الاقتصادي. كما ان استغلال الفائض منها (في حالة تجاوزها الحجم الكاف) في مجالات الاستثمار وخاصة الداخلي سينعكس تاثيرها كذلك بشكل ايجابي في الاستقرار الاقتصادي. | The Financial Crises (Domestic And International) are increased and its' negative effects in most economies especially in the developing countries, It is became necessary to retain in appropriate size from International Reserves in order to confront these crises. The retaining in an adequate size form reserves doesn't abate effect of the crises solely but it also makes it lessees likely. We can consider it as a preventive which is included the amendment. It is reflected the desire for self - insurance and which is faced the unexpected interruptions in the future. The International Reserves are managed in form which is contained the sufficiency of these assets. It has to be available to the monetary authority and it is controlled to vibrate for a specific set of goals. In this context the entity managing of the reserve is usually responsible to manage the riskiness which are connected to it. It usually contains the reserves in order to support a specific set of goals which are the monetary authority seeks to achieve it. According to that most of countries are retained in an adequate size from International Reserves. even there are different views in determining this size according to specific indicators But each one is depended on the nature of economic system in the country and the level of economic development, which is reached to. Economies are disparity in the sources which is formed International Reserves. It is depended on the development in domestic product structure and the extent of the contribution of its components in exports, as well as the contribution of the capital and financial account. So the International Reserves sources are varied in the multi - productive structure of economies. While the oil sector is occupied the largest percentage from the sources which are composition the reserve the single side of economies. In the terms of capital and financial account this is depended on the extent of contribution of direct foreign investment and the flow of short - term capital. The thesis is started with supposition, The International Reserves are comprised a very big part from accesses in rentier economic so the International precincts are fulfilled main purpose in fulucing on the instable Macroeconomic in order to achieve a economic stability by limiting its' size or the efficacy use. In order to achieve the supposition of the research, it is divided to three chapters. The first chapter is dealt with the conceptual framework of International Reserves and economic stability and economic rent - seeking. The second chapter is represented the development of the Role of international reserves and its' reflection in economic stability of the sample counties. The third chapter is included the measurement the role of International Reserves in the economic stability of the sample countries. It is used test (VAR) in measurement of this role and this way is considered as one the modern methods of economic measurement which is depended on the stability of the series of time. Then it is tested the common integration whether there is a relationship between the variables for a long time or not then it is Valuated Vector Autoregressive Regression (VAR) to the variables of this research. The most important results in this research are the efficient management for international reserves included the efficient use and it achieved the counterbalance between perks which are resulted from it and the cartages which are reflected its' role in achieving the economic stability. As the utilization of the surplus in development fields especially inner one reflected its' affect in economic stability.
1 ... 246 247 248 249 250 ... 349